[go: up one dir, main page]

TW200806754A - Pigment dispersion composition, and colored photosensitive resin composition, photosensitive resin transcription material using it, and color filter, liquid crystal device , CCD device using them - Google Patents

Pigment dispersion composition, and colored photosensitive resin composition, photosensitive resin transcription material using it, and color filter, liquid crystal device , CCD device using them Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW200806754A
TW200806754A TW096119649A TW96119649A TW200806754A TW 200806754 A TW200806754 A TW 200806754A TW 096119649 A TW096119649 A TW 096119649A TW 96119649 A TW96119649 A TW 96119649A TW 200806754 A TW200806754 A TW 200806754A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
group
pigment
organic
compound
photosensitive resin
Prior art date
Application number
TW096119649A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
Koichi Sugihara
Mitsutoshi Tanaka
Hidenori Takahashi
Keisuke Matsumoto
Original Assignee
Fujifilm Corp
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Fujifilm Corp filed Critical Fujifilm Corp
Publication of TW200806754A publication Critical patent/TW200806754A/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B67/00Influencing the physical, e.g. the dyeing or printing properties of dyestuffs without chemical reactions, e.g. by treating with solvents grinding or grinding assistants, coating of pigments or dyes; Process features in the making of dyestuff preparations; Dyestuff preparations of a special physical nature, e.g. tablets, films
    • C09B67/0071Process features in the making of dyestuff preparations; Dehydrating agents; Dispersing agents; Dustfree compositions
    • C09B67/0084Dispersions of dyes
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B67/00Influencing the physical, e.g. the dyeing or printing properties of dyestuffs without chemical reactions, e.g. by treating with solvents grinding or grinding assistants, coating of pigments or dyes; Process features in the making of dyestuff preparations; Dyestuff preparations of a special physical nature, e.g. tablets, films
    • C09B67/006Preparation of organic pigments
    • C09B67/0069Non aqueous dispersions of pigments containing only a solvent and a dispersing agent
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B82NANOTECHNOLOGY
    • B82YSPECIFIC USES OR APPLICATIONS OF NANOSTRUCTURES; MEASUREMENT OR ANALYSIS OF NANOSTRUCTURES; MANUFACTURE OR TREATMENT OF NANOSTRUCTURES
    • B82Y40/00Manufacture or treatment of nanostructures
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09DCOATING COMPOSITIONS, e.g. PAINTS, VARNISHES OR LACQUERS; FILLING PASTES; CHEMICAL PAINT OR INK REMOVERS; INKS; CORRECTING FLUIDS; WOODSTAINS; PASTES OR SOLIDS FOR COLOURING OR PRINTING; USE OF MATERIALS THEREFOR
    • C09D11/00Inks
    • C09D11/02Printing inks
    • C09D11/10Printing inks based on artificial resins
    • C09D11/101Inks specially adapted for printing processes involving curing by wave energy or particle radiation, e.g. with UV-curing following the printing
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09DCOATING COMPOSITIONS, e.g. PAINTS, VARNISHES OR LACQUERS; FILLING PASTES; CHEMICAL PAINT OR INK REMOVERS; INKS; CORRECTING FLUIDS; WOODSTAINS; PASTES OR SOLIDS FOR COLOURING OR PRINTING; USE OF MATERIALS THEREFOR
    • C09D11/00Inks
    • C09D11/30Inkjet printing inks
    • C09D11/32Inkjet printing inks characterised by colouring agents
    • C09D11/322Pigment inks
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09DCOATING COMPOSITIONS, e.g. PAINTS, VARNISHES OR LACQUERS; FILLING PASTES; CHEMICAL PAINT OR INK REMOVERS; INKS; CORRECTING FLUIDS; WOODSTAINS; PASTES OR SOLIDS FOR COLOURING OR PRINTING; USE OF MATERIALS THEREFOR
    • C09D11/00Inks
    • C09D11/30Inkjet printing inks
    • C09D11/32Inkjet printing inks characterised by colouring agents
    • C09D11/324Inkjet printing inks characterised by colouring agents containing carbon black
    • C09D11/326Inkjet printing inks characterised by colouring agents containing carbon black characterised by the pigment dispersant
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09DCOATING COMPOSITIONS, e.g. PAINTS, VARNISHES OR LACQUERS; FILLING PASTES; CHEMICAL PAINT OR INK REMOVERS; INKS; CORRECTING FLUIDS; WOODSTAINS; PASTES OR SOLIDS FOR COLOURING OR PRINTING; USE OF MATERIALS THEREFOR
    • C09D11/00Inks
    • C09D11/30Inkjet printing inks
    • C09D11/36Inkjet printing inks based on non-aqueous solvents
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/20Filters
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/20Filters
    • G02B5/201Filters in the form of arrays
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/0005Production of optical devices or components in so far as characterised by the lithographic processes or materials used therefor
    • G03F7/0007Filters, e.g. additive colour filters; Components for display devices
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/027Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/09Photosensitive materials characterised by structural details, e.g. supports, auxiliary layers
    • G03F7/105Photosensitive materials characterised by structural details, e.g. supports, auxiliary layers having substances, e.g. indicators, for forming visible images
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/20Filters
    • G02B5/206Filters comprising particles embedded in a solid matrix
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/20Filters
    • G02B5/208Filters for use with infrared or ultraviolet radiation, e.g. for separating visible light from infrared and/or ultraviolet radiation
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/20Filters
    • G02B5/22Absorbing filters
    • G02B5/223Absorbing filters containing organic substances, e.g. dyes, inks or pigments

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Materials Engineering (AREA)
  • Wood Science & Technology (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Dispersion Chemistry (AREA)
  • Nanotechnology (AREA)
  • Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
  • Architecture (AREA)
  • Structural Engineering (AREA)
  • Condensed Matter Physics & Semiconductors (AREA)
  • Manufacturing & Machinery (AREA)
  • Crystallography & Structural Chemistry (AREA)
  • Optical Filters (AREA)
  • Inks, Pencil-Leads, Or Crayons (AREA)

Abstract

Provided is a pigment dispersion composition with low moisture content, which has organic pigment nano-particle containing stable dispersion property, nano-size and sharp peak of particle diameter distribution. Further, provided are a colored photosensitive resin composition, an ink-jet ink for color filter and a photosensitive resin transcription material using the said pigment dispersion composition, which has excellent stability and high contrast. Furthermore, provided are color filter, liquid crystal device and CCD device, which use that mentioned above, so as to perform excellent display characteristic of high contrast and stability. A pigment dispersion composition has organic pigment nano-particle and organic solvent is provided, which is characterized in that in the said organic pigment nano-particle, the particle ration of the primary particle size lower than 15 nm is less than 10 %; the particle ratio of the primary particle more than 60 nm is less than 10 %; and the moisture content is ranging from 0.01 mass% to 5 mass%.

Description

200806754 九、發明說明: 【發明所屬之技術領域】 本發明係關於顏料分散組成物、使用它之著色感光性組 成物與感光性樹脂轉印材料、以及使用彼等之彩色濾光片、 液晶顯示裝置與CCD裝置。 【先前技術】200806754 IX. OBJECTS OF THE INVENTION: TECHNICAL FIELD The present invention relates to a pigment dispersion composition, a color-sensitive photosensitive composition using the same, a photosensitive resin transfer material, and a color filter using the same, and a liquid crystal display. Device and CCD device. [Prior Art]

近年來,小尺寸化粒子的較量係不斷進行著。特別是 ,利用粉碎法、析出法等製造上困難而進行小尺寸化至奈 米尺寸(例如,10〜1〇〇n m的範圍)的硏究係加快進行著。再 者,小尺寸化至奈米尺寸並形成單分散性(於本發明中,所 謂的單分散性係指使粒徑一致的程度)高的粒子係不斷的 嘗試進行中。 此等奈米尺寸的微粒子大小係位於更大的膨鬆(bulk) 粒子、或更小的分子或原子的中間,非以往的尺寸領域。 已揭示此等奈米尺寸的微粒子係引導出直至目前爲止所無 法預期的新穎特性。而且,若能提高其單分散性,則亦可 安定化其特性。爲此,具有此等奈米粒子的可能性係爲各 領域所期待的,且在生物化學、新的材料、電子元件、發 光顯示元件、印刷、醫療等的廣泛領域中硏究係日漸盛行 特別是由有機化合物所構成之有機奈米粒子由於有機 化合物本身具有多樣性,所以其作爲機能性材料的潛能高 。例如,聚醯έ胺係耐熱性、耐溶劑性、機械的特性等、 化子〖生及機械性女疋的材料,電氣絶緣性優異等而被利用 於許多的領域之中。因此,微粒子化聚醯亞胺,且組合聚 200806754 醯亞胺具有的特性與形狀,變得可利用於更爲廣泛的領域 之中。_例如,經微粒子化的聚醯亞胺係已提案作爲畫像形 成用粉末調色劑(toner)的添加劑(專利文獻1 )。 又,有機奈米粒子之中尤以觀察有機顏料時,例如塗 料、印刷印墨、電子照相用調色劑、噴墨印墨、彩色濾光 片等係可作爲用途而舉例。現在這些係變成在生活上無法 欠缺的重要化合物。其中,尤以要求高性能、實用上特別 重要的係舉例有噴墨印墨用顏料及彩色濾光片用顏料。In recent years, the contest of small-sized particles has continued. In particular, the use of a pulverization method, a precipitation method, and the like, which is difficult to manufacture and to be downsized to a nanometer size (for example, a range of 10 to 1 〇〇 n m) is accelerated. Further, a particle system which is small in size to a nanometer size and which is monodisperse (in the present invention, a so-called monodispersity means that the particle diameter is uniform) is continuously being attempted. These nano-sized particle sizes are located between larger bulk particles, or smaller molecules or atoms, in areas other than the size of the past. It has been disclosed that such nano-sized microparticles lead to novel features that have not been anticipated until now. Moreover, if the monodispersity can be improved, the properties can be stabilized. For this reason, the possibility of having such nano-particles is expected in various fields, and the research department is becoming more and more popular in a wide range of fields such as biochemistry, new materials, electronic components, light-emitting display elements, printing, and medical treatment. The organic nanoparticle composed of an organic compound has high potential as a functional material because of its diversity of organic compounds. For example, polyamides are used in many fields, such as heat resistance, solvent resistance, and mechanical properties, and materials such as biochemical and mechanical virgin, which are excellent in electrical insulation. Therefore, the micronized polyimine, and the combination of the characteristics and shape of the 200806754 quinone imine, can be utilized in a wider range of fields. For example, a micronized polyimine is proposed as an additive for a toner for image formation (Patent Document 1). Further, in the case of observing an organic pigment in the organic nanoparticle, for example, a coating, a printing ink, a toner for electrophotography, an inkjet ink, a color filter or the like can be exemplified for use. These lines are now important compounds that cannot be lacking in life. Among them, pigments for inkjet inks and pigments for color filters are particularly preferable for high performance and practical use.

關於噴.墨用印墨的色材以往係可使用染料。然而,染 料在耐水性、耐光性方面會有問題。爲了改良此等問題而 改使用顏料。由顏料印墨所得之畫像相較於由染料系印墨 所得之_像,係於耐光性、耐水性具有優異的優點。可是 ,可能因奈米尺寸而染入紙表面的空隙,難以提高單分散 性,對於紙的密著性變差。 又,隨著數位相機的高像素化,於CCD感應器等的光 學元件或顯示元件中所使用的彩色濾光片之薄層化係爲所 φ期望的。彩色濾光片中係有使用有機顏料。由於過濾器的 厚度係大多決定於有機顏料的粒徑,所以製造奈米尺寸等 級,且於單分散安定的微粒子係爲所期望的。 關於有機粒子之製造方法係硏究有氣相法(於惰性氣 體雰圍氣下使試樣昇華、將粒子回收至基板上的方法)、液 相法(例如,藉由將溶解於良溶媒的試樣注入至攪拌條件或 溫度經控制的貧溶媒中,以得到微粒子之再沈法)、雷射燒 蝕法(於溶液中,藉由對經分散的試樣照射雷射並使其燒蝕 ’以微細化粒子的方法)等。又,已報告有根據此等方法, -7- 200806754 鲁試以所期望的尺寸進fj單分散化的製造例。其中,尤以 液相法作爲簡易性及生產性優異的有機粒子之製造法而受 到(參照專利文獻2、3等)。利用該液相法所製造的有機粒 子係可藉由以溶媒種類、注入速度、溫度等來調整析出條 件’以調整結晶形、或粒子表面的性質,專利文獻3中係記 載根據貧溶媒種類而調整喹吖酮顏料的結晶形之例子。 另、一方面,就粒子分散性的改善進行觀察時,以往有 機顏料的分散係利用各種的分散機(輥磨機、球磨機、立式 I球磨機等)來做工業上的實施。在該情形中,已有藉由微細 化粒子而黏度係爲上昇的情形。黏度已經上昇時.,從分散 機取出係變得困難,又不能由管線來輸送,再者於儲藏,中 會凝膠化而變得無法使用。爲了解決此等問題,進行添加 有助於分散的分散劑、使分散安定化的聚合物係得不到充 分的效果(參照非專利文獻1等)。彩色濾光片用的有機顏料 分散液中係爲了提高其分散性,添加了彩色濾光片的製造 中能賦予必須的鹼顯像性與分散安定性兩性質之聚合物或 Φ顏料分散劑(例如,參照專利文獻4)。可是,此等之方法中 因爲分散需要時間,又黏度已經上昇等原因,而無法達到 滿足其要求。 雖然已報告有藉由上述液相法使用經調製的顏料粒子 ’以改善分散性的例子。然而,全部沒有充分地回應對於 單分散性奈米粒子化的要求。例如,專利文獻5係提供水性 分散體之方法,但並未有任何言及提供作爲有機溶劑分散 體之方法。專利文獻6中所揭示的方法僅爲一次粒徑比較大 者。又,專利文獻7雖然就顏料粒度與分布的規定有所揭示 200806754 ,但是並未就含水率加以考慮,因此保存安定性變差’亦 無法得到充分的對比。再者,專利文獻8中關於分散劑僅就 含水率的規定有所揭示,但是並未考慮到粒度,因而保存 安定性變差,亦得不到充分的對比。Regarding the color material of the ink for ink jet printing, a dye can be used in the past. However, dyes have problems in water resistance and light resistance. In order to improve these problems, pigments have been used. The image obtained by the pigment ink has an advantage of being excellent in light resistance and water resistance as compared with the image obtained by the dye-based ink. However, it is possible to dye the gap on the surface of the paper due to the size of the nanoparticle, and it is difficult to improve the monodispersity, and the adhesion to the paper is deteriorated. Further, with the increase in the number of pixels of the digital camera, the thinning of the color filter used in the optical element or the display element such as the CCD sensor is desired. Organic pigments are used in color filters. Since the thickness of the filter is mostly determined by the particle size of the organic pigment, it is desirable to produce a nanometer size and to be monodisperse and stable. The method for producing organic particles is a gas phase method (a method of sublimating a sample under an inert gas atmosphere to recover particles onto a substrate), and a liquid phase method (for example, by dissolving in a good solvent) The sample is injected into a stirred solvent or a temperature-controlled lean solvent to obtain a re-precipitation method of the microparticles), and the laser ablation method (in solution, by irradiating the dispersed sample with a laser and causing it to ablate) A method of refining particles). Further, there has been reported a manufacturing example in which the test is carried out in a desired size by the method of -7-200806754. In particular, the liquid phase method is obtained as a method for producing organic particles excellent in simplicity and productivity (see Patent Documents 2 and 3, etc.). The organic particles produced by the liquid phase method can adjust the precipitation conditions by the solvent type, the injection rate, the temperature, and the like to adjust the crystal form or the surface properties of the particles. Patent Document 3 describes the type of the poor solvent. An example of adjusting the crystal form of the quinacridone pigment. On the other hand, when the improvement of the particle dispersibility is observed, the dispersion of the conventional organic pigment is industrially carried out by various dispersing machines (a roll mill, a ball mill, a vertical I ball mill, etc.). In this case, there has been a case where the viscosity is increased by refining the particles. When the viscosity has risen, it is difficult to take out the system from the disperser, and it cannot be transported by the pipeline, and in the case of storage, it gels and becomes unusable. In order to solve such problems, it is not possible to add a dispersing agent which contributes to dispersion and a polymer which is dispersed and stabilized (see Non-Patent Document 1 and the like). In the organic pigment dispersion liquid for color filters, in order to improve the dispersibility, a polymer or Φ pigment dispersant capable of imparting essential alkali developability and dispersion stability in the production of a color filter is added ( For example, refer to Patent Document 4). However, in these methods, because the dispersion takes time and the viscosity has risen, it is not possible to meet the requirements. Although the use of the prepared pigment particles ' by the above liquid phase method has been reported to improve the dispersibility. However, all did not adequately respond to the requirements for monodisperse nanoparticle formation. For example, Patent Document 5 is a method of providing an aqueous dispersion, but there is no mention of providing a method as an organic solvent dispersion. The method disclosed in Patent Document 6 is only that the primary particle diameter is relatively large. Further, Patent Document 7 discloses that the specification of the particle size and distribution of the pigment is 200806754, but the moisture content is not considered, so that the preservation stability is deteriorated, and sufficient comparison cannot be obtained. Further, in Patent Document 8, the dispersant is disclosed only in terms of the water content, but the particle size is not considered, so that the storage stability is deteriorated and sufficient contrast is not obtained.

【專利文獻1】特開平1 1 -237760號公報 【專利文獻2】特開平6-791 68號公報 【專利文獻3】特開2004-91 560號公報 【專利文獻4】特開2000-239554號公報 【專利文獻5】特開2004-43776號公報 【專利文獻6】特開2004-1 23853號公報 【專利文獻7】特開2002-32821 5號公報 【專利文獻8】特開2002-241 640號公報 【非專利文獻1】顏料分散技術-表面處理與分散劑的 用法及分散性評價-技術情報協會 1 9 9 9 【發明內容】 發明所欲解決之課題 本發明的目的係提供一種具有分散安定性高、含有奈 米尺寸且粒徑分布波峰陡峭的有機顏料奈米粒子、低含水 率之顏料分散組成物;以及,其目的係提供使用上述顏料 分散組成物之安定性優異、且對比高之著色感光性樹脂組 成物、彩色濾光片用噴墨印墨、及感光性樹脂轉印材料; 又其目的係提供使用彼等且發揮具有高對比、優異安定性 的顯示特性之彩色篇光片、液晶顯示裝置與CCD裝置。 解決課題之手段 上述課題係由下述的手段而達成。 200806754 (1) 一種顏料分散組成物,其特徵在於其係含有有機 顏料奈米粒子及有機溶劑之顏料分散組成物,其中在上述 有機顏料奈米粒子中的一次粒度低於15nm的粒子比例爲 低於1 0 % (個數% ),且其超過6 0 n m之粒子比例爲低於1 0 % ( 個數%),上述組成物的含水率爲0.0 1質量%〜5質量%。 (2) 如上述(1 )中記載之顏料分散組成物,其中上述有 機顏料粒子係藉由將溶解有機顏料於良溶媒之溶液,及與 該溶媒'相溶之上述有機顏料的貧溶媒進行混合,而形成的 •奈米粒子。. (3) 如上述(1)或(2)中記載之顏料分散組成物,其中含 水率爲3質量%以下。 (4>如上述(1 )或(2)中記載之顏料分散組成物,其中含 水率爲1質量%以下。 (5)如上述(1)〜(4)項中任一項之顏料分散組成物,其 係含有下述通式(1 )所示之化合物。 A-R^rRLfp1) 通式(1) m 〔式中,R1表示(m + n)價的連結基,R2表示單鍵或是2 價的連結基,A1係轰示具有選自於由酸性基、具有鹼性氮 原子之基、脲基、胺甲酸酯基、具有配位性氧原子之基、 碳數4以上的烴基、烷氧基矽烷基、環氧基、異氰酸酯基、 及羥基所構成群組之基的1價有機基,或含有可具有取代基 之有機色素結構或是雜環之1價有機基。式中,η個的A1係 可互相相同、或不同。m表示1〜8之數,η表示2〜9之數, -10- 200806754 m +η係滿足3〜10。P1表示高分子化合物殘基〕 (6) 如上述(1)~(5)項中任一項之顏料分散組成物,其 中上述顏料分散組成物爲噴墨印墨。 (7) —種著色感光性樹脂組成物,其特徵係包含如上 述(1)~(6)項中任一項之顏料分散組成物、具有2個以上乙 烯性不飽和雙鍵之多官能單體、與光聚合啓發劑或光聚合 啓發劑系。 (8) —種感光性樹脂轉印材料,其特徵係在暫時支持 #體上,至少設置含有如上述(7)中記載之著色感光性樹脂組 ..成物的感光性樹脂層。. (9) 一種彩色濾光片,其特徵係使用如上述(7)中記載 之著色感光性樹脂組成物及/或如上述(8)中記載之感光性 樹脂轉印材料。 (10) —種液晶顯示裝置,其特徵係具備如上述(9)中 記載之彩色濾光片。 (1 1 )如(1 0 )中記載之液晶顯示裝置,其中上述液晶顯 φ示裝置爲VA方式。 (12) —種CCD裝置,其特徵係具備如上述(9)中記載 之彩色濾光片。 發明效果 本發明的顏料分散組成物係可提供含有奈米尺寸卻分 散安定性高的有機顏料奈米粒子,且低含水率、對比高的 彩色濾光片。又,含有其之噴墨印墨、著色感光性組成物 及感光性樹脂轉印材料係呈現出安定的性能,藉由使用此 等可以安定的品質來提供具有上述高對比之彩色濾光片。 -11- 200806754 又,本發明的彩色濾光片係具有優異的安定性、目的 之色純度與高對比,且耐候性亦爲優異。使用該彩色濾光 片之本發明的液晶顯示裝置與CCD裝置係表現出黑色的緊 實度佳,顯示再現性變得良好,顯示不均亦爲改善之優異 的效果。 【實施方式】 實施發明之最佳形態[Patent Document 1] Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. JP-A No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. [Patent Document 5] JP-A-2004-43776 (Patent Document 7) JP-A-2002-32821 (Patent Document 7) JP-A-2002-32821 No. [Non-Patent Document 1] Pigment Dispersion Technology - Surface Treatment and Dispersant Usage and Dispersibility Evaluation - Technical Information Association 1 9 9 9 SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION Problems to be Solved by the Invention An object of the present invention is to provide a dispersion An organic pigment nanoparticle having a high stability, containing a nanometer size and a sharp peak of a particle size distribution, and a pigment dispersion composition having a low water content; and the object thereof is to provide excellent stability and high contrast using the above pigment dispersion composition. The coloring photosensitive resin composition, the inkjet ink for color filters, and the photosensitive resin transfer material; and the purpose thereof is to provide a display having high contrast and excellent stability using them. Features of color film, liquid crystal display device and CCD device. Means for Solving the Problems The above problems were achieved by the following means. 200806754 (1) A pigment dispersion composition characterized by comprising a pigment dispersion composition of an organic pigment nanoparticle and an organic solvent, wherein a proportion of particles having a primary particle size of less than 15 nm in the above organic pigment nanoparticle is low The ratio of the particles exceeding 10% is less than 10% (number%), and the water content of the above composition is 0.01% by mass to 5% by mass. (2) The pigment dispersion composition according to (1) above, wherein the organic pigment particles are mixed by a solution of a dissolved organic pigment in a good solvent and a poor solvent of the organic pigment compatible with the solvent And formed nano particles. (3) The pigment dispersion composition according to the above (1) or (2), wherein the water content is 3% by mass or less. (4) The pigment dispersion composition according to the above (1) or (2), wherein the water content is 1% by mass or less. (5) The pigment dispersion composition according to any one of the above items (1) to (4) And a compound represented by the following formula (1): AR^rRLfp1) Formula (1) m [wherein R1 represents a (m + n) valent linkage group, and R2 represents a single bond or 2 a linking group of a valence, the A1 system is a hydrocarbon group selected from the group consisting of an acidic group, a group having a basic nitrogen atom, a urea group, a carbamate group, a group having a coordinating oxygen atom, and a carbon number of 4 or more. A monovalent organic group having a group consisting of an alkoxyalkyl group, an epoxy group, an isocyanate group, and a hydroxyl group, or a monovalent organic group containing an organic dye structure which may have a substituent or a hetero ring. In the formula, n of the A1 systems may be the same or different from each other. m represents the number of 1 to 8, η represents the number of 2 to 9, and -10- 200806754 m + η satisfies 3 to 10. The pigment dispersion composition of any one of the above-mentioned items (1) to (5), wherein the pigment dispersion composition is an inkjet ink. (7) A color-sensitive photosensitive resin composition comprising the pigment-dispersed composition according to any one of the above items (1) to (6), and a polyfunctional single having two or more ethylenically unsaturated double bonds Body, photopolymerization heuristics or photopolymerization heuristics. (8) A photosensitive resin transfer material which is characterized in that at least a photosensitive resin layer containing the colored photosensitive resin group as described in the above (7) is provided on the temporary support. (9) A color filter comprising the coloring photosensitive resin composition according to (7) above and/or the photosensitive resin transfer material according to (8) above. (10) A liquid crystal display device comprising the color filter according to (9) above. (1) The liquid crystal display device according to (10), wherein the liquid crystal display device is a VA method. (12) A CCD device characterized by comprising the color filter according to (9) above. EFFECTS OF THE INVENTION The pigment dispersion composition of the present invention can provide a color filter having a low water content and a high contrast ratio, including organic pigment nanoparticles having a high nanometer size and high dispersion stability. Further, the ink jet ink, the coloring photosensitive composition and the photosensitive resin transfer material containing the same exhibit stable performance, and the color filter having the above high contrast can be provided by using such a stable quality. -11- 200806754 Further, the color filter of the present invention has excellent stability, color purity and high contrast, and is excellent in weather resistance. The liquid crystal display device and the CCD device of the present invention using the color filter exhibit good blackness, good display reproducibility, and excellent display unevenness. [Embodiment] The best form of implementing the invention

本發明的顏料分散組成物之特徵係含有有機顏料奈米 粒子及有機溶劑,且在上述有機顏料奈米粒子中的一次粒 度低於15nm的粒子比例爲低於10%(個數%),及其超過 60nm之粒子比例爲低於10%(個數%),含水率爲〇·〇1質量 %~5質量%(以下,粒子的比例僅以%記載時,沒有特別地 限制,意味著個數%)。 ’ 於本發明中,上述一次粒度低於1 5 n m的粒子比例係以 低於7%爲較佳、低於5%爲特佳。 上述低於1 5 n m的粒子比例爲1 0 %以上時,耐熱性、耐 光性有惡化的可能性,而爲不佳。 於本發明中,上述一^次粒度超過60nm的粒子比例係以 低於7%爲佳、低於5%爲特佳。 上述超過60n m的粒子比例爲10%以上時’有引起對比 降低的可能性,而爲不佳。 於本發明中,上述含水率係以3質量%以下爲佳、〇 · 〇 1 質量%~3質量%爲較佳、1質量。/。以下爲更佳、0_01質量%~1 質量%爲特佳。 上述含水率高於5質量%的情形係有安定性惡化的可 -12- 200806754 能性’而爲不佳。又’因爲上述含水率低於〇 . 〇 1質量。/。中 ’爲了使所使用的溶媒脫水而需要非常大的能量成本,所 以上述使含水率比〇 · 〇 1質量%低的話,從工業上進行生產 而言係爲不佳。 用於本發明的有機顏料只要是能以再沈法形成粒子者 的話,沒有特別地限定,可單獨使用、可爲複數、亦可爲 將其組合使用者。 有機顏料係色相上沒有限定者,可舉例如,庇、菲酮 ^ 、喹吖酮、喹吖酮醌、蒽醌、蒽酮垛蒽酮、苯并咪唑酮、 二重氮縮合、二重氮、偶氮、標準還原藍、酞菁、三芳基 碳鑰、二噁畊、胺基蒽醌、二酮基吡咯并吡咯、硫靛、異 吲哚啉、異吲哚啉酮、皮蒽酮染料或是異宜和藍酮化合物顏 料、或彼等之混合物等。 更詳而言之,舉例如:C·丨·顏料紅1 90(C.I·號碼71140) 、C.I·顏料紅224(C.I.號碼71127)、C.丨.顏料紫29(C.I·號碼 71129)等的茈化合物顔料、G」·顏料橙43(C.I·號碼71105) #、或是〇丄顏料紅194((:.1.號碼71100)等的茈酮化合物顏料 、C」·顏料紫19(C_I·號碼73900)、CI顏料紫42、C.丨·顏料 紅122(C」·號碼7391 5)、C.I·顏料紅192、C_l·顏料紅 202(C」_ 號碼 73907)、C·丨·顏料紅 207(C.I.號碼 73900、 73906)、或是0丄顏料紅209(0.丨_號碼7390 5)的喹吖酮化合 物顏料、C」·顏料紅206(C.I·號碼73900/73920)、C·丨·顏料 橙48(C.I.號碼7390 0/7 392 0)、或是〇」.顏料橙49((:.1.號碼 73900/7392 0)等的喹吖酮醌化合物顏料、C.I·顏料黃 147( C.I.號碼60645)等的蒽醌化合物顏料、C.I.顏料紅 .-13- 200806754 168(C.I_號碼59300)等的蒽酮垛蒽酮化合物顏料、C|•顏料 褐25(C_I·號碼 12510)、C.I.顏料紫 32(c ·丨號碼 12517)、c 丄 顏料黃18〇(C·丨·號碼21 290)、c」·顏料黃181(c·丨號碼 1 1 7 7 7 )、C I _顏料橙6 2 ( C _ I ·號碼i i 7 7 5)、或是c 丨顏料紅 185(C·丨.號碼1251 6)等的苯幷咪唑酮化合物顏料、c•丨.顏料 黃 93(C_L 號碼 20 710)、(:.1.顏料黃94((3_丨號碼2〇〇38)、(:| 顏料黃95(〇.丨.號碼20034)、(:丄顏料黃128((3_|號碼 20037)、C.l_ 顔料黃 166(C_|.號碼 20035)、C·丨·顏料橙 參 3 4 ( C ·丨·號碼 2 1 1 1 5 )、C _ I _ 顏料橙13(〇丄號碼2111〇)、〇.1· 顏料橙31(:丨.號碼20050)、〇丄顏料紅144(〇)|號碼 20735)、C.I·顏料紅166(c」號碼2〇73〇)、c丨顏料紅 220(C_I_號碼 20055)、C」·顏料紅 221 (C.I·號碼 20065)、C」· 顏料紅242(C_I.號碼20067)、C_l.顏料紅248、C」_顏料紅 262、或是C.I.顏料褐23(C·丨·號碼20060)等的二重氮縮合化 合物顏料、C.I.顏料黃13(c•丨號碼211〇〇)、c.|·顏料黃 83(C」·號碼21108)、或是C」·顏料黃188(C.I.號碼21094) |等的一重氮化合物顏料、c丨顏料紅187(c•丨·號碼12486) 、C_I.顏料紅170(c·丨號碼1 2475)、c_丨顏料黃74(c丨號碼 11714)、C.|_顏料黃15〇(c丨號碼48545)、c」·顏料紅 48(C.I·號碼1 5865)、c」·顏料紅53(C·丨.號碼1 5585)、c丄 顏料檀64(C_丨·號碼彳276〇)、或是c」.顏料紅247(c.丨號碼 15 915)等的偶氮化合物顏料、(:_|_顏料藍6〇(〇丄號碼 69800)等的標準還原藍化合物顏料、c·丨·顏料綠7(c 丨.號碼 74260)、Cl_顏料綠3e(C」·號碼74265)、顏料綠37(c」_號 碼 74255)、顏料藍 16(C_I·號碼 741 00)、C·丨·顏料藍 75(C.I. -14- 200806754 號碼74160·2)、或是1 5 (C · I.號碼7 4 1 6 0 )等的酞菁化合物顏 料、〇_1.顏料藍56(〇.1.號碼42 800)、或是(:_丨.顏料藍61(().|. 號碼42765:1)等的三芳基碳鎗化合物顏料、^丄顏料紫 23(C.I·號碼 51319)、或是 C.I·顏料紫 37(C_I·號碼 51345)等 的二噁阱化合物顏料、C_L顏料紅177(Cj·號碼653〇〇)等的 月女基恩醌化合物顏料、C . I.顏料紅2 5 4 ( C ·丨.號碼5 6 1 1 0 )、C . I · 顏料紅2 5 5 ( C · I ·號碼5 6 1 0 5 0 )、C _ I.顏料紅2 6 4、C I _顏料紅 272(0_丨_痛碼561150)、0」.顏料橙71、或是〇.丨.顏料橙73 •等的二酮基吡咯并吡咯化合物顏料、C.丨·顏料紅88(C·丨·號 碼73312):#的硫餘化合物顏料、ci顏料黃丨號碼 56298)、〇_1.顏料橙66(〇.1號碼4821 0)等的異吲哚啉化合 物顏料、C.I·顏料黃109(C.I_號碼56284)、或是C.I.顏料橙 6 1 ( C · L號碼11 2 9 5 )等的異吲哚啉酮化合物顏料、c ·丨.顏料 橙4 0 ( C _丨.號碼5 9 7 0 0 )、或是C · I 顏料紅2 1 6 ( C _丨·號碼 59710)等的皮蒽酮染料化合物顏料、或c·丨顏料紫 31(60010)等的異宜和藍酮化合物顏料。其中,尤以喹吖酮 0化合物顏料、二酮基吡咯并吡咯化合物顏料、二噁哄化合 物顏料、酞菁化合物顏料、或偶氮化合物顏料爲佳、二酮 基吡略并吡咯化合物顏料或二噁阱化合物顏料爲較佳。 以下,進一步詳細說明二酮基吡咯并吡咯化合物顏料 或二噁阱化合物顏料。 C.LP.R.2 54、255、264爲代表性之吡咯并吡咯化合物 顏料係因提高了構成彩色濾光片之紅色像素的色純度而具 有適合的吸收區域,且由於色再現區域擴大之故,所以嘗 試利用其彩色濾光片。可是,以^的顏料係無法應付其色 -15- 200806754 純度或對比等的要求。即使藉由例如特開2003-336001號 公報中所記載之噴墨用印墨、珠粒分散或鹽硏磨之方法所 得到者等,也得不到良好的彩色濾光片。 根據本發明,能在粒徑分布陡峭的狀態下得到奈米尺 寸的吡咯并吡咯化合物顏料微粒子。又,將該顏料微粒子 使用於彩色濾光片時,能兼具所期望的色純度與高對比, 而耐光性優異,又折出物的發生係能受到抑制。而具備此 彩色濾光片之液晶顯示裝置,黑色的緊實度及紅色的明晰 Φ度係爲優異,且顯示不均係受到抑制。The pigment dispersion composition of the present invention is characterized in that the organic pigment nanoparticle and the organic solvent are contained, and the proportion of the particles having a primary particle size of less than 15 nm in the organic pigment nanoparticle is less than 10% (% by number), and The ratio of the particles exceeding 60 nm is less than 10% (number%), and the water content is 质量·〇1% by mass to 5% by mass (hereinafter, when the ratio of the particles is only described in %, it is not particularly limited, and means number%). In the present invention, the proportion of the particles having a primary particle size of less than 15 n m is preferably less than 7%, more preferably less than 5%. When the ratio of the particles of less than 15 n m is more than 10%, the heat resistance and the light resistance may be deteriorated, which is not preferable. In the present invention, the ratio of the particles having a particle size of more than 60 nm is preferably less than 7% and more preferably less than 5%. When the ratio of the particles exceeding 60 nm above is 10% or more, there is a possibility that the contrast is lowered, which is not preferable. In the present invention, the water content is preferably 3% by mass or less, and 〇·〇 1% by mass to 3% by mass is preferably 1 part by mass. /. The following is better, 0_01% by mass to 1% by mass is particularly good. When the water content is more than 5% by mass, the stability is deteriorated and the performance is not good. Also, because the above water content is lower than 〇. 〇 1 mass. /. In order to dehydrate the solvent to be used, a very large energy cost is required. Therefore, when the water content is lower than 〇·〇 1% by mass, industrial production is not preferable. The organic pigment to be used in the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it can form particles by the re-precipitation method, and may be used singly, in plural, or in combination with a user. The organic pigment is not limited in the hue, and examples thereof include acenaphthoquinone, quinacridone, quinacridone oxime, hydrazine, fluorenone ketone, benzimidazolone, diazo condensate, and diazo. , azo, standard reduction blue, phthalocyanine, triarylcarbyl, dioxin, aminoguanidine, diketopyrrolopyrrole, thioindigo, isoindoline, isoindolinone, dermozone dye Or a mixture of pharmaceutically acceptable and blue ketone compounds, or a mixture thereof. More specifically, for example, C·丨·Pigment Red 1 90 (CI number 71140), CI·Pigment Red 224 (CI number 71127), C.丨. Pigment Violet 29 (CI·No. 71129), etc.茈Compound pigment, G"·Pigment Orange 43 (CI·No. 71105) #, or anthraquinone compound pigment such as 〇丄Pigment Red 194 ((:.1. No. 71100), C"·Pigment Violet 19 (C_I· No. 73900), CI Pigment Violet 42, C. 丨 Pigment Red 122 (C", number 7391 5), CI·Pigment Red 192, C_l·Pigment Red 202 (C"_ No. 73907), C·丨·Pigment Red 207 (CI number 73900, 73906), or 0 丄 Pigment Red 209 (0. 丨 _ number 7390 5) quinacridone compound pigment, C"·Pigment Red 206 (CI·No. 73900/73920), C·丨·Pigment orange 48 (CI number 7390 0/7 392 0), or 〇". Pigment orange 49 ((:.1. No. 73900/7392 0) and other quinophthalone oxime compound pigments, CI·Pigment Yellow 147 (蒽 垛蒽 compound pigment such as CI number 60645), phthalocyanone compound pigment such as CI Pigment Red.-13- 200806754 168 (C.I_No. 59300), C|•Pigment Brown 25 (C_I·No. 12510) , CI Pigment Violet 32 (c · 丨 No. 12517), c 丄 pigment 18〇(C·丨·number 21 290), c”·Pigment Yellow 181 (c·丨 number 1 1 7 7 7 ), CI _Pigment Orange 6 2 (C _ I · number ii 7 7 5), or c phthalocyanide compound pigment such as 丨Pigment Red 185 (C·丨.No. 1251 6), c•丨.Pigment Yellow 93 (C_L No. 20 710), (:.1. Pigment Yellow 94 ((3_丨) No. 2〇〇38), (:| Pigment Yellow 95 (〇.丨. No. 20034), (: 丄 Pigment Yellow 128 ((3_| number: 20037), C.l_ Pigment Yellow 166 (C_|. No. 20035), C·丨·Pigment orange ginseng 3 4 (C ·丨·number 2 1 1 1 5 ), C _ I _ Pigment orange 13 (〇丄 number 2111〇), 〇.1· Pigment orange 31 (: 丨. number 20050 ), 〇丄Pigment Red 144 (〇)|No. 20735), CI·Pigment Red 166 (c) No. 2〇73〇), c丨Pigment Red 220 (C_I_No. 20055), C”·Pigment Red 221 (CI ·Dimensions 20065), C"· Pigment Red 242 (C_I. No. 20067), C_l. Pigment Red 248, C"_Pigment Red 262, or CI Pigment Brown 23 (C·丨·No. 20040) Condensation compound pigment, CI Pigment Yellow 13 (c•丨 number 211〇〇), c.|·Pigment Yellow 83 (C”·No. 21108), or C”·Pigment Yellow 188 (CI No.) 21094) | A diazonium compound pigment, c丨 pigment red 187 (c•丨·number 12486), C_I. Pigment red 170 (c·丨 number 1 2475), c_丨 pigment yellow 74 (c丨 number 11714) , C.|_Pigment Yellow 15〇 (c丨 number 48545), c”·Pigment Red 48 (CI·Number 1 5865), c”·Pigment Red 53 (C·丨.No. 1 5585), c丄Pantant Tan An azo compound pigment such as 64 (C_丨·number 彳276彳) or c". Pigment Red 247 (c. 丨 number 15 915), (: _|_Pigment Blue 6〇 (〇丄号69800) Standard reduction blue compound pigment, c·丨·Pigment Green 7 (c 丨. No. 74260), Cl_Pigment Green 3e (C′′·No. 74265), Pigment Green 37 (c′_number 74255), Pigment Blue 16 a phthalocyanine compound pigment such as (C_I·number 741 00), C·丨·Pigment Blue 75 (CI-14-200806754 No. 74160·2), or 1 5 (C·I. No. 7 4 1 6 0) 〇_1.Pigment blue 56 (〇.1. No. 42 800), or (:_丨. Pigment blue 61 (().|. No. 42765:1), etc. Triaryl carbon gun compound pigment, pigment Dioxane compound pigment such as Violet 23 (CI·No. 51319) or CI·Pigment Violet 37 (C_I·No. 51345), C_L pigment 177 (Cj·number 653〇〇), etc., the female genus 醌 compound pigment, C. I. pigment red 2 5 4 (C · 丨. number 5 6 1 1 0 ), C. I · pigment red 2 5 5 (C · I · number 5 6 1 0 5 0 ), C _ I. Pigment Red 2 6 4, CI _ Pigment Red 272 (0_丨 _ pain code 561150), 0". Pigment Orange 71, or 〇.丨.Pigment orange 73 • The diketopyrrolopyrrole compound pigment, C. 丨·Pigment Red 88 (C·丨·No. 73312): #的余余化合物颜料, ci pigment 黄丨号56298),〇_ 1. Isoporphyrin compound pigment such as Pigment Orange 66 (〇.1 No. 4821 0), CI·Pigment Yellow 109 (C.I_No. 56284), or CI Pigment Orange 6 1 (C · L number 11 2 9 5 ) iso-polinone compound pigment, c · 丨. pigment orange 4 0 (C _ 丨. number 5 9 7 0 0 ), or C · I pigment red 2 1 6 (C _ 丨 · number 59710), such as a dermazone dye compound pigment, or a suitable chloroform compound pigment such as c. quinone pigment violet 31 (60010). Among them, a quinacridone 0 compound pigment, a diketopyrrolopyrrole compound pigment, a dioxin compound pigment, a phthalocyanine compound pigment, or an azo compound pigment is preferred, a diketopyrrolopyrrole compound pigment or two A cauterine compound pigment is preferred. Hereinafter, the diketopyrrolopyrrole compound pigment or the dioxo compound pigment will be described in further detail. C.LP.R.2 54, 255, and 264 are typical pyrrolopyrrole compound pigments which have suitable absorption regions due to the improvement of the color purity of the red pixels constituting the color filter, and are enlarged by the color reproduction region. Therefore, try to use its color filter. However, the pigments of ^ can not cope with the requirements of purity or contrast of color -15-200806754. Even if it is obtained by the method of inkjet ink, bead dispersion, or salt honing described in JP-A-2003-336001, a good color filter cannot be obtained. According to the present invention, a nano-sized pyrrolopyrrole compound pigment fine particle can be obtained in a state where the particle size distribution is steep. Further, when the pigment fine particles are used in a color filter, the desired color purity and high contrast can be achieved, and the light resistance is excellent, and the generation of the folded material can be suppressed. In the liquid crystal display device having the color filter, the blackness and the redness of the Φ are excellent, and the display unevenness is suppressed.

在上述二酮基吡咯并吡咯化合物顏料中,尤以 C_I.P.R.254(下述式(Z)所示之化合物)、255(下述式(W)所 示之化合物)、264(下述式(V)所示之化合物)爲佳、 CJ.P.R.254從吸收光譜的觀點而言爲更佳。此外, C.I.P.R.254 係可使用 Irgaphor Red B-CF、Cromophtal DPP Red BO、Irgazin DPP Red BO、Microlen DPP RED BP等所有市售者。C.I.P.R.255係可使用Cromophtal Coral φ Red C、Irgazin DPP Red 5G 等。C.I.P.R.264係可使用 Hostapeperm Rubin D3B LP2615、Irgazin DPP Rubin TRIn the above diketopyrrolopyrrole compound pigment, C_I.PR254 (compound represented by the following formula (Z)), 255 (compound represented by the following formula (W)), and 264 (the following formula) The compound represented by (V) is preferred, and CJ.PR254 is more preferable from the viewpoint of absorption spectrum. Further, all of the commercially available persons such as Irgaphor Red B-CF, Cromophtal DPP Red BO, Irgazin DPP Red BO, and Microlen DPP RED BP can be used for C.I.P.R.254. For C.I.P.R. 255, Cromophtal Coral φ Red C, Irgazin DPP Red 5G, or the like can be used. C.I.P.R.264 can be used Hostapeperm Rubin D3B LP2615, Irgazin DPP Rubin TR

-16 200806754-16 200806754

接者’說明一噁哄化合物顏料。近年來,作爲彩色濾 光片藍色像素的著色劑係大多使用如c · I . P. B · 1 5 : 6,而能藉 以提高彩色濾光片的色純度。然而,大多使用於液晶顯示 裝置之光源的冷陰極管等光源係在藍色發光波峰的長波側 亦會有少許的發光,因而色度變得不如NTSC。 該問題係藉由添加(例如5 %左右)C · I _ P_ V_ 2 3、3 7爲代 表性之二噁阱化合物顏料而可改善。而以該高色純度的彩 φ色濾光片雖然預期可改善對比、且使顯示特性更爲提昇, 但是利用以往的珠粒分散法或鹽硏磨法卻得不到滿足的結 果。 相對於此,根據本發明的顏料分散組成物之製造方法 ,可得到粒徑分布齊全奈米尺寸顏料之二噁阱化合物顏料 。而且亦可形成經時穩定性優異之含二噁哄化合物顏料微 粒子的分散液。爲此,使用其之彩色濾光片係兼具高色純 度與高對比,且耐光性優異。又使用具備彼彩色濾光片之 液晶顯示裝置係黑色的緊實度及藍色的明晰度、再現性優 -17· 200806754 異、且顯示不均受到了抑制。此外,C.I.P.V.23係可使用 Cromofine Violet RE、FastgenSuper Violet BBL、Helio Fast Violet EB、Microlith VioletRL-WA、Sanyo Fast ▽ 1〇丨6161^等所有市售者。0.1十^.37係可使用(^〇〇1(^»^3 1 Violet B、Microlith Violet B-A等所有市售者。 在本發明的顏料分散組成物中,亦可組合2種以上的有 機顏料或有機顏料的固溶體而使用。 ’ 有機色素係舉例如偶氮色素、花青色素、部花青色素 ® 、香豆素色素等。高分子有機材料係舉例如聚聯乙炔、聚 醯亞胺等。 於本發明中,有機顏料奈米粒子係藉由將有機顏料溶 解於良溶媒之有機顏料溶液,與對於上述良溶媒具有相溶 性、相對於有機顏料爲貧溶媒之溶媒(以下,該溶媒係稱可 爲[有機顏料的貧溶媒]、或是亦可僅稱爲[貧溶媒])予以混 合而生成(以下,該方法亦稱爲「再沈法」,含有此時所得 之有機顏料奈米粒子的分散液,亦稱爲「有機粒子再沈液 φ」)。此處,「良溶媒」係所謂對於有檄顏料溶解度大的溶 媒/貧溶媒」·係所謂對於有機顏料溶解度小的溶媒。用於 本發明之良溶媒及貧溶媒係爲了生成有機顏料奈米粒子所 以必須具有充分的有機顏料之溶解度差,可將滿足此要求 之溶媒彼此予以組合使用.。 有機顏料的貧溶媒係只要與溶解有機顏料之良溶媒相 溶或是均勻混合者的話,沒有特別地限制。有機顏料的貧 溶媒係有機顏料的溶解度爲0.02質量%以下爲佳、0.01質量 %以下爲較佳。有機顏料對於貧溶媒的溶解度係沒有特別 -18· 200806754 地下限’惟考慮一般所使用的有機顏料時係實際上爲 0.000001質量。/。以上。該溶解度亦可爲在酸或鹼的存在下 被溶解情形中的溶解度。又,良溶媒與貧溶媒的相溶性或 是均句混合性,以良溶媒相對於貧溶媒之溶解量爲3 0質量 %以上爲佳、50質量%以上爲較佳。良溶媒對於貧溶媒之溶 解量係沒有特別地上限,實際上可以任意的比例互相混雜 〇 貧溶媒係舉例如水性溶媒(例如,水、或鹽酸、氫氧化 Φ鈉水溶液)、醇化合物溶媒、酮化合物溶媒、醚化合物溶媒 、芳香族化合物溶媒、二硫化碳溶媒、脂肪族化合物溶媒 、硝醯化合物溶媒、鹵素化合物溶媒、酯化合物溶媒、離 子性液體、此等之混合溶媒等,以水性溶媒、醇化合物溶 媒、酮化合物溶媒、醚化合物溶媒、酯化合物溶媒、或此 等之混合物爲佳,以水性溶媒、醇化合物溶媒或酯化合物 溶媒爲較佳。 醇化合物溶媒係舉例如甲醇、乙醇、異丙醇、正丙醇 Φ 、1-甲氧基-2-丙醇等。酮化合物溶媒係舉例如丙酮、甲基 乙基酮、甲基異丁基酮、環己酮。醚化合物溶媒係舉例如 二甲基醚、二乙基醚、四氫呋喃等。芳香族化合物溶媒係 舉例如苯、甲苯等。脂肪族化合物溶媒係舉例如己烷等。 硝醯化合物溶媒係舉例如乙腈等。鹵零化合物溶媒係舉例 如二氯甲烷、三氯乙烯等。酯化合物溶媒係舉例如乙酸乙 酯、乳酸乙酯、乙酸2-(1-甲氧基)丙酯等。離子性液體係舉 例如1-丁基-3-甲基咪唑鑰與卩「6_的鹽等。 接著,說明溶解有機顏料之良溶媒。 -19- 200806754 由於良溶媒係可溶解所使用的有機顏料,只要能與上 述貧溶媒相溶或是均勻混合者的話,沒有特別地限定。有 機顏料於良溶媒之溶解性係有機顏料的溶解度爲0.2質量% 以上爲佳、0.5質量。/。以上爲較佳。有機顏料於良溶媒的溶 解度係沒有特別地上限,惟考慮一般所使用的有機顏料時 係實際上爲50質量%以下。該溶解度亦可爲在酸或鹼的存 在下被溶解情形中的溶解度。貧溶媒與良溶媒的相溶性或 是均勻混合性的較佳範圍係如前所述、。The receiver's illustrate a cockroach compound pigment. In recent years, as a coloring agent for a blue pixel of a color filter, a color purity of a color filter can be improved by using, for example, c · I. P. B · 1 5 : 6. However, a light source such as a cold cathode tube which is often used for a light source of a liquid crystal display device emits a little light on the long-wave side of the blue light-emitting peak, and thus the chromaticity is inferior to NTSC. This problem can be improved by adding (e.g., about 5%) C · I _ P_ V_ 2 3, 3 7 as a representative dioxo compound pigment. On the other hand, although the color φ color filter of the high color purity is expected to improve the contrast and improve the display characteristics, the conventional bead dispersion method or the salt honing method is not satisfactory. On the other hand, according to the method for producing a pigment dispersion composition of the present invention, a dioxo compound pigment having a particle size distribution of a nano-sized pigment can be obtained. Further, it is also possible to form a dispersion of the dioxin-containing pigment microparticles excellent in stability over time. For this reason, the color filter system using the same has high color purity and high contrast, and is excellent in light resistance. Further, the liquid crystal display device having the color filter is black, and the degree of sharpness and blueness are excellent, and the reproducibility is excellent, and the display unevenness is suppressed. Further, C.I.P.V.23 can be used by all commercially available persons such as Cromofine Violet RE, Fastgen Super Violet BBL, Helio Fast Violet EB, Microlith Violet RL-WA, Sanyo Fast ▽ 1〇丨6161^. 0.110^.37 can be used (^〇〇1(^»^3 1 Violet B, Microlith Violet BA, etc.. In the pigment dispersion composition of the present invention, two or more organic pigments may be combined. Or a solid solution of an organic pigment. The organic pigments are, for example, azo dyes, cyanine dyes, merocyanine pigments, coumarin pigments, etc. Polymeric organic materials are, for example, polyacetylene and polyruthenium. In the present invention, the organic pigment nanoparticle is a solvent which is compatible with the above-mentioned good solvent and which is a poor solvent with respect to the organic pigment by dissolving the organic pigment in the organic pigment solution of the good solvent (hereinafter, The solvent may be formed by mixing [a poor solvent of an organic pigment] or simply referred to as a "lean solvent" (hereinafter, this method is also called "re-precipitation method", and contains the organic pigment obtained at this time. The dispersion of the nanoparticles is also referred to as "organic particle re-sinking liquid φ". Here, "good solvent" is a solvent/poor solvent having a large solubility to the ruthenium pigment. Solvent. Used in this In order to produce organic pigment nanoparticles, it is necessary to have sufficient solubility difference of organic pigments, and the solvents satisfying the requirements can be used in combination with each other. The poor solvent of the organic pigments is only required to dissolve the organic pigments. The solubility of the solvent-soluble organic pigment of the organic pigment is preferably 0.02% by mass or less, more preferably 0.01% by mass or less, and the solubility of the organic pigment to the poor solvent is preferably. There is no special -18·200806754 The lower limit of the ground is only 0.000001 mass in consideration of the organic pigment generally used. The solubility may also be the solubility in the case of being dissolved in the presence of an acid or a base. The compatibility between the good solvent and the poor solvent or the uniformity of the mixture is preferably 30% by mass or more, more preferably 50% by mass or more, based on the amount of the solvent dissolved in the poor solvent. The dissolution of the good solvent for the poor solvent There is no particular upper limit, and in fact, it can be mixed with each other in an arbitrary ratio, for example, an aqueous solvent (for example, water). Or hydrochloric acid, Φ sodium hydroxide aqueous solution), alcohol compound solvent, ketone compound solvent, ether compound solvent, aromatic solvent, carbon disulfide solvent, aliphatic solvent, nitron compound solvent, halogen compound solvent, ester compound solvent, ionic The liquid, the mixed solvent or the like is preferably an aqueous solvent, an alcohol compound solvent, a ketone compound solvent, an ether compound solvent, an ester compound solvent, or a mixture thereof, and is preferably an aqueous solvent, an alcohol compound solvent or an ester compound solvent. The alcohol compound solvent is, for example, methanol, ethanol, isopropanol, n-propanol Φ, 1-methoxy-2-propanol, etc. The ketone compound solvent is, for example, acetone, methyl ethyl ketone or methyl isophthalate. Butyl ketone and cyclohexanone. Examples of the ether compound solvent include dimethyl ether, diethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran and the like. The aromatic solvent is exemplified by benzene, toluene and the like. The aliphatic compound solvent is, for example, hexane or the like. The nitronium compound solvent is, for example, acetonitrile or the like. Examples of the halogen-based compound solvent are methylene chloride, trichloroethylene, and the like. The solvent of the ester compound is, for example, ethyl acetate, ethyl lactate or 2-(1-methoxy)propyl acetate. The ionic liquid system is, for example, a 1-butyl-3-methylimidazole key and a salt of "6_." Next, a good solvent for dissolving an organic pigment will be described. -19- 200806754 The organic solvent is soluble because of a good solvent. The pigment is not particularly limited as long as it can be dissolved or uniformly mixed with the above-mentioned poor solvent. The solubility of the organic pigment in the solubility of the organic solvent is preferably 0.2% by mass or more, and 0.5% by mass or more. Preferably, the solubility of the organic pigment in the good solvent is not particularly limited, but it is actually 50% by mass or less in consideration of the organic pigment generally used. The solubility may also be dissolved in the presence of an acid or a base. Solubility. The preferred range of compatibility or uniform mixing of the poor solvent with the good solvent is as described above.

良溶媒係舉例如水性溶媒(例如,水、或鹽酸、氫氧化 鈉水溶液)、醇化合物溶媒、醯胺化合物溶媒、酮化合物溶 媒、醚化合物溶媒、芳香族化合物溶媒、二硫化碳溶媒、 脂肪族化合物溶媒、硝醯化合物溶媒、亞颯化合物溶媒、 鹵素化合物溶媒、酯化合物溶媒、離子性液體、此等之混 合溶媒等,水性溶媒、醇化合物溶媒、酮化合物溶媒、醚 化合物溶媒、亞颯化合物溶媒、酯化合物溶媒、醯胺化合 物溶媒、或此等之混合物爲佳、水性溶媒、醇化合物溶媒 Φ 、酯化合物溶媒、亞礪化合物溶媒或醯胺化合物溶媒爲佳 、水性溶媒、亞颯化合物溶媒或醯胺化合物溶媒爲更佳、 亞颯化合物溶媒或醯胺化合物溶媒爲特佳。 亞颯化合物溶媒係舉例如二甲亞礪、二乙基亞礪、六 亞甲基亞颯、環丁礪等。醯胺化合物溶媒係舉例如N,N -二 甲基甲醯胺、1-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮、2-吡咯啶酮、1 ,3-二甲 基-2 -咪嗤院二酮、2 -吡咯啶酮、ε -己內醯胺、甲醯胺、n _ 甲基甲醯胺、乙醯胺、Ν-甲基乙醯胺、ν,Ν -二甲基乙醯胺 、Ν-甲基丙醯胺、六甲基磷醯三胺等。 -20- 200806754 又,有機顏料溶解於良溶媒之有機顏料溶液的濃度, 溶解時的條件係有機顏料對於良溶媒之飽和濃度乃至其 1/100左右的範圍爲佳。 對於有機顏料溶液的調製條件係沒有特別地限制,可 選擇常壓至亞臨界、超臨界條件的範圍。常壓下的溫度係 以-10〜150°c爲佳、_5〜130°c爲較佳、0~100°C爲特佳。 在本發明的有機顏料係必須均勻地溶解於良溶劑中, 亦可以酸性或鹼性使其溶解。一般具有分子内可以鹼性解 Φ麝之基之顏料的情形爲鹼性,但是在鹼性可解離之基、不存 在、分子內大多具有容易添加質子之氮原子時係使用酸性 。例如,喹吖酮、二酮基吡咯并吡咯、二重氮縮合系顏料 係以鹼性、酞菁系顏料係以酸性使其溶解。 以鹼性溶解之情形中所使用的鹼之例係舉例如氫氧化 鋰、氫氧化鈉、氫氧化鉀、氫氧化鈣、或是氫氧化鋇等的 無機鹼、或三烷基胺、重氮雙環十一碳烯(DBU)、金屬醇鹽 等的有機鹼,較隹係無機驗。Examples of the solvent include aqueous solvents (for example, water, hydrochloric acid, aqueous sodium hydroxide), alcohol compound solvents, guanamine compound solvents, ketone compound solvents, ether compound solvents, aromatic solvent, carbon disulfide solvent, and aliphatic solvent. , a cerium nitrate solvent, a sulfonium compound solvent, a halogen compound solvent, an ester compound solvent, an ionic liquid, a mixed solvent thereof, an aqueous solvent, an alcohol compound solvent, a ketone compound solvent, an ether compound solvent, an arsenic compound solvent, An ester compound solvent, a guanamine compound solvent, or a mixture thereof, preferably an aqueous solvent, an alcohol compound solvent Φ, an ester compound solvent, an arsenic compound solvent or a guanamine compound solvent, an aqueous solvent, an arsenic compound solvent or hydrazine. The amine compound solvent is more preferred, and the sulfonium compound solvent or the guanamine compound solvent is particularly preferred. Examples of the hydrazine compound solvent include dimethyl hydrazine, diethyl hydrazine, hexamethylene fluorene, and cyclobutyl hydrazine. The indoleamine compound solvent is, for example, N,N-dimethylformamide, 1-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, 2-pyrrolidone, 1, 3-dimethyl-2-imidine diketone. , 2-pyrrolidone, ε-caprolactam, formamide, n-methylformamide, acetamide, Ν-methylacetamide, ν, Ν-dimethylacetamide, hydrazine -methylpropanamide, hexamethylphosphonium triamine, and the like. -20- 200806754 Further, the concentration of the organic pigment dissolved in the organic solvent of the good solvent is preferably such that the organic pigment is in a range of a saturated concentration of the good solvent or even about 1/100. The conditions for the preparation of the organic pigment solution are not particularly limited, and a range from atmospheric pressure to subcritical and supercritical conditions can be selected. The temperature under normal pressure is preferably -10 to 150 ° C, preferably _5 to 130 ° C, and particularly preferably 0 to 100 ° C. The organic pigment of the present invention must be uniformly dissolved in a good solvent, and it may be dissolved in an acidic or alkaline state. In general, a pigment having a base which can be fundamentally decomposed in the molecule is basic, but it is acidic when it is not present in the basic dissociable group, and many of the molecules have a nitrogen atom which is easy to add a proton. For example, quinophthalone, diketopyrrolopyrrole, and a diazo condensed pigment are dissolved in an acidic state by a basic or phthalocyanine pigment. Examples of the base used in the case of alkaline dissolution include an inorganic base such as lithium hydroxide, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, calcium hydroxide or barium hydroxide, or a trialkylamine or diazo. An organic base such as dicyclohexadecene (DBU) or a metal alkoxide is more inorganic than a lanthanide.

所使用鹼的量只要爲可均勻溶解顏料的量,並無特別 ί也限制’惟在無機鹼的情形下,較佳係相對於有機顏料爲 1_〇〜30莫耳當量、更佳係1(^25莫耳當量、又更佳係1.0〜20 莫耳當量。有機鹼之情形、較佳係相對於有機顏料爲 1·〇〜100莫耳當量、更佳係5.0^ 〇〇莫耳當量、又更佳係 20〜100莫耳當量。 以酸性溶解之情形中所使用的酸係以硫酸、鹽酸、或 是磷酸等的無機酸、或乙酸、三氟乙酸、草酸、甲磺酸、 或是三氟甲磺酸等的有機酸爲佳,較佳係無機酸。特佳係 -21- 200806754 硫酸。 使用之酸的量係可均勻溶解有機顏料的量而沒有特別 地限定,惟相較於鹼使用過剩量的情形比較多。不論無機 酸及有機酸之情形下,較佳係相對於有機顏料爲3〜500莫 耳當量、更佳係10〜500莫耳當量、又更佳係30〜200莫耳當 在將鹼或酸與有機溶媒混合、以作爲有機顏料的良溶 媒使用之際,因爲鹼或酸係完全溶解之故,所以可將若干 φ的水或對於低級醇等的鹼或酸具有高溶解度之溶劑添加至 有機溶媒中。水或低級醇的量相對於有機顏料溶液全量, 以5 0質量%以下爲佳、30質量。/。以下爲較佳。具體而言,可 使用水、甲醇、乙醇、η-丙醇、異丙醇、丁醇等。 有機粒子製作時、亦即析出、形成有機粒子之際的貧 溶媒條件係沒有特別地限制,可選擇常壓至亞臨界、超臨 界條件的範圍。常壓下的溫度係以-30~1 00°C爲佳、 -10〜60°C爲較佳、〇~30°C爲特佳。The amount of the base to be used is not particularly limited as long as the amount of the pigment can be uniformly dissolved. However, in the case of an inorganic base, it is preferably 1 to 30 moles per mole of the organic pigment, more preferably 1 (^25 molar equivalents, more preferably 1.0 to 20 mole equivalents. In the case of an organic base, preferably from 1 to 100 100 moles equivalent to the organic pigment, more preferably 5.0^ 〇〇 molar equivalents More preferably, it is 20 to 100 mole equivalents. The acid used in the case of acidic dissolution is an inorganic acid such as sulfuric acid, hydrochloric acid or phosphoric acid, or acetic acid, trifluoroacetic acid, oxalic acid, methanesulfonic acid, or It is preferably an organic acid such as trifluoromethanesulfonic acid, and is preferably a mineral acid. Particularly preferred is a type of sulfuric acid. The amount of the acid used is a uniform amount of the organic pigment which is uniformly dissolved, and is not particularly limited. In the case where the excess amount of the base is used, it is preferably 3 to 500 mol equivalents, more preferably 10 to 500 mol equivalents, and more preferably 30, in the case of the inorganic acid and the organic acid. ~200 moles in the mixing of alkali or acid with organic solvents, as a good organic pigment When the medium is used, since the alkali or the acid is completely dissolved, a certain amount of water of φ or a solvent having a high solubility to a base or an acid such as a lower alcohol can be added to the organic solvent. The amount of water or lower alcohol is relative to The total amount of the organic pigment solution is preferably 50% by mass or less, and 30% by mass or less. Specifically, water, methanol, ethanol, η-propanol, isopropanol, butanol or the like can be used. The solvent condition at the time of particle production, that is, precipitation and formation of organic particles is not particularly limited, and a range from normal pressure to subcritical and supercritical conditions can be selected. The temperature at normal pressure is -30 to 100 °. C is preferred, -10 to 60 ° C is preferred, and 〇 ~ 30 ° C is particularly preferred.

在混合有機顏料溶液與貧溶媒之際,可添加兩者中任 一者予以混合,以將有機顏料溶液添加至貧溶媒予以混合 爲佳、此時貧溶媒爲攪拌之狀態爲佳。攪拌速度係 100~1 0000rpm 爲佳、150 〜8000rpm 爲較佳、200 〜6000rpm 爲特佳。添加係可使用泵等、也可以不使用。又,可在液 中添加、亦可液外添加,以液中添加爲較佳。 有機顏料溶液與貧溶媒的混合比(有機粒子再沈液中 的良溶媒/貧溶媒比)係體積比爲1/50〜2/3爲佳、1/40〜1/2 爲較佳、1/20〜3/8爲特佳。 -22- 200806754 有機粒子再沈液的濃度若能形成有機粒子,則沒有特 別地限制,相對於分散溶媒1〇〇〇m卜有機顏料奈米粒子爲 10〜40000mg的範圍爲佳、更佳係20~30000mg的範圍、特 佳係50~25000mg的範圍。 又,有機顏料奈米粒子生成之際的調製規模係特別地 限制,以貧溶媒的混合量爲1〇—2000L的調製規模爲佳、 50〜1 000L的調製規模爲較佳。 關於有機顏料奈米粒子的粒徑係有由計測法數値化以 @表現集團的平均大小之方法,惟更常使用的係有表示分布 最大値之模式徑、相當於積分分布曲線的中央値之中値徑 、各種的平均徑(數量平均、長度平均、面積平均、重量平 均、體積平均等).等,在本發明係沒有特別地限制,平均粒 徑係稱爲數量平均徑。有機顏料奈米粒子(一次粒子)的平 均粒徑爲奈米尺寸,平均粒徑爲1 nm〜1 μπι爲佳、1〜200nm 爲較佳、2~100nm爲更佳、5~80nm爲特佳。還有,根>據本 發明的顏料分散組成物之製造方法所形成之粒子,可爲結 0晶質粒子、非晶質粒子,或可爲此等之混合物。 又’作爲表示粒子單分散性之指標在本發明係沒有特 別地限制,係採用體積平均粒徑(Mv)與數量平均粒徑(Μη) 的比(Μν/Μη)。於有機顏料奈米粒子的濃縮方法中,所使用 的有機粒子分散液中所含粒子(一次粒子)的單分散性、也 就是說Μν/Μη,以1_〇〜2·0爲佳、1.0~1·8爲較佳、1·0~1·5 爲特佳。 作爲有機顏料奈米粒子粒徑的測定方法係舉例如顯微 鏡法、重量法、光散射法、光遮斷法、電氣電阻法、音響 -23- 200806754 法、動態光散射法,以顯微鏡法、動態光散射法爲特佳。 \ 用於顯微鏡法之顯微鏡係舉例如掃瞄型電子顯微鏡、透過 型電子顯微鏡等。由動態光散射法之粒子測定裝置係舉例 如:日機裝公司製Nanotrack UPA-EX1 50、大塚電子公司 製動態光散射光度計DLS-7000系列等。 本發明的顏料分散組成物含有分散劑爲佳。顏料分散 組成物中含有分散劑的步驟係沒有特別地限定,於有機顏 料溶液及貧溶媒兩者、或是一者之中添加含有分散劑爲佳 Φ °又,分散劑溶液亦可在其他系統於有機奈米粒子形成時 添加上述兩液。亦可使用預先藉由分散劑而經表面處理之 顏料粒子、顏料粒子係亦可施加能促進分散劑吸附之表面 處理。分散劑係(1 )快速吸附至被析出之顏料表面、以形成 微細的奈米粒子,且(2)具有預防此等粒子進行再一次凝集 之作用者。 可採用之分散劑係舉例如:可使用陰離子性、陽離子 性、兩離子性、非離子性或是顏料衍生物的低分子或高分 φ子分散劑。此外,高分子分散劑的分子量只要能均与溶解 於溶液者,可以採用沒有限制,較佳係分子量 1.000- 2,000,000 、 5,000-1,000,000 爲較佳 、 10.000- 500,000 爲更佳、10,000~100,000 爲特佳。高分子 分散劑係具體而言可舉例如:聚乙烯基吡咯啶酮、聚乙烯 醇、聚乙烯基甲基醚、聚乙二醇、聚丙二醇、聚丙烯醯胺 、乙烯醇-乙酸乙烯酯共聚物、聚乙烯醇-部分甲縮醛化物 、聚乙烯醇-部分丁縮醛化物、乙烯基吡略啶酮-乙酸乙烯 酯共聚物、聚環氧乙烷/環氧丙烷嵌段共聚物、聚丙烯酸鹽 -24- 200806754 、聚乙稀基硫酸鹽、聚(4 -之嫌基啦陡)鹽、聚醯胺、聚嫌 丙胺鹽、縮合萘磺酸鹽、纖維素衍生物、潑粉衍生物等。 另外,亦可使用褐藻酸鹽、明膠、白蛋白、酪蛋白、阿拉 伯樹膠、東加樹膠、木質磺酸鹽等的天然高分子類。其中 ,尤以聚乙烯基吡咯啶酮爲佳。此等高分子可單獨1種、或 是組合2種以上使用。此等之分散劑可單獨或是倂用而使用 。關於用於顏料分散之分散劑係詳細記載於「顏料分散安 定化與表面處理技術·評價」(化學情報協會、2001年12月 Φ發行)的第29〜46頁。、、 陰離子性分散劑(陰離子性界面活性劑)係可舉例如: N-醯基-N-烷基牛磺酸鹽、脂肪酸鹽、烷基硫酸酯鹽、烷基 苯磺酸鹽、烷基萘磺酸鹽、二烷基磺基琥珀酸鹽、烷基磷 酸酯鹽、萘磺酸福馬林縮合物、聚氧乙烯烷基硫酸酯鹽等 。其中,尤以N-醯基-N-烷基牛磺酸鹽爲佳。N-醯基-N-烷 基牛磺酸鹽係以特開平3-2 73 06 7號說明書中所記載者爲佳 。此等陰離子性分散劑係可單獨、或是組合2種以上使用。When the organic pigment solution and the lean solvent are mixed, either one of them may be added and mixed, and the organic pigment solution may be added to the poor solvent to be mixed, and it is preferred that the poor solvent is stirred. The stirring speed is preferably 100 to 1 0000 rpm, 150 to 8000 rpm is preferred, and 200 to 6000 rpm is particularly preferred. The addition system may or may not use a pump. Further, it may be added to the liquid or may be added externally, and it is preferably added in a liquid. The mixing ratio of the organic pigment solution to the lean solvent (the ratio of the good solvent to the poor solvent in the organic particle re-sinking liquid) is preferably 1/50 to 2/3, preferably 1/40 to 1/2, and 1 is preferred. /20~3/8 is especially good. -22- 200806754 The concentration of the organic particle re-sinking liquid is not particularly limited as long as it can form organic particles, and it is preferably in the range of 10 to 40000 mg with respect to the dispersion medium of 1 μm of the organic pigment nanoparticle. The range of 20~30000mg, especially the range of 50~25000mg. Further, the modulation scale at the time of formation of the organic pigment nanoparticle is particularly limited, and the preparation amount of the poor solvent is preferably from 1 to 2000 L, and the modulation scale of from 50 to 1,000 L is preferable. The particle size of the organic pigment nanoparticle is determined by the number of measurement methods to represent the average size of the group, but the more commonly used is the mode diameter indicating the largest distribution, and the central axis corresponding to the integral distribution curve. The mean diameter, various average diameters (quantity average, length average, area average, weight average, volume average, etc.), etc., are not particularly limited in the present invention, and the average particle diameter is referred to as a number average diameter. The average particle diameter of the organic pigment nanoparticle (primary particle) is a nanometer size, and the average particle diameter is preferably 1 nm to 1 μm, preferably 1 to 200 nm, more preferably 2 to 100 nm, and particularly preferably 5 to 80 nm. . Further, the particles formed by the method for producing a pigment dispersion composition according to the present invention may be a crystal growth particle, an amorphous particle, or a mixture thereof. Further, the index indicating the monodispersity of the particles is not particularly limited in the present invention, and the ratio (Μν/Μη) of the volume average particle diameter (Mv) to the number average particle diameter (?η) is employed. In the method for concentrating organic pigment nanoparticles, the monodispersity of particles (primary particles) contained in the organic particle dispersion used, that is, Μν/Μη, is preferably 1_〇~2·0, 1.0. ~1·8 is preferred, and 1·0~1·5 is particularly good. The method for measuring the particle diameter of the organic pigment nanoparticle is, for example, a microscopic method, a gravimetric method, a light scattering method, a light blocking method, an electrical resistance method, an acoustic -23-200806754 method, a dynamic light scattering method, a microscopic method, and a dynamic method. Light scattering is particularly good. \ Microscope systems for microscopy such as scanning electron microscopes, transmission electron microscopes, etc. Examples of the particle measuring device by the dynamic light scattering method are Nanotrack UPA-EX1 50 manufactured by Nikkiso Co., Ltd., and DLS-7000 series manufactured by Otsuka Electronics Co., Ltd. Dynamic Light Scattering Photometer. The pigment dispersion composition of the present invention preferably contains a dispersant. The step of containing the dispersing agent in the pigment dispersion composition is not particularly limited, and it is preferable to add a dispersing agent to both the organic pigment solution and the lean solvent, or the dispersing agent solution may be used in other systems. The above two liquids are added at the time of formation of the organic nanoparticle. It is also possible to use a pigment particle or a pigment particle which has been subjected to surface treatment by a dispersant in advance, or a surface treatment which promotes adsorption of the dispersant. The dispersant system (1) rapidly adsorbs to the surface of the precipitated pigment to form fine nanoparticles, and (2) has a function of preventing such particles from undergoing another aggregation. The dispersing agent which can be used is, for example, an anionic, cationic, diionic, nonionic or pigment derivative of a low molecular weight or high molecular weight φ subdispersant. Further, the molecular weight of the polymer dispersant may be any one as long as it is soluble in the solution, and is preferably a molecular weight of 1.000 to 2,000,000, preferably 5,000 to 1,000,000, more preferably 10.000 to 500,000, and most preferably 10,000 to 100,000. . Specific examples of the polymer dispersant include polyvinylpyrrolidone, polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinyl methyl ether, polyethylene glycol, polypropylene glycol, polypropylene decylamine, and vinyl alcohol-vinyl acetate copolymerization. , polyvinyl alcohol-partial methylallate, polyvinyl alcohol-partial butyralate, vinylpyrrolidone-vinyl acetate copolymer, polyethylene oxide/propylene oxide block copolymer, poly Acrylate-24-200806754, Polyethyl sulphate, poly(4- succinyl) salt, poly amide, polyamine salt, condensed naphthalene sulfonate, cellulose derivative, powder derivative Wait. Further, natural polymers such as alginate, gelatin, albumin, casein, arbor gum, toluene gum, and lignosulfonate can also be used. Among them, polyvinylpyrrolidone is preferred. These polymers may be used alone or in combination of two or more. These dispersants can be used singly or in combination. The dispersing agent for pigment dispersion is described in detail on pages 29 to 46 of "Pigment Dispersion Stability and Surface Treatment Technology and Evaluation" (Chemical Information Association, December 2001 Φ issue). The anionic dispersant (anionic surfactant) may, for example, be an N-fluorenyl-N-alkyl taurate, a fatty acid salt, an alkyl sulfate salt, an alkylbenzene sulfonate or an alkyl group. Naphthalene sulfonate, dialkyl sulfosuccinate, alkyl phosphate salt, naphthalenesulfonic acid formalin condensate, polyoxyethylene alkyl sulfate salt, and the like. Among them, N-fluorenyl-N-alkyl taurates are preferred. The N-fluorenyl-N-alkyl taurate is preferably described in the specification of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei 3-2 73 06 7 . These anionic dispersing agents can be used singly or in combination of two or more.

陽灕子性分散劑(陽離子性界面活性劑)係含有四級銨 鹽、烷氧基化聚胺、脂肪族胺聚乙二醇醚、脂肪族胺、從 脂肪族胺與脂肪族醇所誘導之二胺及聚胺、從脂肪酸所誘 導之咪唑啉及此等陽離子性物質之鹽類。此多陽離子性分 散劑係可單獨·、或是組合2種以上使用。 兩離子性分散劑係在分子內同時含有:於分子內具有 上述陰離子性分散劑之陰離子基部分、與於分子內具有陽 離子性分散劑之陽離子基部分的分散劑。 非離子性分散劑(非離子性界面活性劑)係可舉例如聚 -25- 200806754 氧乙烯烷基醚、聚氧乙烯烷芳基醚、聚氧乙烯脂肪酸酷、 山梨糖醇酐脂肪酸酯、聚氧乙烯山梨糖醇酐脂肪酸酯、聚 氧乙儲院基胺、甘油脂肪酸酯等。其中,尤以聚氧乙烯院 方基醚爲佳。此等非離子性分散劑係可單獨、或是組合2 種以上使用。 顏料衍生物型分散劑係定義爲從作爲親物質之有機顏 料所誘導、藉由化學修飾其主結構而製造的顏料衍生物型 分散劑、或是藉由經化學修飾之顏料先質的顏料化反應而 ®得到之顏料衍生物型分散劑。例如,含糖顏料衍生物型分 散劑、含哌啶基顏料衍生物型分散劑、萘或茈誘導顏料衍 生物型分散劑、具有透過亞甲基鍵結至顏料主結構之官能 基的顏料衍生物型分散劑、利用聚合物予以化學修飾之顏 料主結構、具有磺酸基之顏料衍生物型分散劑、具有磺醒 胺基之顏料衍生物型分散劑、具有醚基之顏料衍生物型分 散劑、或是具有羧酸基、羧酸酯基或羧醯胺基之顏料衍生 物型分散劑等。Anthraquinone dispersant (cationic surfactant) contains a quaternary ammonium salt, an alkoxylated polyamine, an aliphatic amine polyglycol ether, an aliphatic amine, and is induced from an aliphatic amine and an aliphatic alcohol. Diamines and polyamines, imidazolines induced by fatty acids, and salts of such cationic substances. These polycationic dispersing agents may be used singly or in combination of two or more. The two-ionic dispersing agent contains, in the molecule, a dispersing agent having an anionic group portion of the above anionic dispersing agent and a cationic group portion having a cationic dispersing agent in the molecule. The nonionic dispersing agent (nonionic surfactant) may, for example, be poly-25-200806754 oxyethylene alkyl ether, polyoxyethylene alkyl aryl ether, polyoxyethylene fatty acid, sorbitan fatty acid ester, Polyoxyethylene sorbitan fatty acid ester, polyoxyethylene storage amine, glycerin fatty acid ester, and the like. Among them, polyoxyethylene compound ether is preferred. These nonionic dispersing agents may be used singly or in combination of two or more. The pigment derivative type dispersant is defined as a pigment derivative type dispersant which is produced by chemically modifying its main structure, which is induced by an organic pigment as a affi substance, or pigmented by a chemically modified pigment precursor. A pigment derivative-type dispersant obtained by reaction. For example, a sugar-containing pigment derivative-type dispersant, a piperidinyl-based pigment derivative-type dispersant, a naphthalene or anthracene-inducing pigment derivative-type dispersant, and a pigment derivative having a functional group transmissive to a main structure of a pigment through a methylene group Material type dispersant, pigment main structure chemically modified by polymer, pigment derivative type dispersant having sulfonic acid group, pigment derivative type dispersing agent having sulfonamide group, pigment derivative type dispersion having ether group An agent or a pigment derivative-type dispersant having a carboxylic acid group, a carboxylate group or a carboxamide group.

在製造本發明的顏料分散組成物的情形中,在調製溶 解於良溶媒的有機顏料溶液之際,使其與含有胺基之顏料 分散劑共存爲佳。此處,胺基係包含一級胺基、二級胺基 、三級胺基,胺基之數可爲一個、亦可爲複數。可爲於顏 料骨架導入具有胺基之取代基的顏料衍生物化合物、亦可 爲具有胺基之單體作爲聚合成分之聚合物化合物。此等之 例係舉例如:特開2000-239554號公報、2003-96329號公 報、2001 -31 885號公報、特開平1〇_339949號公報、特公 平5-72943號公報中記載之化合物等,惟不受此等所限制。 -26- 200806754 本發明的顏料分散組成物之製造方法中所使用含有胺 基之分散劑係不受限此,可使用選自於下述通式(D1)、(D3) 、及式(D4)所示之化合物中的至少一種。 <1 _通式(D1 )所示之化合物> 通式(D1)In the case of producing the pigment dispersion composition of the present invention, it is preferred to coexist with an amine group-containing pigment dispersant when preparing an organic pigment solution which is dissolved in a good solvent. Here, the amine group may include a primary amino group, a secondary amino group, and a tertiary amino group, and the number of the amine groups may be one or plural. A pigment derivative compound having a substituent having an amine group introduced into the pigment skeleton or a polymer compound having a monomer having an amine group as a polymerization component may be used. For example, the compounds described in JP-A-2000-239554, 2003-96329, JP-A-2001-31 885, JP-A-H05-339949, and JP-A-5-72943 , but not subject to these restrictions. -26-200806754 The dispersing agent containing an amine group used in the method for producing a pigment dispersion composition of the present invention is not limited thereto, and may be selected from the following formulas (D1), (D3), and (D4). At least one of the compounds shown. <1 _ Compound represented by the formula (D1)> Formula (D1)

α-ν=ν—X-Y--ν=ν—X-Y

通式(D1 )中,A係表示與X-Y—起形成偶氮色素之成分 。上述A只要是與重碳鑰化合物偶合後形成偶氮色素之化合 物,可做任意地選擇。上述A的具體例係如以下所示,惟本 發明係不受其任何限制者。In the formula (D1), A represents a component which forms an azo dye with X-Y. The above A may be arbitrarily selected as long as it is a compound which forms an azo dye after coupling with a heavy-key compound. The specific examples of the above A are as follows, but the present invention is not limited thereto.

27- 20080675427- 200806754

通式(D1)中,X係表示選自於單鍵或下述式(ί·)~(ν)的結 構式所示二價連結基之基。-Q \CONH— 式(i) CONH— 式(ii) \S02NH - 式(iii) Ο— 式(V) ~〇-so2nh- 式(iv)In the formula (D1), X represents a group selected from a monovalent bond or a divalent linking group represented by a structural formula of the following formula (ί·) to (ν). -Q \CONH— (i) CONH— (ii) \S02NH - (iii) Ο— (V) ~〇-so2nh- (iv)

通式(,D1)中,Y表示下述通式(D2)所示之基。 通式(D2) (GONH,Z—NR2i)a Η ⑴ 通式(D2)中,Ζ表示低級伸烷基。Ζ係表示爲_(CH2)b-,惟該b係表示1〜5的整數,較佳爲2或3。通式(〇2)中,4尺21 係表示低級烷胺基、或含有氮原子之5至6員飽和雜環基。 該- NR21爲表示低級烷胺基之情形中,表示成_N(CrH^ + i)2 ’ r係表τρΜ〜4的整數,較佳爲1或2。另一方面,該_nr21 爲表示含有氮原子之5至6員飽和雜環基的情形,係以下述 -28- 200806754 構造式所示之雜環基爲佳。In the formula (D1), Y represents a group represented by the following formula (D2). Formula (D2) (GONH, Z-NR2i)a Η (1) In the formula (D2), Ζ represents a lower alkyl group. The lanthanide is represented by _(CH2)b-, but the b is an integer of 1 to 5, preferably 2 or 3. In the formula (〇2), 4'21 represents a lower alkylamino group or a 5- to 6-membered saturated heterocyclic group containing a nitrogen atom. In the case where the -NR21 is a lower alkylamine group, it is represented by an integer of _N(CrH^ + i)2'r series τρΜ~4, preferably 1 or 2. On the other hand, the _nr21 is a 5- to 6-membered saturated heterocyclic group containing a nitrogen atom, and is preferably a heterocyclic group represented by the following structural formula -28-200806754.

吡咯陡環 哌陡環 在上述通式(D2) ’ Ζ及-NRai係可分別具有低級烷基、 院氧基來作爲取代基。上述通式(D 2 )中,a表示1或2、較佳 係表示爲2。 以下,顯示上述通式(D 1 )所示之化合物的具體例,惟 #本發明係不受此等具體例之任何限制者。 200806754Pyrrole steep ring Piper steep ring The above formula (D2)' and the -NRai system may each have a lower alkyl group and a thyloxy group as a substituent. In the above formula (D 2 ), a represents 1 or 2, and is preferably represented by 2. Specific examples of the compound represented by the above formula (D 1 ) are shown below, but the present invention is not limited by the specific examples. 200806754

3.3.

ΝΗ00^^〇_0 〇nhc(c2h如 OOMH(CH2)2N(C2H5)2 €ΟΝΗ(ΟΗ^2Ν(〇2Η^2 5. ΗΝΗ00^^〇_0 〇nhc(c2h as OOMH(CH2)2N(C2H5)2 €ΟΝΗ(ΟΗ^2Ν(〇2Η^2 5. Η

nhcx5h-^H^^Nhcx5h-^H^^

°=<.上 il 9〇ch$ j^comtcH^rno^^ βΜΗΟΟΟΗ-Ν=Ν·Η^ )〉 ^^CONHtCHgJaMiCaH^°=<.上 il 9〇ch$ j^comtcH^rno^^ βΜΗΟΟΟΗ-Ν=Ν·Η^ )〉 ^^CONHtCHgJaMiCaH^

HH

C〇m(CH2)2H{C^2 -CONHtCH^gNfCsH^C〇m(CH2)2H{C^2 -CONHtCH^gNfCsH^

-30- 200806754-30- 200806754

NHCOCH-N=N-<^^h-S02NHH^J COMH(CH2)3N(C 她 CONH(CH 綱〇2叫2NHCOCH-N=N-<^^h-S02NHH^J COMH(CH2)3N(C She CONH(CH 〇2 called 2

1 0.1 0.

CONHiCHafeNtCaHsfc CONHtCHaJgNiCgHgbCONHiCHafeNtCaHsfc CONHtCHaJgNiCgHgb

CONHtCH^aNiCsH^ CONHtCH^sNCCgH^gCONHtCH^aNiCsH^ CONHtCH^sNCCgH^g

CONH(CH2)3N(CH3)2 CONH(CH2)3NCCHa)2CONH(CH2)3N(CH3)2 CONH(CH2)3NCCHa)2

-31- 200806754 1 4·-31- 200806754 1 4·

;Η3 tfOCHa NHCOCH-M=l;Η3 tfOCHa NHCOCH-M=l

pONH(CH2)2l^] CONHfCH^ 5. CONHtC^pONH(CH2)2l^] CONHfCH^ 5. CONHtC^

dcHs ^CONH(CH2)aN^^dcHs ^CONH(CH2)aN^^

1 9.[〇=<1 9.[〇=<

HH

f00^ /?=^CONI NHCOCH-NH^(( ))~C〇NH-(()〉 ^-CONI «(CH^frKCH^a IH(CH2)5N(CHa)2 -32· 200806754F00^ /?=^CONI NHCOCH-NH^(( ))~C〇NH-(()> ^-CONI «(CH^frKCH^a IH(CH2)5N(CHa)2 -32· 200806754

CONH(CH2)3N(C2Hs)2CONH(CH2)3N(C2Hs)2

2 2·twenty two·

CONH(CH2)3N(C2Hg)2CONH(CH2)3N(C2Hg)2

iM〇-conh-<Q COMH(CH2)3N(C2H5>2 CONH(CH2)3N(C2Hs)2 通式(D1)所示之化合物係可藉由例如特開 2000-239554號公報中記載之方法而合成。 <2.通式(D3)所示之化合物> 逋式(D3)iM〇-conh-<Q COMH(CH2)3N(C2H5>2 CONH(CH2)3N(C2Hs)2 The compound represented by the formula (D1) can be described in, for example, JP-A-2000-239554 Synthesized by the method. <2. Compound represented by the formula (D3)> Formula (D3)

通式(D3)中,Q係表示選自於蒽醌化合物色素、偶氮化 合物色素、酞菁化合物色素、喹吖酮化合物色素、二噁阱 化合物色素、蒽素嘧D定化合物色素、蒽.哚蒽酮化合物色素 、陰丹酮化合物色素、黃烷士酮化合物色素、皮蒽酮化合 物色素、茈酮化合物色素、茈化合物色素、及硫靛化合物 色素之有機色素殘基,其中,尤以偶氮化合物色素、或二 -33- 200806754 噁哄化合物色素爲佳、偶氮化合物色素爲較佳。 X1 係表不-CO-、-CONH-Y2-、-SO2NH-Y2"、或 -CH2NHCOCH2NH-Y2,以-CO-、-CONH-Y2-爲佳。 丫2表示可具有取代基之伸烷基或伸芳基,其中,尤以 伸苯基、甲伸苯基、或伸己基爲佳、伸苯基爲較佳。In the general formula (D3), the Q system is selected from the group consisting of an anthraquinone compound dye, an azo compound dye, a phthalocyanine compound dye, a quinophthalone compound dye, a dioxane compound dye, an anthraquinone D-dye compound dye, and an anthracene. An anthrone compound dye, an indanthrone compound pigment, a flavanone compound dye, a dermozone compound dye, an anthrone compound dye, an anthraquinone compound dye, and an organic pigment residue of a thioindigo compound pigment, among which A nitrogen compound dye or a di-33-200806754 anthraquinone compound dye is preferred, and an azo compound dye is preferred. X1 is not -CO-, -CONH-Y2-, -SO2NH-Y2", or -CH2NHCOCH2NH-Y2, preferably -CO-, -CONH-Y2-.丫2 represents an alkylene group or an extended aryl group which may have a substituent, and particularly preferably a phenyl group, a methylphenyl group or a hexyl group, and a phenyl group is preferred.

Rn及R12係各自獨立的取代或是無取代的烷基或R11 與R12係可形成含有至少氮原子之雜環基。其中,尤以甲基 、乙基、丙基、或含有氮原子之吡啶基爲佳、乙基爲較佳Rn and R12 are each independently substituted or unsubstituted alkyl or R11 and R12 form a heterocyclic group containing at least a nitrogen atom. Among them, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, or a pyridyl group containing a nitrogen atom is preferred, and an ethyl group is preferred.

丫1表示- NH·或-0。丫1 means -NH· or -0.

Zj係表示羥基或通式(D3a)所示之基,或n1爲1之情形 Zq可爲-NH-Xi-Q。ml表示1~6之整數,、以2〜3爲佳。n1表 示1~4之整數,以1〜2爲佳。 通式(D3a) /R11Zj represents a hydroxyl group or a group represented by the formula (D3a), or a case where n1 is 1 Zq may be -NH-Xi-Q. Ml represents an integer from 1 to 6, preferably from 2 to 3. N1 represents an integer from 1 to 4, preferably 1 to 2. General formula (D3a) / R11

一Yr(CH2)—NYr(CH2)-N

3 mi \ 通式(D3a)中 ’ 丫3 表 TK-NH -或- Ο- ’ ml、Rii、及 R12 係 與通式(D3)中彼等有相同的意思。 更具體而言,藉由例如下述通式來表示逋式(D3)所示 之化合物。 -34- 2008067543 mi \ in the formula (D3a) ’ 丫3 Table TK-NH - or - Ο- ' ml, Rii, and R12 systems have the same meanings as in the formula (D3). More specifically, the compound represented by the formula (D3) is represented by, for example, the following formula. -34- 200806754

RnRn

Q--CONH-(\ >-NHQ--CONH-(\ >-NH

Rii 通式(D 3 — 1 ) ni 通式(D 3 —2)Rii formula (D 3 — 1 ) ni formula (D 3 — 2)

•SOzNH•SOzNH

Q- R12 N NH(CH2)mr< -NHHO^N、Q- R12 N NH(CH2)mr<-NHHO^N,

RuRu

Rn =NH(CH2)^ -C聊OK:聊乂^ 飞〜 Rl«Rn = NH(CH2)^ -C chat OK: chat 乂 ^ fly ~ Rl«

-S〇zNH(CHz)sNH N CMCtQ〆if ,Rn-S〇zNH(CHz)sNH N CMCtQ〆if ,Rn

RnRn

Ru 通式(D 3 -3) ni 通式(D 3—4)Ru general formula (D 3 -3) ni general formula (D 3 - 4)

-SOzNH 仆H-SOzNH servant H

Ru N^NH(CH2)nrN( ,RnRu N^NH(CH2)nrN( ,Rn

Rit 通式(D 3 — 5)Rit formula (D 3 - 5)

OH niOH ni

通式(D 3 - 6) 還有,在通式(D3-1)〜(D3-6)中,Q、ml、n1 ' Rn、 R1 2係與通式(D 3 )中彼等有相同的意思。以下,列舉通式 (D3)所示化合物的具體例,惟本發明係不受此等所限制。 此外;式中,Cu-Pc係表示銅酞菁。 -3 5- 200806754 (a)Further, in the general formulae (D3-1) to (D3-6), Q, ml, n1 'Rn, and R1 2 are the same as those in the general formula (D 3 ). the meaning of. Specific examples of the compound represented by the formula (D3) are listed below, but the present invention is not limited thereto. Further, in the formula, Cu-Pc means copper phthalocyanine. -3 5- 200806754 (a)

Cu—Pc- (b) s學啊3n: ΝγΝ -C2H5 "c2h5Cu-Pc- (b) s learning 3n: ΝγΝ -C2H5 "c2h5

NH(CH2)gN /C2H5NH(CH2)gN /C2H5

(c)(c)

H N=N CONH· NHCOCHCOCH3H N=N CONH· NHCOCHCOCH3

1〜31~3

NyNH(CH2)3<NyNH(CH2)3<

C2H5 C2H5C2H5 C2H5

NH(CH2)3N /C2h5 ^2h5 NHtT_2>3<::NYN ^C2H5 NH(CH2)3N、 C2H5 (d)NH(CH2)3N /C2h5 ^2h5 NHtT_2>3<::NYN ^C2H5 NH(CH2)3N, C2H5 (d)

.c2h5 (e).c2h5 (e)

Cu—Pc- P IB N^N丫 /C2H5 nh(ch2)3n、 /C2H5 C0NH(CH2)2MH 1T〇仰AN'CgHs ,c4h9 C4H9Cu-Pc- P IB N^N丫 /C2H5 nh(ch2)3n, /C2H5 C0NH(CH2)2MH 1T〇ANANCgHs, c4h9 C4H9

NH-(CH2)3W' C2H5 -36 200806754NH-(CH2)3W' C2H5 -36 200806754

ΝΗ/γΝ_〜5 GHsΝΗ/γΝ_~5 GHs

⑴ 2(1) 2

通式(D3)所示之化合物係例如使具有及R12之胺化 合物、及具有Ru及R12之醇化合物,來與鹵素化三阱化合 Φ物反應,並將色素化合物與所得之中間體進行反應而能得 到。又,亦可參考特公平5-72 943號說明書之記載。 <3.含有接枝共聚物之顏料分散劑> 在本發明的顏料分散組成物之製造方法中,包含具有 胺基及醚基之接枝共聚物,且亦可視需要使用含有適當選 擇之其他成分的分散劑。 上述接枝共聚物係至少含有胺基及醚基而成,亦可含 有其他單體等作爲共聚物單位。 上述接枝共聚物的重量平均分子.量(Mw)係以 -37- 200806754 3000〜1 00000爲佳、5000-50000爲較佳。上述重量平均分 子量(Mw)低於3000,無法防止有機奈米粒子的凝集且黏度 上昇,超過100〇〇〇時,對有機溶劑的溶解性爲不足,而黏 度係爲上昇。此外,該重量平均分子量係藉由凝膠滲透層 .析法(載體:四氫呋喃)所測定之聚苯乙烯換算重量平均分子 量° 上述接枝共聚物係至少含有:(i)末端具有乙烯性不飽 和雙鍵之聚合性低聚合物、(ii)具有胺基與乙烯性不飽和雙 Φ鍵之單體、與(iii)具有醚基之聚合性單體、來作爲共聚物 單位,必要時可含有(iv)其他單體作爲共聚合單位爲佳。 此等共聚物單位之上述接枝共聚物中的含量,(i)上述 聚合性低聚合物以15〜98質量%爲佳、25~90質量%爲較佳 、(Π)含胺基單體以1〜40質量%爲佳、5〜30質量%爲較佳、 (iii)上述具有醚基之聚合性單體以1〜70質量%爲佳、5〜60 質量%爲較佳。 上述聚合性低聚合物的含量低於1 5質量。/。時,得不到 φ作爲分散劑的立體相斥效果,而無法防止有機奈米粒子的 凝集,超過98質量%時,上述含氮單體的比例減少且對於 有機粒子的吸附能力係爲降低,分散性係爲不充分。上述 含氮單體的含量低於1質量%時,對於有機粒子的吸附能力 降低,分散性係爲不充分,而超過4 0質量%時,由於上述 聚合性低聚合物的比例減少,得不到作爲分散劑的立體相 斥效果,無法充分地防止有機粒子的凝集。上述具有醚基 之聚合性單體的含量低於1質量。/。時,製造彩色濾光片等之 際的顯像適性係爲不充分,超過7 0質量。/。時,作爲分散劑 -38- 200806754 的能力係爲降低。 (”聚合性低聚合物 上述聚合性低聚合物(以下,稱爲「大分子單體」)係 在末端含有具有乙烯性不飽和雙鍵之基的低聚合物。本發 明中上述聚合性低聚合物之中,尤以僅在該低聚合物的兩 末端內之一方,含有上述具有乙烯性不飽和雙鍵之基者爲 佳。 一般而言,上述低聚合物可具例如由選自於(甲基〉丙 Φ燔酸烷酯、(甲基)丙烯酸羥基烷酯、苯乙烯、丙烯腈、乙 酸乙烯酯、及丁二烯之至少一種單體所形成的同元聚合物 或共聚物等,此等之中,尤以(甲基)丙烯酸烷酯的同元聚 合物或共聚物、聚苯乙烯等爲佳。本發明中,此等低聚合 物係可以取代基取代,該取代基係沒有特別地限制,可舉 例如鹵素原子等。 具有上述乙烯性不飽和雙鍵之基較佳係舉例如(甲基) 丙烯醯基、乙烯基等,此等之中尤以(甲基)丙烯醯基爲特 佳。 在本發明,上述聚合性低聚合物之中,尤以下述通式 (E6)所示之低聚合物爲佳。 C—〇—R62—S—通式(E 6) & Ψ6 上述通式(E6)中,R61及R63係表示氫原子或甲基。r62 係表示可以碳數1 ~ 8的醇性羥基所取代之伸烷基、碳數2 ~4 R63 的伸烷基爲佳。Y6表示苯基、具有碳數1〜4烷基之苯基、或 _C〇〇r64(此處,R64係表示亦可以碳數1〜6的醇性羥基或鹵 •39- 200806754 素所取代之烷基、苯基、或碳數7~1 0的芳基烷基)、苯基或 -COOR64(此處,R64係表示亦可以碳數1〜4的醇性羥基所取 代之烷基)爲佳。q表示20〜200。 上述聚合性低聚合物係以聚-2羥基(甲基)丙烯酸乙酯 、聚苯乙烯、聚(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯、聚(甲基)丙烯酸正丁酯 、聚(甲基)丙烯酸異丁酯、此等的共聚物,及在分子末端 的一個上鍵結(甲基)丙烯醯基之聚合物爲佳。 上述聚合性低聚合物係可爲市售品、亦可爲適當合成 Φ者,該市售品係華例如片末端甲基丙揚醯基化聚苯乙烯低 聚合物(Mn = 6000、商品名:AS-6,東亞合成化學工業(股)公 司製)、片末端甲基丙烯醯基化聚甲基丙烯酸甲酯低聚合物 (Μη = 6Ό00、商品名:AA-6,東亞合成化學工業(股)公司製)、 片末端甲基丙嫌醯基化聚正丁基丙烯酸酯低聚合物 (Mn = 6000、商品名:AB-6,東亞合成化學工業(股)公司製)、 片末端甲基丙烯醯基化聚甲基丙烯酸甲酯/甲基丙燃酸2-羥基乙酯低聚合物(Μη = 7000、商品名:AA-71 4,東亞合成化 #學工業(股)公司製)、片末端甲基丙烯醯基化聚甲基丙烯酸 丁酯/甲基丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯低聚合物(Mn = 7000、商品名 :70 7S,東亞合成化學工業(股)公司製)、片末端甲基丙烯醯 基化聚甲基丙烯酸2-乙基己酯/甲基丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯低 聚合物(Mn = 7000、商品名:AY-707S、AY-71 4S,東亞合成化 學工業(股)公司製)等。 本發明中上述聚合性低聚合物的較佳具體例,可舉例 如選自於(甲基)丙烯酸烷酯的聚合物、及(甲基)丙烯酸烷酯 與聚苯乙烯之共聚物的至少1種低聚合物,數量平均分子量 -40- 200806754 爲1 000〜20000、在末端具有(甲基)丙烯醯基者。 (ii)含胺基單體 上述含胺基單體係舉例如選自於下述通式(E2 )所示化 合物之至少1種爲適合。 H2c4^(NHRV2 ^ (E2) 0 上述通式(E2)中,R21係表示氫原子或甲基。R22係表The compound represented by the formula (D3) is, for example, an amine compound having R12 and an alcohol compound having Ru and R12, and reacting with a halogenated triple-trapped Φ substance, and reacting the dye compound with the obtained intermediate. And can get. In addition, the description of the specification of the special fair No. 5-72 943 can also be referred to. <3. Pigment Dispersant Containing Graft Copolymer> In the method for producing a pigment dispersion composition of the present invention, a graft copolymer having an amine group and an ether group is contained, and may be appropriately selected if necessary. Dispersing agent for other ingredients. The above graft copolymer is obtained by containing at least an amine group and an ether group, and may contain other monomers or the like as a copolymer unit. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the above graft copolymer is preferably -37 to 200806754 3000 to 10,000, preferably 5,000 to 50,000. When the weight average molecular weight (Mw) is less than 3,000, the aggregation of the organic nanoparticles is prevented and the viscosity is increased. When the temperature exceeds 100 Å, the solubility in the organic solvent is insufficient, and the viscosity is increased. Further, the weight average molecular weight is a polystyrene-equivalent weight average molecular weight measured by a gel permeation layer method (carrier: tetrahydrofuran). The above graft copolymer system contains at least: (i) terminally having ethylenic unsaturation a polymerizable low polymer having a double bond, (ii) a monomer having an amine group and an ethylenically unsaturated double Φ bond, and (iii) a polymerizable monomer having an ether group, as a copolymer unit, and may be contained if necessary (iv) Other monomers are preferred as the copolymerization unit. The content of the above-mentioned graft copolymer in the copolymer unit, (i) the polymerizable low polymer is preferably 15 to 98% by mass, preferably 25 to 90% by mass, preferably (amino)-containing monomer. It is preferable that it is 1 to 40% by mass, preferably 5 to 30% by mass, and (iii) the polymerizable monomer having an ether group is preferably 1 to 70% by mass, preferably 5 to 60% by mass. The content of the above polymerizable low polymer is less than 15 mass. /. When the effect of φ as a dispersant is not obtained, the aggregation of the organic nanoparticles is not prevented, and when it exceeds 98% by mass, the ratio of the nitrogen-containing monomer is decreased and the adsorption capacity to the organic particles is lowered. The dispersion is not sufficient. When the content of the nitrogen-containing monomer is less than 1% by mass, the adsorption ability to organic particles is lowered, and the dispersibility is insufficient. When the content is more than 40% by mass, the ratio of the polymerizable low polymer is decreased. With the three-dimensional repellent effect as a dispersing agent, aggregation of organic particles cannot be sufficiently prevented. The content of the above polymerizable monomer having an ether group is less than 1 mass. /. In the case of producing a color filter or the like, the imaging suitability is insufficient, and it exceeds 70 mass. /. At the time, the ability as a dispersant -38-200806754 was reduced. ("Polymerizable low polymer The above polymerizable low polymer (hereinafter referred to as "macromonomer") is a low polymer containing a group having an ethylenically unsaturated double bond at the terminal. In the present invention, the above polymerizability is low. Among the polymers, it is preferable to contain only the above-mentioned base having an ethylenically unsaturated double bond only in one of both ends of the low polymer. In general, the above low polymer may have, for example, selected from a homopolymer or copolymer formed of at least one monomer of (methyl)propyl phthalate, hydroxyalkyl (meth) acrylate, styrene, acrylonitrile, vinyl acetate, and butadiene Among these, a homopolymer or copolymer of an alkyl (meth)acrylate, polystyrene, etc. is preferable. In the present invention, these oligomeric polymers may be substituted with a substituent which is a substituent. It is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a halogen atom, etc. The group having the above ethylenically unsaturated double bond is preferably a (meth) acrylonitrile group, a vinyl group or the like, among which (meth) propylene is particularly preferable. The sulfhydryl group is particularly preferred. In the present invention, the above Among the polymerizable low polymers, a low polymer represented by the following formula (E6) is preferred. C—〇—R62—S—general formula (E 6) & 6 In the above formula (E6), R61 and R63 represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. R62 represents an alkylene group which may be substituted with an alcoholic hydroxyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and an alkylene group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms, preferably a phenyl group. a phenyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms or _C〇〇r64 (here, R64 means an alkyl group or a phenyl group which may be substituted by an alcoholic hydroxyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms or a halogen; 39-200806754 Or an arylalkyl group having 7 to 10 carbon atoms, a phenyl group or a -COOR64 (here, R64 means an alkyl group which may be substituted by an alcoholic hydroxyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms). q represents 20 ~200. The above polymerizable low polymer is poly-2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, polystyrene, poly (methyl) acrylate, poly(methyl) acrylate, poly (methyl) And isobutyl acrylate, copolymers thereof, and a polymer having a (meth) acrylonitrile group bonded to the molecular terminal. The polymerizable low polymer system may be commercially available or may be appropriate In the case of Φ, the commercially available product is, for example, a terminal methyl methacrylate polystyrene low polymer (Mn = 6000, trade name: AS-6, manufactured by East Asia Synthetic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), sheet Methyl methacrylate-based polymethyl methacrylate low polymer (Μη = 6Ό00, trade name: AA-6, manufactured by East Asia Synthetic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), end-end methyl propyl thiolated Butyl acrylate low polymer (Mn = 6000, trade name: AB-6, manufactured by East Asia Synthetic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), sheet end methacryl oxime polymethyl methacrylate / methyl propylene acid 2-hydroxyethyl ester low polymer (Μη = 7000, trade name: AA-71 4, East Asia Synthetic #学工业(股) Company), sheet end methacryloyl thiolated polybutyl methacrylate / A 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate low polymer (Mn = 7000, trade name: 70 7S, manufactured by East Asia Synthetic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), sheet end methacryl thiolated polyethyl methacrylate 2-ethylhexyl ester /2-Hydroxyethyl methacrylate low polymer (Mn = 7000, trade name: AY-707S, AY-71 4S, East Asian synthetic chemistry Industrial (share) company system, etc. In a preferred embodiment of the polymerizable low polymer in the present invention, for example, at least one selected from the group consisting of a polymer of an alkyl (meth)acrylate and a copolymer of an alkyl (meth)acrylate and polystyrene. A low polymer having a number average molecular weight of -40 to 200806754 of 1,000 to 20,000 and having a (meth) acrylonitrile group at the terminal. (ii) Amino group-containing monomer The above-described amine group-containing single system is preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of the compounds represented by the following formula (E2). H2c4^(NHRV2^(E2) 0 In the above formula (E2), R21 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.

示碳數1〜8的伸烷基,此等之中,尤以碳數1 ~6的伸烷基爲 佳、碳數2〜3的伸烷基爲特佳。 X2係表示-n(r23)(r24)、·Κ25Ν(Κ26)(Κ27)。此處,R23 及R24係表示氫原子、碳數1~6的烷基或苯基。R25表示碳數 1〜6的伸烷基,R26及R27係表示氫原子、碳數1~6的烷基或 苯基。 上述之中,-N(R23)(R24)的R23及R24係以氫原子或碳數 1~4的烷基或是苯基爲佳,425-1^(1^26)^27)的#5係以碳數 2〜6的伸烷基爲佳,R26及R27係以碳數1〜4的烷基爲佳。m2 及n2表示1或〇,以m2 = 1且n2 = 1、或m2 = 1且n2 = 0爲佳(亦即 ,對應於下述通式(E3)、(E4)所示之單體)。 本發明中,上述通式(E2)所示單體之中,尤以由下述 通式(E.3)及(E4)中任一者所示單體中所選擇之至少1種爲 佳The alkylene group having a carbon number of 1 to 8 is particularly preferably an alkylene group having preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms and an alkylene group having 2 to 3 carbon atoms. X2 represents -n(r23)(r24), ·Κ25Ν(Κ26) (Κ27). Here, R23 and R24 represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, or a phenyl group. R25 represents an alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and R26 and R27 represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms or a phenyl group. Among the above, R23 and R24 of -N(R23)(R24) are preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms or a phenyl group, and 425-1^(1^26)^27)# 5 is preferably an alkylene group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms, and R26 and R27 are preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. M2 and n2 represent 1 or 〇, and m2 = 1 and n2 = 1, or m2 = 1 and n2 = 0 (i.e., corresponding to the monomers represented by the following general formulae (E3), (E4)) . In the present invention, among the monomers represented by the above formula (E2), at least one selected from the group consisting of any of the following formulae (E.3) and (E4) is preferred.

nhr32-x3 通式(E 3) 上述通式(E3)中,R31係與R21同義。R32係與R22同義 〇 X3係與X2同義。 -41- 200806754Nhr32-x3 Formula (E3) In the above formula (E3), R31 is synonymous with R21. R32 is synonymous with R22 〇 X3 is synonymous with X2. -41- 200806754

通式(E4) 在上述通式(E4)中,R41係與R21同義。X4係與X2同義 、-N(R43)(R44)(此處,R43fR44係與尺23及尺24同義)、或、 -R45-N(R46)(R47)(此處,R45、r46 及 r47 係分別與尺25、R26 及R27同義)爲佳。 上述通式(E2)所示單體的具體例係舉例如二甲基(甲 „ > 0基)丙烯醯胺、二乙基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、二異丙基(甲基)丙 烯醯胺、二-正丁基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、二-異丁基(甲基)丙烯 醯胺、味啉代(甲基)丙烯醯胺、哌啶子基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、 N-甲基-2-哌啶基(甲基)丙烯醯胺及N,N-甲基苯基(甲基)丙 烯醯胺(以上(甲基)丙烯醯胺類);2-(N,N-二甲基胺基)乙基( 甲基)丙烯醯胺、2-(N,N-二乙基胺基)乙基(甲基)丙烯醯胺In the above formula (E4), R41 is synonymous with R21. X4 is synonymous with X2, -N(R43)(R44) (here, R43fR44 is synonymous with ruler 23 and ruler 24), or -R45-N(R46)(R47) (here, R45, r46 and r47) It is preferred that the lines are synonymous with rulers 25, R26 and R27, respectively. Specific examples of the monomer represented by the above formula (E2) are, for example, dimethyl (methyl meth) acrylamide, diethyl (meth) acrylamide, diisopropyl (methyl). Acrylamide, di-n-butyl (meth) acrylamide, di-isobutyl (meth) acrylamide, morpholino (meth) acrylamide, piperidino (methyl) propylene Indoleamine, N-methyl-2-piperidyl (meth) acrylamide and N,N-methylphenyl (meth) acrylamide (above (meth) acrylamide); 2- (N,N-Dimethylamino)ethyl(meth)acrylamide, 2-(N,N-diethylamino)ethyl(meth)acrylamide

、3-(Ν,Ν·二乙基胺基)丙基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、3-(Ν,Ν·二甲 基胺基)丙基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、1-(Ν,Ν-二甲基胺基)-1,1-二 甲基甲基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、6-(Ν,Ν-二乙基胺基)己基(甲基) 丙烯醯胺(以上胺基烷基(甲基)丙烯醯胺類)等爲較佳者。 (Mi)具有醚基之聚合性單體 上述具有醚基之聚合性單體係舉例如選自於下述通式 (E1 )所示單體之至少1種爲適宜。, 3-(Ν,Ν·diethylamino)propyl(meth)acrylamide, 3-(anthracene, dimethylamino)propyl (meth) acrylamide, 1-( Ν,Ν-dimethylamino)-1,1-dimethylmethyl(meth) acrylamide, 6-(anthracene, fluorenyl-diethylamino)hexyl (meth) acrylamide ( The above aminoalkyl (meth) acrylamides and the like are preferred. (Mi) Polymerizable monomer having an ether group The polymerizable single system having an ether group is preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of monomers represented by the following formula (E1).

通式(E1) 上述通式(E1)中,R11係表示氫原子或甲基。R12係表 示碳數1~8的伸烷基。其中,尤以碳數1〜6的伸烷基爲佳、 •42- 200806754 碳數2〜3的伸烷基爲更佳。X1係表示_0尺13或_000尺14。此 處,R1 3係表示氫原子、碳數1〜18的烷基、苯基、或以碳數 1~18的烷基所取代之苯基。R14係表示碳數1~18的烷基。 又,m3係表示2~200,5~100爲佳、10〜100爲特佳。 上述具有醚基之聚合性單體若爲具有醚基,且爲聚合 性者的話,係沒有特別地限制,可自通常之中適宜選擇, 可舉例如聚乙二醇一(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聚丙二醇一(甲基) 丙烯酸酯、聚乙二醇聚丙二醇一(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聚伸丁 Φ二醇一甲基丙烯酸酯等,此等係可爲市售品,亦可爲適宜 合成者。該市售品係舉例如甲氧基聚乙二醇甲基丙烯酸酯( 商品名:NK酯M-40G,M-90G,M-230G(以上、東亞合成化學 工業(股)公司製);商品名:布雷瑪 PME-100,PME_200,PME-400,PME-1 000,PME-2000 、 PME-4000(以上、日本油脂(股)公司製))、聚乙二醇一甲基 丙烯酸酯(商品名:布雷瑪PE-90、PE-200、ΡΈ-350,日本油· 脂(股)公司製)、聚丙二醇一甲基丙烯酸酯(商品名:布雷瑪 • PP-500、PP-800、PP-1 000,日本油脂(股)公司製)、聚乙 二醇聚丙二醇一甲基丙烯酸酯(商品名··布雷瑪 70PEP-370B,日本油脂(股)公司製)、聚乙二醇聚伸丁二醇 一甲基丙烯酸酯(商品名·布雷瑪55 P£T-800,日本油脂(股) 公司製)、聚丙二醇聚伸丁二醇一甲基丙烯酸酯(商品名:布 雷瑪ΝΗΚ-5050,日本油脂(股)公司製)等。 (iv)其他單體 上述接枝共聚物亦可更還有上述其他單體作爲共聚物 單位,該其他單體係沒有特別地限制,可視其目的做適當 -43- 200806754 選擇,可列舉例如芳香族乙烯基化合物(例如,苯乙烯、α-甲基苯乙烯及乙烯基甲苯)、(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯(例如,( 甲基)丙烯酸甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正丁 酯及(甲基)丙烯酸異丁酯)、(甲基)丙烯酸烷芳基酯(例如, (甲基)丙烯酸苄酯)、(甲基)丙烯酸縮水甘油酯、羧酸乙烯 基酯(例如,乙酸乙烯酯及丙酸乙烯酯)、氰化乙烯(例如,( 甲基)丙烯腈及α-氯基丙烯腈)、及脂肪族共軛二烯(例如, 1, 3-丁二烯及異戊二烯)、(甲基)丙烯酸、等。此等之中, Φ尤以不飽和羧酸、(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸烷芳 基酯及羧酸乙烯基酯爲佳。 上述接枝共聚物中該其他單體的含量係舉例如5~ 70質 量%爲佳。上述含有率含有率低於5質量%時,變得無法控 制塗布膜的物性,超過70質量%時,則無法充分地發揮作 爲分散劑的能力。 上述接枝共聚物的較佳具體例係舉例如: (11) 3-(Ν,Ν-二甲基胺基)丙基丙烯醯胺/聚乙二醇一( Φ甲基)丙烯酸酯/末端甲基丙烯醯基化聚(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯 共聚物、 (12) 3_(Ν,Ν-二甲基胺基)丙基丙烯醯胺/聚乙二醇一( 甲基)丙烯酸酯/末端甲基丙烯醯基化聚苯乙烯共聚物、 (13) 3-(Ν,Ν-二甲基胺基)丙基丙烯醯胺/聚乙二醇一( 甲基)丙烯酸酯/(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯末端甲基丙烯醯基化聚 苯乙烯共聚物、 (14) 3-( Ν,Ν·二甲基胺基)丙基丙烯醯胺/聚乙二醇一( 甲基)丙烯酸酯/末端甲基丙烯醯基化(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯及 44- 200806754 甲基丙烯酸2_羥基乙酯共聚物之共聚物、 (15)3-(Ν,Ν·二甲基胺基)丙基丙烯醯胺/聚乙二醇一( 甲基)丙烯酸酯/末端甲基丙烯醯基化甲基丙烯酸甲酯及甲 基丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯共聚物之共聚物、 、 (16)3-(^1,卜二甲基胺基)丙基丙烯醯胺/聚乙二醇一( 甲基)丙烯酸酯/末端甲基丙烯醯基化甲基丙烯酸甲酯及甲 基丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯共聚物之共聚物、 (17)3-(Ν,Ν-二甲基胺基)丙基丙烯醯胺/聚丙二醇一( ®甲基)丙烯酸酯/末端甲基丙烯醯化聚(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯共 聚物、 (1 8 ) 3 - ( N,Ν _二甲基胺基)丙基丙烯醯胺/聚乙二醇聚丙 二醇一(甲基)丙烯酸酯/末端甲基丙烯醯化聚(甲基)丙烯酸 甲酯共聚物、 ’ « (19)3-(Ν,Ν-二甲基胺基)丙基丙烯醯胺/聚乙二醇聚伸 丁二醇一(甲基)丙烯酸酯/末端甲基丙烯醯化聚(甲基)丙烯 酸甲酯共聚物、In the above formula (E1), R11 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. R12 represents an alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms. Among them, an alkylene group having a carbon number of 1 to 6 is particularly preferred, and a alkylene group having a carbon number of 2 to 3 is more preferably used. The X1 system represents _0 feet 13 or _000 feet 14. Here, R1 3 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, a phenyl group, or a phenyl group substituted with an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms. R14 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms. Moreover, m3 means 2 to 200, 5 to 100 is preferable, and 10 to 100 is particularly preferable. The polymerizable monomer having an ether group is not particularly limited as long as it has an ether group and is polymerizable, and may be appropriately selected from usual, and may, for example, be polyethylene glycol mono(meth)acrylate. , polypropylene glycol mono (meth) acrylate, polyethylene glycol polypropylene glycol mono (meth) acrylate, polybutylene Φ diol methacrylate, etc., these may be commercially available products, or Suitable for synthesizers. The commercially available product is, for example, methoxypolyethylene glycol methacrylate (trade name: NK ester M-40G, M-90G, M-230G (above, manufactured by Toago Chemical Co., Ltd.); Name: Bremer PME-100, PME_200, PME-400, PME-1 000, PME-2000, PME-4000 (above, manufactured by Nippon Oil & Fats Co., Ltd.), polyethylene glycol monomethacrylate (commodity) Name: Bremer PE-90, PE-200, ΡΈ-350, manufactured by Nippon Oil Co., Ltd., and polypropylene glycol monomethacrylate (trade name: Bremer • PP-500, PP-800, PP) -1 000, manufactured by Nippon Oil & Fats Co., Ltd., polyethylene glycol polypropylene glycol monomethacrylate (trade name · Bremer 70PEP-370B, manufactured by Nippon Oil & Fats Co., Ltd.), polyethylene glycol Butanediol monomethacrylate (trade name · Bremer 55 P£T-800, manufactured by Nippon Oil & Fats Co., Ltd.), polypropylene glycol polybutanediol monomethacrylate (trade name: Bremera - 5050, made by Japan Oils and Fats Co., Ltd.). (iv) Other monomers The above graft copolymer may further include the above other monomers as a copolymer unit, and the other single system is not particularly limited, and may be selected as appropriate, for example, aroma. Group vinyl compounds (for example, styrene, α-methylstyrene, and vinyltoluene), alkyl (meth)acrylates (for example, methyl (meth)acrylate, ethyl (meth)acrylate, ( N-butyl acrylate and isobutyl (meth) acrylate, alkyl aryl (meth) acrylate (eg benzyl (meth) acrylate), glycidyl (meth) acrylate, carboxylic acid Vinyl esters (for example, vinyl acetate and vinyl propionate), vinyl cyanide (for example, (meth)acrylonitrile and α-chloroacrylonitrile), and aliphatic conjugated dienes (for example, 1, 3 - butadiene and isoprene), (meth)acrylic acid, and the like. Among these, Φ is particularly preferably an unsaturated carboxylic acid, an alkyl (meth)acrylate, an alkyl aryl (meth) acrylate or a vinyl carboxylate. The content of the other monomer in the above graft copolymer is preferably, for example, 5 to 70% by mass. When the content ratio of the content is less than 5% by mass, the physical properties of the coating film cannot be controlled, and when it exceeds 70% by mass, the ability to function as a dispersing agent cannot be sufficiently exhibited. Preferred specific examples of the above graft copolymer are, for example: (11) 3-(anthracene, fluorene-dimethylamino)propyl acrylamide/polyethylene glycol mono(Φmethyl) acrylate/end Methyl propylene thiolated poly(methyl) acrylate copolymer, (12) 3 —(Ν,Ν-dimethylamino)propyl acrylamide/polyethylene glycol mono(meth)acrylate/ Terminal methacryl oxime polystyrene copolymer, (13) 3-(anthracene, Ν-dimethylamino) propyl acrylamide / polyethylene glycol mono (meth) acrylate / (methyl ) methyl acrylate terminal methacryl oxime polystyrene copolymer, (14) 3-( Ν, Ν dimethylamino) propyl acrylamide / polyethylene glycol mono (meth) acrylate /terminal methacryloyl thiolated methyl (meth) acrylate and 44-200806754 copolymer of 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate copolymer, (15) 3-(anthracene, dimethylamino) propyl Copolymer of acrylamide/polyethylene glycol mono(meth)acrylate/terminal methacryl oxime methyl methacrylate and 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate copolymer, (16)3- (^1, didimethylamino group) Copolymer of acrylamide/polyethylene glycol mono(meth)acrylate/terminal methacryl oxime methyl methacrylate and 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate copolymer, (17) 3-( Ν,Ν-dimethylamino)propyl acrylamide/polypropylene glycol mono(methyl methacrylate)/terminal methacryl oxime poly(methyl) acrylate copolymer, (1 8 ) 3 - (N,Ν_Dimethylamino)propyl acrylamide/polyethylene glycol polypropylene glycol mono(meth)acrylate/terminal methacrylic acid poly(methyl) acrylate copolymer, ' « (19) 3-(Ν,Ν-dimethylamino)propyl acrylamide/polyethylene glycol polybutane diol-(meth) acrylate/terminal methacryl oxime poly(methyl) Methyl acrylate copolymer,

(20)3-(Ν,Ν-二甲基胺基)丙基丙烯醯胺/聚丙二醇聚伸 丁二醇一(甲基)丙烯酸酯/末端甲基丙烯醯化聚(甲基)丙像 酸甲酯共聚物、等。 其中,尤以(11)、(14)、(18)爲佳、下述式(D4)所示之 化合物爲較佳。式(D4)中,Me表示甲基 式(D4) -CH2-CH-^icH2.C--\/cH2*CH' CONHC3H6NMe2 / \ C02(C2H40)23Me / 丨 | Λ 15 :20:65 (重量比)(20) 3-(Ν,Ν-dimethylamino)propyl acrylamide/polypropylene glycol polybutane diol-(meth) acrylate/terminal methacrylic acid poly(methyl) acrylate Acid methyl ester copolymer, and the like. Among them, a compound represented by the following formula (D4) is preferable, and (11), (14), and (18) are preferable. In the formula (D4), Me represents a methyl form (D4) -CH2-CH-^icH2.C--\/cH2*CH' CONHC3H6NMe2 / \ C02(C2H40)23Me / 丨| Λ 15 :20:65 (weight ratio)

CO2C2H4S \ C02Mey6〇 / c / 上述接枝共聚物係將形成上述各共聚物單位之成分, -45- 200806754 例如在溶劑中使其自由基聚合而可得到。該自由基聚合之 際,可使用自由基聚合啓發劑,又,可進一步使用鎖轉移 劑(例如:2-氫硫基乙醇及十二烷硫醇)。關於含有接枝共 聚物之顏料分散劑,亦可參考特開2001-31885號公報之記 載。 爲了進一步提昇有機粒子的均勻分散性及保存安定性 ,相對於顏料1 00質量份,分散劑的含量爲0.1 〇〇〇質量 份的範圍爲佳、更佳係1〜5 0 0質量份的範圍、又更佳係5〜2 0 Φ質量份的範圍。低於0.1質量份時,會有觀察不到有機奈米 粒子的分散安定性提昇之情形。又,分散劑係可單獨使用 、亦可組合複數種來使用。 [製造裝置] 說明於本發明的顏料分散組成物的製造中所使用之製 造裝置的較佳實施態樣,惟本發明並不因此而受到限定性 的解釋。 (製造裝置例1)CO2C2H4S \ C02Mey6〇 / c / The above graft copolymer is a component which forms each of the above copolymer units, and -45-200806754 is obtained by, for example, radical polymerization of a solvent. In the radical polymerization, a radical polymerization initiator can be used, and a lock transfer agent (for example, 2-hydrothioethanol and dodecanethiol) can be further used. For the pigment dispersant containing the graft copolymer, reference is also made to the description of JP-A-2001-31885. In order to further improve the uniform dispersibility and storage stability of the organic particles, the content of the dispersant is preferably in the range of 0.1 〇〇〇 parts by mass, more preferably in the range of 1 to 50,000 parts by mass, based on 100 parts by mass of the pigment. More preferably, the range of 5 to 2 0 Φ mass parts. When the amount is less than 0.1 part by mass, the dispersion stability of the organic nanoparticle is not observed to be improved. Further, the dispersing agent may be used singly or in combination of plural kinds. [Manufacturing Apparatus] A preferred embodiment of the manufacturing apparatus used in the production of the pigment dispersion composition of the present invention will be described, but the present invention is not limited thereto. (Manufacturing device example 1)

第1圖係爲本發明的顏料分散組成物的製造中,所使用 之製造裝置的較佳賓施態樣。在第1圖的有機材料溶液係藉 由供給管14連續供給至容器11内。此處,容器11内係容納 有貧溶媒1 1 a,大量貧溶媒係藉由攪拌作用而不斷地對流。 第2圖係爲本發明的顏料分散組成物的製造中,所使用 之製造裝置的另一較佳實施態樣之槪略圖,在第1圖製造裝 置的容器11内設置混合室(攪拌領域)13者。該混合室13係 設置於貧溶媒的液面下,其內部係利用該貧溶媒裝滿。又 反應容器11内的大量貧溶媒係藉由該混合室13内的攪拌作 -46- 200806754 用,而使該混合室13内因不斷地從下方往上方(圖中箭號的 方向)進行横切而使其產生對流。 第3圖係將作爲第2圖製造裝置之一實施態樣的混合室 13放大且槪略性表示之擴大部分剖面圖。有機材料溶液係 由供給管1 4往混合室1 3内供給。該混合室13係由剖面積一 定的直四方筒之殼體17所構成,殼體1 7的上端係爲開放端( 開放部),下端係設有圚形孔1 8且該混合器1 3内的貧溶媒係 與攪拌領域外(以圖中的構成來表達時,貧溶媒11a之中、 @混合室1 3以外的領域係在攪拌領域外、亦稱爲攪拌外領域) 的大量貧溶媒互相連結而形成的。其中有機材料溶液供給 管1 4係設置於構成殻體1 7下端的壁内,朝向上述圓形孔而 開口。又上述混合器13内係設有攪拌葉片12,攪拌葉片係 安裝有旋轉軸1 5,利用馬達1 6而使其旋轉。藉由該攪拌葉 片1 2的旋轉,貧溶媒係透過圓形孔18且從下方往上方朝向 混合器13内使其經常的循環運動。 上述混合室13中所設置的攪拌葉片12係必須產生出在 #混合室内製造出所期望的混合強度。該混合強度係推定爲 對於有機顏料溶液混入之際的液滴(微滴)大小之重要操作 因子。 又,攪拌窠片12係選擇具有:藉由使於混合空間内生 成的有機顏料粒子停留·於混合室1 3,而與其他有機顏料粒 子結合形成更大的粒子,曝露於供給至混合室13之有機顏 料溶液中,以形成大粒子但不生成巨大粒子的方式,迅速 地將生成的有機顏料粒子萃取,且迅速地往混合室13外排 出的能力者爲佳。 -47- 200806754 攪拌~葉片12係可達成上述目的的話可使用任何形式者 ,例如能使用渦輪機型、風扇渦輪機型等。 又,殼體17係藉由有如前述般的四方筒而構成爲佳。 藉此的話,經由攪拌葉片1 2所製造的流動弄亂了殼體]7的 四方形,不需要如檔板般的附加物,即可進一步提高混合 效果。 • 第4圖係爲第2圖製造裝置的另一實施態樣,其係混合 室内的攪拌葉片爲二片(混合用攪拌葉片19a、排出用攪拌 Φ葉片19b)之混合器的:擴大部分剖面圖。藉由設置2個此等之 攪拌葉片,可以選擇控制混合強度的能力、與將生成的有 機顏料粒子排出混合器外的能力,可獨立地將混合的強度 、循環量設定操作成所希望之値。 (製造裝置例2) 第5圖係槪略表示用於製造本發明的有機奈米粒子之 製造裝置的另一實施態樣之剖面圖。中有機材料溶液及貧 溶媒係分別藉由供給管24a、24b連續供給至攪拌槽21 a内 Φ 。藉由將攪拌槽21a内生成的有機材料粒子停留在攪拌槽 21a内,與其他有機材料粒子結合以形成更大的粒子,曝露 於自供給管24a、24b所供給之有機材料溶液中,以形成大 粒子但不生成巨大粒子的方式^將生成的有機材料粒子分 散液迅速地從排出管2 3萃取。 第6圖係槪略地表示於本發明之製造方法中,所使用裝 置的又另一實施態樣之剖面圖。第6圖的製造裝置中,攪拌 裝置50係具備:具有分別使有機顏料溶液及貧溶媒流入的2 個液供給口 32,33與排出結束攪拌處理之混合液體的液排 -48- 200806754 出口 36的圓筒狀攪拌槽38,與於該攪拌槽38内藉由旋轉驅 動、控制該攪拌槽38内的液體攪拌狀態之攪拌手段的一 _ ! 攪拌葉片41、42。 攪拌槽38係由在上下方向朝向中心軸之圓筒狀的槽本 體39、與阻塞該槽本體39的上下開口端以形成槽壁之密封 板4 0所構成。又,攪拌槽38及槽本體39係由透磁性優異之 非磁性材料所形成。2個液供給口 32、33係配備於接近槽本 體3 9下端的位置,液排出口 36係配備於接近槽本體39上端 •的位置。. 然後,一對攪拌葉片41、42係離間配置於攪拌槽38内 的相對向之上下端,且互相逆向的旋轉驅動。各攪拌葉片 41、42係與分別接近攪拌葉片41、42的槽壁(密封板40)外 側所配置的外部磁石46來構成磁氣偶合C。亦即,各攪拌 葉片41、42係利用磁力連結各自的外部磁石46,各外部磁 石4 6係藉由獨立的馬達48、49使其旋轉驅動,來進行互相 逆向的旋轉操作。Fig. 1 is a view showing a preferred embodiment of the manufacturing apparatus used in the production of the pigment dispersion composition of the present invention. The organic material solution in Fig. 1 is continuously supplied into the container 11 through the supply pipe 14. Here, the container 11 contains a poor solvent 1 1 a, and a large amount of the poor solvent is continuously convected by stirring. Fig. 2 is a schematic view showing another preferred embodiment of the manufacturing apparatus used in the production of the pigment dispersion composition of the present invention, and a mixing chamber (stirring area) is provided in the container 11 of the manufacturing apparatus of Fig. 1. 13 people. The mixing chamber 13 is placed under the liquid surface of the poor solvent, and the inside thereof is filled with the poor solvent. Further, a large amount of the poor solvent in the reaction vessel 11 is used for the mixing in the mixing chamber 13 for -46-200806754, so that the inside of the mixing chamber 13 is continuously cut from the bottom to the top (in the direction of the arrow in the figure). And make it convective. Fig. 3 is an enlarged partial cross-sectional view showing the mixing chamber 13 as an embodiment of the manufacturing apparatus of Fig. 2 in an enlarged manner. The organic material solution is supplied from the supply pipe 14 to the mixing chamber 13 . The mixing chamber 13 is composed of a housing 17 having a straight rectangular parallelepiped having a constant cross-sectional area. The upper end of the housing 17 is an open end (opening), and the lower end is provided with a circular hole 18 and the mixer 13 In the case of the poor solvent medium and the outside of the stirring zone (in the case of the composition in the figure, the poor solvent 11a, the area other than the mixing chamber 13 is outside the stirring field, also called the stirring field), a large amount of poor solvent Formed by connecting each other. The organic material solution supply pipe 14 is disposed in a wall constituting the lower end of the casing 17 and opens toward the circular hole. Further, the mixer 13 is provided with a stirring blade 12, and the agitating blade is attached to the rotating shaft 15 and rotated by the motor 16. By the rotation of the stirring blade 12, the lean solvent passes through the circular hole 18 and moves upward from the bottom toward the inside of the mixer 13 to cause frequent cyclic movement. The agitating blades 12 provided in the mixing chamber 13 described above must produce a desired mixing strength in the # mixing chamber. This mixed strength is estimated to be an important operational factor for the size of droplets (droplets) at the time of mixing of the organic pigment solution. Further, the stirring crucible 12 is selected to have a larger particle formed by combining the organic pigment particles generated in the mixing space with the other organic pigment particles, and being exposed to the mixing chamber 13 by being allowed to stay in the mixing chamber 13 In the organic pigment solution, it is preferable to rapidly extract the generated organic pigment particles and rapidly discharge them to the outside of the mixing chamber 13 so as to form large particles without generating large particles. -47- 200806754 The stirring-blade 12 system can be used in any form for the above purpose, for example, a turbine type, a fan turbine type, or the like can be used. Further, the casing 17 is preferably constructed by a square cylinder as described above. By this means, the flow created by the stirring blade 1 2 disturbs the square of the casing 7 and does not require an attachment such as a baffle, so that the mixing effect can be further improved. Fig. 4 is another embodiment of the manufacturing apparatus of Fig. 2, which is a mixer of two mixing blades (mixing stirring blade 19a, discharging agitating Φ blade 19b) in the mixing chamber: an enlarged partial section Figure. By providing two such agitating blades, the ability to control the mixing strength and the ability to discharge the generated organic pigment particles out of the mixer can be selected, and the mixing strength and circulation amount can be independently set to the desired state. . (Manufacturing Apparatus Example 2) Fig. 5 is a cross-sectional view showing another embodiment of the apparatus for producing the organic nanoparticles of the present invention. The medium organic material solution and the lean solvent medium are continuously supplied to the stirring tank 21a by the supply pipes 24a, 24b, respectively. The organic material particles generated in the stirring tank 21a are retained in the stirring tank 21a, combined with other organic material particles to form larger particles, and exposed to the organic material solution supplied from the supply pipes 24a, 24b to form The large particle but not the large particles are generated. The resulting organic material particle dispersion is quickly extracted from the discharge pipe 23. Fig. 6 is a cross-sectional view showing still another embodiment of the apparatus used in the manufacturing method of the present invention. In the manufacturing apparatus of Fig. 6, the stirring device 50 is provided with a liquid discharge tray having a liquid mixture port 32, 33 for causing an organic pigment solution and a poor solvent to flow in, and a mixed liquid for discharging the stirring process - 48 - 200806754 The cylindrical stirring tank 38 and the stirring blades 41 and 42 of the stirring means for controlling the liquid stirring state in the stirring tank 38 in the stirring tank 38 are driven. The agitation tank 38 is composed of a cylindrical groove body 39 that faces the center axis in the vertical direction, and a sealing plate 40 that blocks the upper and lower open ends of the groove body 39 to form a groove wall. Further, the agitation vessel 38 and the tank body 39 are formed of a non-magnetic material excellent in magnetic permeability. The two liquid supply ports 32, 33 are provided at positions close to the lower end of the tank body 39, and the liquid discharge port 36 is provided at a position close to the upper end of the tank body 39. Then, the pair of agitating blades 41, 42 are disposed apart from each other in the upper and lower ends of the agitating grooves 38, and are rotationally driven in opposite directions to each other. Each of the agitation blades 41, 42 constitutes a magnetic air coupling C with an outer magnet 46 disposed on the outer side of the groove wall (sealing plate 40) of the agitation blades 41, 42 respectively. That is, each of the agitating blades 41 and 42 is connected to the respective outer magnets 46 by magnetic force, and each of the outer magnets 46 is rotationally driven by independent motors 48 and 49 to perform reverse rotation operations.

在槽3 8内對向配置的一對攪拌葉片4 1、42,係如第6 圖中虛線的箭號(X)及實線的箭號(Y)所示,在槽38内形成 各自傾向不同之攪拌流。因此,各攪拌葉片41、42形成的_ 攪拌流,會因爲流動方向不同而相互衝突,在槽38生成促 進槽3 8内攪拌的高速亂流,爲了防止槽3 8内的流動固定化 ,即使在攪拌葉片41、42的旋轉爲高速化的情形,防止於 攪拌葉片41、42旋轉軸迴轉而形成空洞的同時,亦可防止 因未充分接受攪拌作用、而沿著攪拌槽38之內周面在槽38 内形成流動的固定流之所謂不合適的發生。因此,經由高 -49-The pair of agitating blades 4 1 and 42 disposed oppositely in the groove 38 are formed by the arrows (X) of the broken lines in FIG. 6 and the arrows (Y) of the solid lines, and the respective inclinations are formed in the grooves 38. Different mixing streams. Therefore, the agitating flow formed by each of the agitating blades 41 and 42 collides with each other due to the difference in the flow direction, and the high-speed turbulent flow in the accelerating groove 38 is generated in the groove 38, and even if the flow in the groove 38 is prevented from being fixed, even When the rotation of the stirring blades 41 and 42 is increased, the rotation of the agitating blades 41 and 42 is prevented from rotating to form a cavity, and the inner circumferential surface of the agitation tank 38 can be prevented from being sufficiently stirred. The so-called unsuitable occurrence of a flowing fixed flow in the groove 38 occurs. Therefore, via high -49-

200806754 速化攪拌葉片41、42的旋轉,可輕易地提 者,此時能阻止槽38内液體的流動固定化 不充分的液體,而防止處理品質的降低。 又,由於攪拌槽38内的各攪拌葉片41 偶合C與配置於攪拌槽38外部的馬達48、 沒有必要使旋轉軸插通攪拌槽38的槽壁, 形成旋轉軸沒有插通部的密閉容器構造, 混合液漏出槽外的同時,亦可防止因旋轉〗 φ封液)導雜質混入槽38内的液體中而降低1 在製造本發明的顏料分散組成物中, 成之製造裝置,不僅批式方式、連續流量 機顏料粒子,且亦能對應大量生產。又, 機顏料粒子分散液迅速地排出,所以攪拌 機材料溶液與貧溶媒液的比可經常爲固定 造開始時至製造終了時,分散液有機材料 定,且可安定地製造單分散的有機顏料粒 再者,阻止槽内液體流動的固定化及 充分的有機顏料粒子分散液,又,藉由防 滑液(密封液)等雜質混入槽内的溶液中, 製造單分散的有機顏料粒子。 (製造裝置例3) 就作爲本發明顏料分散組成物之製赛 一其他寳施態樣,使用具有剪切力之葉户 方法加以説明。 本發明中所謂的剪切力,係攪拌葉戶 高處理速度,再 且排出攪拌混合 、4 2係藉由磁氣 49做連結,所以 因爲攪拌槽38能 所以在防止攪拌 _用的潤滑液(密 >處理品質。 使用具有此等構 方式亦可製造有 藉由使生成的有 槽内所供給之有 的。爲此,從製 的溶解度可爲固 子。 排出攪拌混合不 止旋轉軸用的潤 能進一步安定地 中使用裝置之另 進行攪拌的製造 波及有機顏料溶 -50- 200806754 液混入貧溶媒後所生成的液滴(微滴)之剪切力者。 本發明可使用之攪拌部的形狀,只要可實施高剪切力 .之形態,沒有特別地限制,惟一般可舉例如攪煉葉片、渦 輪機葉片、螺旋葉片、法厄德拉(Pf a lid ler)葉片等,較佳係 由溶解器葉片、能夠旋轉之渦輪機部與在其周圍設有一點 點間隙而位置經固定化之擋板部所構成之攪拌部的攪拌、 乳化、分散機爲佳。 溶解器葉片係爲具有能夠形成高剪切力功能的特殊攪 拌葉片,第7圖係以正面圖槪略性表示其1例,該圖面代用 照片係表示於第8圖。 又,亦可使用具有如第9圖所示由能夠旋轉之渦輪機部 、與在其周圍設有一點點間隙而位置經固定化之擋板部所 構成之攪拌部的裝置,其攪拌、乳化、分散機係舉例如 Microtec Nition公司製Physcotron、特殊機化工業公司製 T_K均化攪拌機、IKA公司製ULTRA-TURRAX。 攪拌速度係根據貧溶媒的黏度、溫度、界^活性劑的 φ種類或添加量而形成不同的數値,惟以100〜10000rpm爲隹 、150~8000rpm爲較佳、200〜6000rpm爲特佳。旋轉數若 過低時,攪拌效果係無法充分發揮,相反地若過高時,貧 溶媒中會捲入氣泡而爲不佳。 本發明的顏料分散組成物之製造方法中,有機奈米粒 子分散液係藉由進行脫鹽濃縮,可以工業規模生產彩色濾 光片塗布液或適用於噴墨用印墨之濃縮液。 以下,說明濃、縮方法。 關於濃縮方法只要是可濃縮有機奈米粒子液的話,係 -51- 200806754 沒有特別地限制,例如:在有機奈米粒子分散液中添加混 合萃取溶媒、在該萃取溶劑相濃縮萃取有機奈米粒子、藉 由過濾器等過濾該濃縮萃取液的濃縮奈米粒子液之方法; 藉由離心分離使有機奈米粒子沈降之濃縮方法;藉由超過 濾進行脫鹽濃縮的方法;藉由真空凍結乾燥使溶媒昇華之 濃縮方法;藉由加熱乃至減壓使溶媒乾燥之濃縮方法等爲 佳。或使用此等組合等爲特佳。 在通過本發明的低含水率顏料分散組成物之過程中, Φ於水分散物經過濃縮過程之情形下,經濃縮之濕餅的含水 率係通常1 5質量%〜95質量。/。、30質量%~90質量%爲佳、50 質量%〜85質量。/。爲較佳。 濕餅的含水率爲低於1 5質量%時,顏料粒子係形成不 可逆的凝集體,而有不能分散的可能性。又,濕餅的含水 率高於95質量%時,於後步驟中大量的有機溶媒係變成有 必須的可能性。 在得到本發明的低含水率之顏料分散組成物的過程中 ^ ’亦可通過顏料的溶劑濃縮物。溶劑濃縮物中的顏料濃度 爲通常10質量%~70質量%,15質量%〜60質量。/。爲佳、20 質量。/。~ 5 0質量%爲較佳。又,濃縮物中的含水率係相對於 顏料以50質量%以下爲佳、相對於顏料以30質量%以下爲更 佳、1 0質量。/。以下爲特佳。 含水率係可利用眾所周知的任一1方法來進行測定,在 本發明中係利用卡爾-費歇(Karl Fischer’s)法(實驗化學講 座1 5(下)分析化學P241〜)來進行含水率的測定。 關於濃縮後的有機奈米粒子濃度,以1〜10 0質量%爲佳 -52- 200806754 、5〜100質量%爲較佳、1〇~1〇〇質量%爲特佳。 以下,說明濃縮萃取之方法。 該濃縮萃取所使用的萃取溶劑係沒有特別地限制,惟 實質上不會與有機奈米粒子分散液的分散溶劑(例如,水系 溶劑)混合(本發明中,實質上不會混合係指相溶性低爲佳 、溶解量50質量%以下爲佳、30質量%以下爲更佳)。該溶 解量係沒有特別的下限,惟考慮通常溶媒的溶解性時實際 上爲1質量%以上。在混合後、静置時形成界面之溶媒爲佳 0 。又,該萃取溶劑係有機奈米粒子在萃取溶劑中完成再分 散而不會產生弱凝集(即使不施加硏磨或高速攪拌等的高 斷力,亦可再分散之絮凝物)的溶劑爲佳。若爲如此狀態的 話,不會產生使粒度變化的強力凝集,以萃取溶劑濕潤目 的之有機奈米粒子,再說藉由過濾器過濾等可輕易地去除 水等的分散溶劑之觀點而言爲佳。萃取溶媒係以酯化合物 溶媒、醇化合物溶媒、芳香族化合物溶媒、脂肪族化合物 溶媒爲佳、酯化合物溶媒、芳香族北合物溶媒或脂肪族化 0合物溶媒爲較佳、酯化合物溶媒爲特佳。 酯化合物溶媒係舉例如乙酸2-(1-甲氧基)丙酯、乙酸乙 酯、乳酸乙酯等。醇化合物溶媒係舉例如正丁醇、異丁醇 等。芳香族化合物溶媒係舉例如苯、甲苯、二甲苯等。脂 肪族化合物溶媒係舉例如η-己烷、環己烷等。又,萃取溶 媒係可爲由上述較佳溶媒所成之純溶媒、亦可爲由複數溶 媒所成之混合溶媒。 萃取溶媒的量若爲能萃取有機奈米粒子的話係沒有特 別地限制’惟考慮濃縮、萃取係以比有機奈米粒子分散液 -53- 200806754 少量爲佳。其係以體積比表示時,有機奈‘米.粒子分散液設 爲1 0 〇的話,所添加的萃取溶媒在1〜1 0 0之範圔爲佳、更佳 爲10~90之範圍、20~80之範圍爲特佳。過多時濃縮化需要 很多的時間’過少時萃取不充分且分散溶媒中殘存有奈米 粒子。 添加萃取溶媒後,以與分散液充分地接觸的方式進行 攪拌混合爲佳。攪拌混合可使用一般的方法。添加混合萃 取溶媒時的溫度係沒有特別地限制,惟以1〜100°c爲隹、 Φ 5〜60°C爲較佳。只要在各步驟中能理想地賓施萃取溶媒的 添加、混合的話,可使用任一種裝置,例如,可使用分液 漏斗型裝置來進行實施。 根據超過濾的情形可適用例如鹵素化銀乳劑的脫鹽/ 濃縮中所使用的方法。硏究揭示(Research Disclosure) No. 1 0208(1 972) > No.13 122(1975)及 No.16 351(1977)係 爲已知。作爲操作條件重要的壓力差或流量,可參考選定 大矢春彥著「膜利用技術操作手冊」幸書房出版(1 978) / φ P.275中記載之特性曲線,惟目像爲處理有機奈米粒子分散 物上,必須發現抑制粒子凝集用的最適條件。又,補充因 膜透過損失的溶媒之方法,有連續添加溶媒的定容式與斷 續性分次添加的分批式,以脫鹽處理時間相對短的定容式 爲佳。如此補充的溶媒係可使用離子交換或蒸餾所得之純 水,純水之中亦可混合分散劑、分散劑的貧溶媒,亦可直 接添加至有機奈米粒子分散物。 第1 〇圖中係顯示進行超過濾用的裝置之一構成例。第 1 0圖中,如圖所示,該裝置係具有收納有機奈米粒子之儲 -54- 200806754 槽81、使該儲槽81内的分散物循環之循環用泵82、及藉由 循環甩泵82將導入之分散物中的副生成無機鹽去除成爲滲 透水之超過濾模組8 3。滲透水係將經分離的分散物再度返 回到儲槽81内,重複同樣的操作直至去除副生成無機鹽達200806754 The rotation of the speed-up stirring blades 41, 42 can be easily extracted, and at this time, the flow of the liquid in the groove 38 can be prevented from fixing the insufficient liquid, and the deterioration of the treatment quality can be prevented. Further, the stirring blades 41 in the stirring tank 38 are coupled to the motor 48 disposed outside the stirring tank 38, and it is not necessary to insert the rotating shaft into the groove wall of the stirring tank 38, thereby forming a closed container structure in which the rotating shaft has no insertion portion. When the mixed liquid leaks out of the tank, it can also prevent the impurity from being mixed into the liquid in the tank 38 due to the rotation of the sealing liquid. 1 In the production of the pigment dispersion composition of the present invention, the manufacturing apparatus is not only batch type Mode, continuous flow machine pigment particles, and can also correspond to mass production. Moreover, since the ratio of the machine pigment particle dispersion is rapidly discharged, the ratio of the agitator material solution to the lean solvent liquid can be often determined from the start of the fixed production to the end of the production, and the dispersion organic material is fixed, and the monodisperse organic pigment particles can be stably produced. Further, the immobilization of the liquid in the tank and the sufficient dispersion of the organic pigment particles are prevented, and impurities such as an anti-skid liquid (sealing liquid) are mixed into the solution in the tank to produce monodisperse organic pigment particles. (Production Apparatus Example 3) As an alternative aspect of the production of the pigment dispersion composition of the present invention, a leaf household method having shearing force will be described. In the present invention, the shearing force is the stirring leaf-high processing speed, and the stirring and mixing are discharged, and the magnetic system 49 is connected by the magnetic gas 49. Therefore, since the stirring tank 38 can prevent the lubricating liquid for stirring ( Density > treatment quality. It can also be produced by using the above-described configuration, and the solubility can be solid. The discharge can be mixed with the rotating shaft. Runner can further stabilize the use of the device and stir the manufacturing of the organic pigment. -50-200806754 The shear force of the droplets (microdroplets) generated after the liquid is mixed into the poor solvent. The shape is not particularly limited as long as the high shear force can be applied, but generally, for example, a pulverizing blade, a turbine blade, a spiral blade, a Pf a lid ler blade or the like is preferably used. It is preferable that the dissolver blade, the turbine portion that can rotate, and the stirring portion, the emulsification, and the dispersing device that are provided with the agitating portion formed by the baffle portion having a slight gap around the position. It is a special agitating blade which has a function of forming a high shear force, and FIG. 7 is a front view schematically showing one example thereof, and the drawing substitute photo system is shown in Fig. 8. Fig. 9 is a view showing a device for agitating, emulsifying, and dispersing a stirring portion formed by a rotatable turbine portion and a baffle portion having a slight gap therebetween and fixed at a position, for example, Microtec Nition Co., Ltd. Physcotron, T_K homogenizing mixer manufactured by Special Machine Chemical Co., Ltd., ULTRA-TURRAX manufactured by IKA Co., Ltd. The stirring speed is different depending on the viscosity of the solvent, the temperature, and the type or addition amount of the active agent. It is preferably 100 to 10000 rpm, 150 to 8000 rpm, and particularly preferably 200 to 6000 rpm. If the number of rotation is too low, the stirring effect cannot be fully exerted. Conversely, if it is too high, bubbles are trapped in the poor solvent. In the method for producing a pigment dispersion composition of the present invention, the organic nanoparticle dispersion is capable of producing a color filter coating liquid on an industrial scale or for inkjet printing by performing desalting and concentration. Concentrate of the ink. Hereinafter, the concentration and the shrinkage method will be described. The concentration method is not particularly limited as long as it is a concentrated organic nanoparticle liquid, for example, a mixed extraction is added to the organic nanoparticle dispersion. a solvent, a method of extracting organic nano particles in the extraction solvent phase, and filtering the concentrated nanoparticle liquid of the concentrated extract by a filter or the like; a concentration method for sedimenting the organic nanoparticle by centrifugation; A method of desalting and concentrating by filtration; a method of concentrating a solvent by vacuum freeze-drying; a method of concentrating a solvent by heating or a reduced pressure, or the like, or using such a combination is particularly preferable. In the process of dispersing the composition with the low water content pigment of the present invention, the moisture content of the concentrated wet cake is usually 15% by mass to 95% by mass in the case where the aqueous dispersion is subjected to a concentration process. /. 30% by mass to 90% by mass is preferred, and 50% by mass to 855% by mass. /. It is better. When the moisture content of the wet cake is less than 15% by mass, the pigment particles form an irreversible aggregate, and there is a possibility that the pigment particles cannot be dispersed. Further, when the moisture content of the wet cake is more than 95% by mass, a large amount of the organic solvent system becomes necessary in the subsequent step. The solvent concentrate of the pigment can also be passed during the process of obtaining the pigment dispersion composition of the present invention having a low water content. The concentration of the pigment in the solvent concentrate is usually 10% by mass to 70% by mass, and 15% by mass to 60% by mass. /. Best, 20 quality. /. ~50% by mass is preferred. Further, the water content in the concentrate is preferably 50% by mass or less based on the pigment, and more preferably 30% by mass or less based on the pigment, and 10% by mass. /. The following is especially good. The water content can be measured by any of the well-known methods. In the present invention, the Karl Fischer's method (Experimental Chemistry Lecture 15 (below) Analytical Chemistry P241~) is used to determine the water content. . The concentration of the organic nanoparticles after concentration is preferably from 1 to 100% by mass - 52 to 200806754 and from 5 to 100% by mass, more preferably from 1 to 1% by mass. Hereinafter, a method of concentrated extraction will be described. The extraction solvent used in the concentrated extraction is not particularly limited, but is not substantially mixed with a dispersion solvent (for example, an aqueous solvent) of the organic nanoparticle dispersion (in the present invention, substantially no mixing means compatibility) The content is preferably low, the amount of dissolution is preferably 50% by mass or less, and more preferably 30% by mass or less. There is no particular lower limit for the amount of the solution, and it is actually 1% by mass or more in consideration of the solubility of the usual solvent. The solvent forming the interface after mixing and standing is preferably 0. Further, the extraction solvent is preferably a solvent in which the organic nanoparticles are redispersed in an extraction solvent without causing weak agglomeration (a floc which can be redispersed even if a high breaking force such as honing or high-speed stirring is not applied). . In such a state, it is preferable that the organic agglomerated particles are wetted by the extraction solvent, and the organic solvent, such as water, can be easily removed by filtration or the like. The extraction solvent is preferably an ester compound solvent, an alcohol compound solvent, an aromatic solvent or an aliphatic solvent, an ester compound solvent, an aromatic azide solvent or an aliphatic compound solvent, and the ester compound solvent is preferably used. Very good. The ester compound solvent is, for example, 2-(1-methoxy)propyl acetate, ethyl acetate or ethyl lactate. The alcohol compound solvent is, for example, n-butanol or isobutanol. Examples of the aromatic compound solvent include benzene, toluene, xylene, and the like. The aliphatic compound solvent is, for example, η-hexane or cyclohexane. Further, the extraction solvent may be a pure solvent formed from the above preferred solvent, or may be a mixed solvent composed of a plurality of solvents. The amount of the extraction solvent is not particularly limited if it is capable of extracting the organic nanoparticle. However, it is preferable to use a small amount of the organic solvent to be concentrated, and the extraction system is preferably a small amount of the organic nanoparticle dispersion-53-200806754. When it is represented by a volume ratio, when the organic Nai's particle dispersion is set to 10 〇, the extraction solvent to be added is preferably in the range of 1 to 100, more preferably in the range of 10 to 90, and 20 The range of ~80 is particularly good. When too much is too concentrated, it takes a lot of time. When the amount is too small, the extraction is insufficient and the nanoparticles are left in the dispersion solvent. After the extraction solvent is added, it is preferred to carry out stirring and mixing in such a manner as to sufficiently contact the dispersion. A general method can be used for stirring and mixing. The temperature at which the mixed extraction solvent is added is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 to 100 ° C and Φ 5 to 60 ° C. Any apparatus can be used as long as it is desirable to add or mix the extraction solvent in each step, and for example, it can be carried out using a separatory funnel type apparatus. The method used in, for example, desalting/concentration of a silver halide emulsion can be applied depending on the case of ultrafiltration. Research Disclosure No. 1 0208 (1 972) > No. 13 122 (1975) and No. 16 351 (1977) are known. As the pressure difference or flow rate that is important for the operating conditions, please refer to the characteristic curve described in the book "Using the Membrane Utilization Technology Operation Manual" (1978) / φ P.275, which is selected for the processing of organic nanoparticles. On the particle dispersion, it is necessary to find an optimum condition for suppressing particle agglutination. Further, in addition to the method of dispersing the solvent due to the membrane permeation, there is a batch type in which the constant volume type and the discontinuity of the solvent are continuously added, and the constant volume type in which the desalination treatment time is relatively short is preferable. The solvent thus replenished may be pure water obtained by ion exchange or distillation, and the pure solvent may be mixed with a dispersant or a poor solvent of the dispersant, or may be directly added to the organic nanoparticle dispersion. In the first diagram, an example of the configuration of the device for performing ultrafiltration is shown. In Fig. 10, as shown in the figure, the apparatus has a tank 81 for storing organic nanoparticles, a pump 81 for circulating the dispersion in the tank 81, and a circulation pump 、. The pump 82 removes the by-produced inorganic salt in the introduced dispersion into the permeated water ultrafiltration module 83. The osmotic water system returns the separated dispersion to the storage tank 81 again, repeating the same operation until the by-produced inorganic salt is removed.

成所定的目的爲止。再者,該裝置中係設有用於一定量補 充作爲純水的因滲透水失去之溶媒而使甩的補充純水計測 用流量計84,且設有爲了決定純水補充量所使用的滲透水 計測用流量計85。又,還設有爲了導入用於稀釋滲透水用 的冰之逆方向洗淨甩泵86。 超過濾膜係已作爲模組所組裝的平板型、螺旋型、圓 筒型、中空絲型、中空纖維型等係爲旭化成(股)、戴西爾 化學(股)、東麗(股)、日東電工(股)等所市售的,惟從總膜 面積或洗淨性之觀點而言,以螺旋型或中空絲型爲佳。又 ,成爲可形成透過膜成分的臨界値指標之分級分子量,必 須根據所使用的分散劑之分子量而決定,惟以5,000以上 50,000以下者爲佳、5,000以上1 5,000以下者爲更佳。 爲了分離有機奈米粒子分散液的分散溶媒與濃縮萃取 液,以過濾器進行過濾爲佳。過濾器過濾的裝置係例如可 使用加壓過濾的裝置。較佳的過濾器可舉例如奈米過濾器 、超級過濾器等。藉由過濾器進行過濾,進行殘留分散溶 媒的去除,將濃縮萃取液中的有機奈米粒子進一步濃縮而 形成濃縮奈米粒子液爲佳。 凍結乾燥的方法係沒有特別限制,亦可使用該業者可 能利用的任何方法。舉例如冷媒直膨方法、重複冷凍方法 、熱媒循環方法、三重熱交換方法、間接加熱凍結方法, -55- 200806754 較佳爲冷媒直膨方法、間接加熱凍結方法、更佳爲使用間 接加熱凍結方法。上述任一方法中’進行實施預凍結之後 凍結乾燥爲佳。預凍結的條件沒有特別地限制,惟實施凍 結乾燥的試樣係必須爲普遍凍結。 間接加熱凍結方法之裝置較佳係舉例如使用小型凍結 乾燥機、FTS凍結乾燥機、LYOVAC凍結乾燥機、實驗用凍 結乾燥機、硏究用凍結乾燥機、三重熱交換真空凍結乾燥 機、單冷卻式凍結乾燥機、HULL凍結乾燥機,較佳爲小型 0凍結乾燥機、實驗用凍結乾燥機、硏究用凍結乾燥機、單 冷卻式凍結乾.燥機,更佳爲小型凍結乾燥機、單冷卻式凍 .結乾燥機。 凍結乾燥的溫度係沒有特別地限制,例如-1 9&~-4°C、 較佳爲-120〜-20 °C、更佳爲-80~-60°C左右。凍結乾燥的壓 力亦沒有特別地限制,該業者可適宜選擇,例如0.1 ~ 3 5 P a 、較佳爲1〜15Pa、更較佳爲5~10Pa左右進行爲佳。凍結乾 燥時間係爲例如2〜48小時、較佳爲6~36小時、更佳爲1 6~26 ©小時左右。不過,此等條件係該業者可適宜選擇。關於凍 結乾燥方法,可參照例如製劑機械技術操作手冊:製劑機械 技術硏究會編、地人書館、ρ·120-129(2000年9月 >;真空操 作手冊··日本真空技術股份有限公司編、歐姆社、 ρ·328_331 (1 992年);凍結及乾燥硏究會會誌:伊藤孝治他、 No· 1 5、ρ·82(1 965)等。 以下係說明離心分離。 藉由離心分離之有機奈米粒子的濃縮中所使用的離心 分離機,只要是能使有機奈米粒子分散液(或有機奈米粒子 -56- 200806754 濃縮萃取液)中的有機奈米粒子沈降的任一種裝置均可使 用。離心分離機係如廣泛使用的裝置以外,尙可舉例如具 有粗餾功能(在旋轉中吸收上澄液層、排出系統外的功能) 者、或連續地排出固形物之連續離心分離機等。 離心分離條件係以離心力(表示受到重力加速度幾倍 的離心加速度之値)50〜1 0000爲佳、1 00— 8000爲較佳、 150~6000爲特佳。離心分離時的溫度係根據分散液的溶媒 種類,-1 0〜80°C爲佳、·5〜70°C爲較佳、0〜60°C爲特佳。Until the intended purpose. Further, in the apparatus, a flow meter 84 for replenishing pure water for removing a solvent which is lost in permeated water as a pure water, and a permeated water for determining the amount of pure water replenishment is provided. The flow meter 85 for measurement. Further, a counter-washing pump 86 for introducing the ice for diluting the permeated water is provided. The ultrafiltration membrane system has been assembled as a module, such as a flat plate type, a spiral type, a cylindrical type, a hollow fiber type, and a hollow fiber type, such as Asahi Kasei (share), Daisil Chemical (share), and Toray (share). It is commercially available from Nitto Denko (shares), etc., from the viewpoint of total membrane area or detergency, it is preferably a spiral type or a hollow type. Further, the fractional molecular weight which is a critical index for forming a permeable membrane component must be determined depending on the molecular weight of the dispersing agent to be used, and it is more preferably 5,000 or more and 50,000 or less, and more preferably 5,000 or more and 15,000 or less. In order to separate the dispersion solvent and the concentrated extract of the organic nanoparticle dispersion, it is preferred to filter with a filter. The device for filter filtration is, for example, a device that can be used for pressure filtration. Preferred filters include, for example, a nano filter, a super filter, and the like. Filtration by a filter removes the residual dispersion solvent, and the organic nanoparticles in the concentrated extract are further concentrated to form a concentrated nanoparticle liquid. The method of freeze-drying is not particularly limited, and any method that the manufacturer may utilize may be used. For example, a direct refrigerant expansion method, a repetitive freezing method, a heat medium circulation method, a triple heat exchange method, an indirect heating freezing method, -55-200806754, preferably a direct refrigerant expansion method, an indirect heating freezing method, and more preferably an indirect heating freezing method. method. In any of the above methods, it is preferred to freeze-dry after performing the pre-freezing. The conditions for pre-freezing are not particularly limited, but the freeze-dried sample must be generally frozen. The apparatus for indirect heating and freezing method is preferably, for example, a small freeze dryer, an FTS freeze dryer, a LYOVAC freeze dryer, an experimental freeze dryer, a freeze dryer for research, a triple heat exchange vacuum freeze dryer, and a single cooling. Freeze dryer, HULL freeze dryer, preferably small 0 freeze dryer, experimental freeze dryer, freeze dryer for research, single cooling freeze dryer, more preferably small freeze dryer, single Cooling freeze. Junction dryer. The freeze-drying temperature is not particularly limited, and is, for example, -1 9 & -4 ° C, preferably -120 to -20 ° C, more preferably -80 to -60 ° C. The pressure for freeze-drying is also not particularly limited, and the manufacturer may suitably select, for example, 0.1 to 3 5 Pa, preferably 1 to 15 Pa, more preferably 5 to 10 Pa. The freeze drying time is, for example, 2 to 48 hours, preferably 6 to 36 hours, more preferably about 16 to 26 hours. However, these conditions are suitable for the industry. For the freeze-drying method, for example, the manual of the preparation machine technology operation manual: the preparation of the preparation machinery technology research institute, the local library, ρ·120-129 (September 2000); vacuum operation manual··Japan Vacuum Technology Co., Ltd.编, 欧姆社, ρ·328_331 (1992); Freeze and Dry Research Society: Ito Takaji, No.15, ρ·82 (1 965), etc. The following is a description of centrifugal separation. The centrifugal separator used for the concentration of the separated organic nanoparticles is any one of the organic nanoparticle particles in the organic nanoparticle dispersion (or organic nanoparticle-56-200806754 concentrated extract). The apparatus may be used. The centrifugal separator may be, for example, a widely used apparatus, and may have, for example, a function of a crude distillation (a function of absorbing a supernatant layer during rotation, a function of discharging the system outside the system), or continuous discharge of solid matter continuously. Centrifugal separators, etc. The centrifugal separation conditions are preferably centrifugal force (indicating a centrifugal acceleration several times the acceleration of gravity) 50 to 1 0000, preferably 100-8000, and 150 to 6000. The temperature at the time of separation is preferably -1 to 80 ° C, preferably 5 to 70 ° C, and particularly preferably 0 to 60 ° C depending on the type of the solvent of the dispersion.

以下係說明乾燥。 藉由減壓乾燥之有機奈米粒子的濃縮中所使用的裝置 ,只要是能使有機奈米粒子分散液(或有機奈米粒子濃縮萃 取液)的溶媒蒸發的話係沒有特別地限制。可舉例如廣泛使 用的真空乾燥器及旋轉栗、或能一邊攪拌液一邊加熱減壓 乾燥的裝置、藉由將液通過經加熱減壓的管中而能連續乾 燥的裝置等。 加熱減壓乾燥溫度係以30〜230°C爲佳、35~200°C爲較 佳、40〜180°C爲特佳。減壓時的壓力係以1〇〇~1〇〇〇〇〇Pa 爲佳、300~90000Pa爲較佳、500〜80000Pa爲特佳。 * ! 若根據如上述的濃縮方法的話,可從有機奈米粒子分 散液更有效率的濃縮有機奈米粒子。關於濃縮倍率,例如 形成原料之有機奈米粒子分散液中奈米粒子的濃度設爲1 時,濃縮有機奈米粒子糊料中濃度係較佳爲濃縮至 100~3000倍左右 '更佳爲500〜2000倍左右爲止。 在本發明的顏料分散組成物之製造方法係藉由上述濃 縮,分散有凝集狀態之有機粒子(於本發明中,再分散係所 -57- 200806754 謂提高解開分散液中粒子凝集之分散度,亦稱爲微細分散 化)。 藉由上述的萃取溶媒、離心分離、乾燥等經濃縮化之 有機粒子液中所含有的有機粒子,通常係藉由其濃縮化而 引起凝集。此時爲了可進行迅速的過濾器過濾、且得到再 一次良好的分散狀態,以能夠在可再分散程度凝集之絮凝 物爲佳。 爲此,利用一般的分散化方法經分散化的程度係在微 Φ粒子化方面爲不充分的,而進一步高微細化效率的方法係 爲必須。在此等之凝集有機粒子(於本發明中,凝集有機粒 子係凝集體等有機粒子以二次的力而凝集者爲佳,一次粒 子係爲奈米尺寸時所謂的凝集奈米粒子),若根據本發明的 有機奈米粒子分散液之製造方法的話,藉由使凝集有機粒 子液中含有重量平均分子量1000以上的高分子化合物,可 適當地微細分散化有機粒子(於本發明中,凝集有機粒子液 係指定凝集有機粒子含於液中者,即.使是分散液、濃縮液 ©、糊、漿體等,只要含有凝集有機粒子的話亦可)。 接著,詳細說明本發明的顏料分散組成物之製造方法 中可較佳使用的高分子化合物(在本發明的「高分子化合物 」係以質量平均分子量1 000以上的有機化合物爲佳,沒有 特別的上限,惟實際上係質量平均分子量500,000以下,較 佳係1 00,000以下、更佳係50,000以下)。 本發明的顏料分散組成物中可較佳使用的高分子化合 物,以質量平均分子量1 0 00以上、下述通式(1)所示之高分 子化合物爲佳。 -58- 200806754The following is a description of drying. The apparatus used for the concentration of the organic nanoparticles to be dried under reduced pressure is not particularly limited as long as it evaporates the solvent of the organic nanoparticle dispersion (or organic nanoparticle concentrated extract). For example, a vacuum dryer and a rotary pump which are widely used, or a device which can be heated and reduced in pressure while stirring a solution, and a device which can be continuously dried by passing the liquid through a tube which is heated and decompressed can be used. The heating and decompression drying temperature is preferably 30 to 230 ° C, preferably 35 to 200 ° C, and particularly preferably 40 to 180 ° C. The pressure at the time of pressure reduction is preferably 1 〇〇 to 1 〇〇〇〇〇 Pa, preferably 300 to 90,000 Pa, and particularly preferably 500 to 80,000 Pa. * ! According to the concentration method as described above, the organic nanoparticle can be more efficiently concentrated from the organic nanoparticle dispersion. Regarding the concentration ratio, for example, when the concentration of the nanoparticles in the organic nanoparticle dispersion forming the raw material is 1, the concentration in the concentrated organic nanoparticle paste is preferably concentrated to about 100 to 3,000 times, more preferably 500. ~ 2000 times or so. In the method for producing a pigment dispersion composition of the present invention, the organic particles in an agglomerated state are dispersed by the above-mentioned concentration (in the present invention, the redispersion system-57-200806754 is used to improve the dispersion of particle agglomeration in the dispersion liquid. , also known as micro-dispersion). The organic particles contained in the concentrated organic particle liquid, such as the above-mentioned extraction solvent, centrifugal separation, and drying, are usually concentrated by condensation. In this case, in order to allow rapid filter filtration and to obtain a good dispersion state again, it is preferred to be a floc which can be agglomerated at a redispersible degree. For this reason, the degree of dispersion by the general dispersing method is insufficient in terms of micro-Φ particle formation, and a method of further increasing the efficiency of miniaturization is necessary. In the present invention, it is preferable that the organic particles such as agglomerated organic particles are aggregated by a secondary force, and the primary particles are so-called aggregated nanoparticles when the size is a nanometer. According to the method for producing an organic nanoparticle dispersion of the present invention, the polymer particles having a weight average molecular weight of 1,000 or more are contained in the aggregated organic particle liquid, whereby the organic particles can be appropriately finely dispersed (in the present invention, agglomerated organic The particle liquid system specifies that the aggregated organic particles are contained in the liquid, that is, the dispersion, the concentrate, the paste, the slurry, and the like, as long as the aggregated organic particles are contained. Next, the polymer compound which can be preferably used in the method for producing a pigment dispersion composition of the present invention is described in detail (the "polymer compound" of the present invention is preferably an organic compound having a mass average molecular weight of 1,000 or more, and is not particularly specific. The upper limit is actually a mass average molecular weight of 500,000 or less, preferably 1,000,000 or less, more preferably 50,000 or less. The polymer compound which can be preferably used in the pigment dispersion composition of the present invention is preferably a polymer compound having a mass average molecular weight of 100 or more and a polymer compound represented by the following formula (1). -58- 200806754

上述通式(1)中,A1係表示酸性基、具有鹼性氮原子之 基、脲基、胺甲酸酯基、具有配位性氧原子之基、碳數4 以上的烴基、烷氧基矽烷基、環氧基、異氰酸酯基、及具 有選自於羥基之基的1價有機基,或含有可具有取代基之有 機色素結構或是雜環之1價有機基。η個A1係可相同、亦可In the above formula (1), A1 represents an acidic group, a group having a basic nitrogen atom, a urea group, a carbamate group, a group having a coordinating oxygen atom, a hydrocarbon group having 4 or more carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group. A decyl group, an epoxy group, an isocyanate group, and a monovalent organic group having a group selected from a hydroxyl group, or a monovalent organic group containing an organic dye structure which may have a substituent or a hetero ring. η A1 systems can be the same or

具體而言,Α1係沒有特別地限制者,上述「具有酸性 基之1價有機基」係舉例如:具有羧酸基 '磺酸基、單硫酸 酯基、磷酸基、單磷酸酯基、硼酸基等之1價有機基。又, 上述「含有具有鹼性氮原子之基的1價有機基」係舉例如: 具有胺基(_ΝΗ2)之1價有機基、具有取代亞胺基(-NHR8、 __41(3)之1價有機基(此處,1^、[^、及尺1()係各自獨立地 表示碳數1〜20的烷基、碳數6以上20以下的芳基、碳數7以 上3 0以下的芳烷基)、具有下述通式(a υ所示胍基的1價有 機基〔通式(a1)中,Ra1及Ra2係各自獨立地表示碳數1〜20 的烷基、碳數6以上20以下的芳基、碳數7以上30以下的芳 烷基〕、具有下述通式(a2>所示眯基的1價有機基〔通式(a2) 中,Ra3及Ra4係各自獨立地表示碳數1〜20的烷基、碳數6 以上20以下的芳基、碳數7以上30以下的芳烷基〕等。Specifically, the oxime 1 is not particularly limited, and the above-mentioned "monovalent organic group having an acidic group" is, for example, a carboxylic acid group 'sulfonic acid group, a monosulfate group, a phosphoric acid group, a monophosphate group, or a boric acid. A monovalent organic group such as a group. Further, the above "monovalent organic group having a group having a basic nitrogen atom" is, for example, a monovalent organic group having an amine group (-ΝΗ2) and a substituted imido group (-NHR8, __41(3)) The organic group (herein, 1^, [^, and 尺1()) each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 or more and 20 or less carbon atoms, and an aromatic group having 7 or more carbon atoms and 7 or less carbon atoms. (Alkyl), a monovalent organic group having a fluorenyl group represented by the following formula (a υ), in the formula (a1), each of Ra1 and Ra2 independently represents an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms and a carbon number of 6 or more An aryl group of 20 or less, an aralkyl group having 7 or more and 30 or less carbon atoms, and a monovalent organic group having a fluorenyl group represented by the following formula (a2); in the formula (a2), Ra3 and Ra4 are each independently The alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, the aryl group having 6 or more and 20 or less carbon atoms, and the aralkyl group having 7 or more and 30 or less carbon atoms are used.

-59- 200806754 -NHCONHR15(此處,R15係表示氫原子、或是碳數1〜20的 烷基、碳數6.以上20以下的芳基、碳數7以上30以下的芳烷 基)等。 上述「具有胺甲酸酯基之1價有機基」係舉例如: -NHCOOR16、-OCONHR17(此處,R16及R17係各自獨立地 表示碳數卜20的烷基、碳數6以上20以下的芳基、碳數7以 上30以下的芳烷基)等。. 上述「含有‘具有配位性氧原子之基’的基」係舉例 φ如具有乙醯丙酮配位基之基、、具有冠醚之基等。 上述「具有碳數4以上烴基之基」係舉例如碳數4以上 的烷基(例如,辛基、十二烷基等)、碳數6以上的芳基(例 如,.苯基、萘基等)、碳數7以上的芳院基(例如苄基等)等 。此時碳數係沒有上限,以30以下爲佳。 上述「具有烷氧基矽烷基之基」係舉例如具有三甲氧 基矽烷基、三乙氧基矽烷基等之基。 上述「具有環氧基之基」係舉例如具有縮水甘油基等 •之基。 上述「具有異氰酸酯基之基」係舉例如3-異氰酸酯丙 基等。 上述「具有羥基之基」係舉例如3-經基丙基等。 上述之中,上述A1係具有選自於酸性基、具有鹼性氮 原子之基、脲基、及碳數4以上烴基之基的1價有機基爲佳 〇 又,上述有機色素結構或雜環係沒有特別地限定’更 具體而言,有機色素結構係舉例如酞菁化合物、不溶性偶 _ 6 0 - 200806754 氮化合物、偶氮色淀(A ζ ο I a k e)化合物、蒽醌化合物、喹υ丫 酮化合物、二噁阱化合物、二酮基吡咯并吡咯化合物、氮 蒽化合物、蒽哚蒽酮化合物、陰丹酮化合物、黃烷士酮化 合物、茈酮化合物、茈化合物、硫靛化合物等。又,雜環 係舉例如噻吩、呋喃、_喔、吡咯、吡咯啉、吡咯啶、二 噁茂烷、吡唑、吡唑啉、吡唑烷、咪唑、噁唑、噻唑、噁 二唑、三唑、噻二唑、吡喃、吡啶、哌啶、二噁烷、味啉 、噠畊、嘧啶、哌阱、三畊、三聚甲硫醛、異吲哚啉、異 φ吲哚啉酮、苯并咪唑酮、琥珀醯亞胺、鄰苯二甲醯亞胺、 萘二甲醯亞胺、海因、吲哚、喹啉、咔唑、吖啶、吖啶酮 .、蒽醌等。 又,上述有機色素結構或雜環可具有取代基,該取代 基係舉例如甲基、乙基等的碳數1〜20的烷基,苯基、萘基 等的碳數6〜1 6的芳基,經基、胺基、竣基、磺醯胺基、Ν -硫醯胺基、乙醯氧基等的碳數1~6的醯氧基’甲氧基、乙氧 基等的碳數的烷氧基’氯、溴等的鹵素原子,甲氧基羰 φ基、乙氧基羰基、環己氧基羰基等的碳數2〜7的烷氧基羰基 ,氰基、第三丁基碳酸酯等的碳酸酯基等。 又,上述Α1係以下述通式(4)所示之1價有機基爲佳。-59- 200806754 -NHCONHR15 (herein, R15 represents a hydrogen atom, or an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an aryl group having a carbon number of 6. or more and 20 or less, an aralkyl group having a carbon number of 7 or more and 30 or less), and the like. . The above-mentioned "monovalent organic group having a urethane group" is, for example, -NHCOOR16 or -OCONHR17 (here, R16 and R17 each independently represent an alkyl group having a carbon number of 20 and a carbon number of 6 or more and 20 or less. An aryl group, an aralkyl group having 7 or more and 30 or less carbon atoms, or the like. The above "group containing a group having a coordinating oxygen atom" is exemplified by a group having a acetylacetone ligand group, a group having a crown ether, and the like. The "group having a hydrocarbon group of 4 or more carbon atoms" is, for example, an alkyl group having 4 or more carbon atoms (for example, an octyl group or a dodecyl group) or an aryl group having 6 or more carbon atoms (for example, a phenyl group or a naphthyl group). And the like, and a aryl group (for example, a benzyl group) having a carbon number of 7 or more. At this time, there is no upper limit on the carbon number, and it is preferably 30 or less. The "group having an alkoxyalkylalkyl group" is, for example, a group having a trimethoxycarbonylalkyl group, a triethoxyalkylene group or the like. The above "epoxy group-containing group" is, for example, a group having a glycidyl group or the like. The above "isocyanate group-containing group" is, for example, a 3-isocyanatepropyl group or the like. The above "group having a hydroxyl group" is, for example, 3-propylidenepropyl or the like. In the above, the above-mentioned A1 is preferably a monovalent organic group selected from the group consisting of an acidic group, a group having a basic nitrogen atom, a urea group, and a hydrocarbon group having 4 or more carbon atoms, and the above organic dye structure or heterocyclic ring. The organic dye structure is not particularly limited. More specifically, the organic dye structure is, for example, a phthalocyanine compound, an insoluble couple _ 60 0 - 200806754 nitrogen compound, an azo lake compound (A ζ I ake compound), an anthraquinone compound, quinacridone. An anthrone compound, a dioxane compound, a diketopyrrolopyrrole compound, a nitrogen hydrazine compound, an anthrone compound, an indanthrone compound, a flavanone compound, an anthrone compound, an anthraquinone compound, a sulfonium compound, and the like. Further, the heterocyclic ring is, for example, thiophene, furan, hydrazine, pyrrole, pyrroline, pyrrolidine, dioxane, pyrazole, pyrazoline, pyrazolidine, imidazole, oxazole, thiazole, oxadiazole, three Azole, thiadiazole, pyran, pyridine, piperidine, dioxane, gustoline, sorghum, pyrimidine, pipe trap, three tillage, trimeric methyl aldehyde, isoporphyrin, iso-φ porphyrin, Benzimidazolone, amber imine, phthalimide, naphthyl imine, hydantoin, quinone, quinoline, oxazole, acridine, acridone, hydrazine, and the like. Further, the organic dye structure or heterocyclic ring may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms such as a methyl group or an ethyl group, and a carbon number of 6 to 16 such as a phenyl group or a naphthyl group. An aryl group, a carbon having a carbon number of 1 to 6 such as a methoxy group, an ethoxy group or the like having a carbon number of 1 to 6 such as a group, an amine group, an anthracenyl group, a sulfonylamino group, a fluorenylamine group or an ethoxy group. Alkoxycarbonyl groups such as a halogen atom such as chlorine or bromine, alkoxycarbonyl group having a carbon number of 2 to 7 such as a methoxycarbonyl group, an ethoxycarbonyl group or a cyclohexyloxycarbonyl group, a cyano group and a third group A carbonate group or the like such as a carbonate. Further, the above oxime 1 is preferably a monovalent organic group represented by the following formula (4).

在上述通式(4)中,Β1係表示選自於酸性基、具有鹼性 氮原子之基、脲基、胺甲酸酯基、具有配位性氧原子之基 、碳數4以上的烴基、烷氧基矽烷基、環氧基、異氰酸酯基 、及羥基之基,或可具有取代基之有機色素結構或雜環,· -61- 200806754 R18係表示單鍵或是al價的有機或無機之連結基。a1表示 V~ 5,a 1個B 1係可相同、亦可不同。 B1係與通式(4)中的上述A1同義,較佳態樣亦爲相同, 上述省機色素結構或雜環係舉例如酞菁化合物、不溶性偶 氮化合物、偶氮色淀(Azo lake)化合物、蒽醌化合物、喹吖 酮化合物、二噁阱化合物、二酮'基吡咯并吡咯化合物、氮 蒽化合物、蒽哚蒽酮化合物、陰丹酮化合物、黃烷士酮化 合物、菲酮化合物、菲化合物、硫靛化合物等的有機色素 Φ結構、例如噻吩、呋喃、础喔、吡咯 '吡咯啉、吡略啶、 二噁茂烷、吡唑、吡唑啉、吡唑烷、咪唑、噁唑、噻唑、 噁二唑、三唑、噻二唑、吡喃、吡啶、哌啶、二噁烷、味 啉、噠阱、嘧啶、哌阱、三畊、三聚甲硫醛、異吲哚啉、 異D引哚啉酮、苯并咪唑酮、琥珀醯亞胺、鄰苯二甲醯亞胺 、萘二甲醯亞胺、海因、吲哚、喹啉、咔唑、吖啶、吖啶 酮、蒽醌等的雜環。 又,上述有機色素結構或雜環可具有取代基’該取代 φ基係舉例如甲基、乙基等的碳數1〜20的烷基,苯基、萘基 等的碳數6~16的芳基’羥基、胺基、羧基、磺醯胺基、N-硫醸胺基、乙醯氧基等的碳數1〜6的醯氧基’甲氧基、乙氧 基等的碳數的院氧基’氯、溴等的鹵素原子’甲氧基簾 基、乙氧基羰基、環己氧基羰基等的碳數2〜7的烷氧基羰基 ,氰基、第三丁基碳酸酯等的碳酸酯基等。 R18表示單鍵或是a1+1價的連結基,a1表示1~5。連結 基R18係含有由1~1〇〇個的碳原子、〇個~10個的氮原子、0 個~50個的氧原子、1個〜200個的氫原子、及〇個〜20個的硫 -62- 200806754 原子所成之基,可無取代、亦可更具有取代基。R18係以有 機連結基爲佳。 R18的具體例可舉例如下述的結構單位或組合該結構 單位所構成之基。 4一 巧一 + X 4- 一§〇- 4一 一f 一一写 (t-1) (t-2) (t-3) (t-4) (t-5) (t-6) (t-7) (t-8) (t-9) (t-10)(t-11) (t-12)In the above formula (4), hydrazine 1 represents a hydrocarbon group selected from an acidic group, a group having a basic nitrogen atom, a urea group, a carbamate group, a group having a coordinating oxygen atom, and a carbon number of 4 or more. , an alkoxyalkyl group, an epoxy group, an isocyanate group, and a hydroxyl group, or an organic dye structure or a hetero ring which may have a substituent, -61- 200806754 R18 represents a single bond or an al-valent organic or inorganic Linkage. A1 indicates V~5, a1 B1 system may be the same or different. The B1 system is synonymous with the above A1 in the general formula (4), and the preferred embodiment is also the same. The above-mentioned provincial dye structure or heterocyclic ring system is, for example, a phthalocyanine compound, an insoluble azo compound, or an azo lake (Azo lake). a compound, an anthraquinone compound, a quinophthalone compound, a dioxin compound, a diketone 'pyrrolopyrrole compound, a nitrogen hydrazine compound, an anthrone compound, an indanthrone compound, a flavanone compound, a phenanthrone compound, An organic dye Φ structure such as a phenanthrene compound or a sulfonium compound, such as thiophene, furan, hydrazine, pyrrole 'pyrroline, piropyridine, dioxane, pyrazole, pyrazoline, pyrazolidine, imidazole, oxazole , thiazole, oxadiazole, triazole, thiadiazole, pyran, pyridine, piperidine, dioxane, gustoline, hydrazine trap, pyrimidine, pipe trap, three tillage, trimeric methyl aldehyde, isoporphyrin , iso D-pyridone, benzoxazolone, amber imine, phthalimide, naphthyl imine, hydantoin, hydrazine, quinoline, oxazole, acridine, acridine A heterocyclic ring of a ketone or an anthracene. Further, the organic dye structure or the heterocyclic ring may have a substituent. The substituted φ group is, for example, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms such as a methyl group or an ethyl group, and a carbon number of 6 to 16 such as a phenyl group or a naphthyl group. a carbon number of a methoxy group such as an aryl group having a carbon number of 1 to 6 such as an aryl group, a hydroxyl group, an amino group, a carboxyl group, a sulfonylamino group, an N-thioguanamine group or an ethoxylated group; Alkoxycarbonyl group having a carbon number of 2 to 7 such as a halogen atom such as a halogen atom such as chlorine or bromine, a methoxycarbonyl group, an ethoxycarbonyl group or a cyclohexyloxycarbonyl group, a cyano group and a third butyl carbonate. Such as carbonate groups and the like. R18 represents a single bond or a 1+1 valent linkage, and a1 represents 1 to 5. The linking group R18 contains 1 to 1 carbon atoms, 1 to 10 nitrogen atoms, 0 to 50 oxygen atoms, 1 to 200 hydrogen atoms, and 〜20 to 20 carbon atoms. Sulfur-62- 200806754 A radical formed by an atom, which may be unsubstituted or substituted. R18 is preferably an organic linkage. Specific examples of R18 include, for example, the following structural units or a combination of the structural units. 4一巧一+ X 4-一§〇- 4一一一一一写(t-1) (t-2) (t-3) (t-4) (t-5) (t-6) ( T-7) (t-8) (t-9) (t-10)(t-11) (t-12)

(t-2〇) -O-C-N— ^-6-n— -N-6-C-N——|-tl— -ό-Ν--(>c- (t-14) (t-15) (t-16) (t-17) (t-18) (t -19) -S=G——-6=8- H-C=C--C-0--¢) (t-21) (t_22) (t - 23) (t—24) (t-25) (t - 26)(t-2〇) -OCN-^-6-n--N-6-CN——|-tl— -ό-Ν--(>c- (t-14) (t-15) (t -16) (t-17) (t-18) (t -19) -S=G——-6=8- HC=C--C-0--¢) (t-21) (t_22) ( t - 23) (t-24) (t-25) (t - 26)

(t-27) (t-28) (t-29) (t-30) (t-31) (t-32) (t-33) (t—34) R18具有取代基之情形中,該取代基係舉例如甲基、乙 Φ基等的碳數1~20的烷基,苯基、萘基等的碳數6〜16的芳基 ,羥基、胺基、羧基、磺醯胺基、N-硫醯胺基、乙醯氧基 等的碳數1~6的醯氧基,甲氧基、乙氧基等的碳數1〜6的烷 氧基,氯、溴等的鹵素原子,甲氧基羰基、乙氧基羰基、 環己氧基羰基等的碳數2~7的烷氧基羰基,氰基、第三丁基 碳酸酯等的碳酸酯基等。 上述通式(1)中,r1表示(m + n)價的連結基。m + n係滿 足 3~10 ° 上述R1所示之(m + n)價的連結基係含有由1〜100個的 -63- 200806754 碳原子、〇個〜10個的氮原子、0個〜50個的氧原子、1個〜2〇〇 個的氫原子、及〇個〜20個的硫原子所成之基,可無取代、 亦可更具有取代基。R1爲有機連結基爲佳。 R1的具體例係可舉例如上述(t-1卜(t-34)的結構單位 、或組合該結構單位所構成之基(可形成環結構)。 上述的連結基具有取代基之情形中,該取代基係舉例| 如甲基、乙基等的碳數1〜20的烷基,苯基、萘基等的碳數 6〜16的芳基,羥基、胺基、羧基、磺醯胺基、N-硫、醯胺基 Φ 、乙醯氧基等的碳數1〜6的醯氧基,甲氧基、乙氧基等的碳 數1〜6的烷氧基,氯、溴等的鹵素原子,甲氧基羰基、乙氧 基鑛基、環己氧基羰基等的碳數2〜7的烷氧基羰基,氰基、 第三丁基碳酸酯等的碳酸酯基等。 R2表示單鍵或是2價的連結基。R2係含有由1〜100個的 碳原子、〇個〜10個的氮原子、0個~50個的氧原子、1個〜200 個的氫原子、及〇個〜2 〇個的硫原子所成之基,可無取代、 亦可更具有取代基。R2爲有機連結基爲佳。(t-27) (t-28) (t-29) (t-30) (t-31) (t-32) (t-33) (t-34) In the case where R18 has a substituent, the substitution Examples of the group include an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms such as a methyl group or an ethyl phenyl group, an aryl group having 6 to 16 carbon atoms such as a phenyl group or a naphthyl group, a hydroxyl group, an amine group, a carboxyl group, a sulfonylamino group and a N group. - a fluorenyloxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms such as a thiopurine group or an ethoxylated group; an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms such as a methoxy group or an ethoxy group; and a halogen atom such as chlorine or bromine; An alkoxycarbonyl group having 2 to 7 carbon atoms such as an oxycarbonyl group, an ethoxycarbonyl group or a cyclohexyloxycarbonyl group, or a carbonate group such as a cyano group or a t-butyl carbonate. In the above formula (1), r1 represents a (m + n)-valent linking group. The m + n system satisfies 3 to 10 °. The (m + n) valent linking group represented by the above R1 contains 1 to 100 carbon atoms of -63 to 200806754, one to ten nitrogen atoms, and 0 to The group formed by 50 oxygen atoms, one to two hydrogen atoms, and one to twenty sulfur atoms may be unsubstituted or substituted. It is preferred that R1 is an organic linking group. Specific examples of R1 include, for example, the structural unit of (t-1) (t-34) or a group (which can form a ring structure) composed of the structural unit. In the case where the above-mentioned linking group has a substituent, Examples of the substituent are an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms such as a methyl group or an ethyl group, an aryl group having 6 to 16 carbon atoms such as a phenyl group or a naphthyl group, a hydroxyl group, an amine group, a carboxyl group or a sulfonylamino group. a fluorenyloxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms such as N-sulfur, amidino-based Φ or an ethoxylated oxy group, an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms such as a methoxy group or an ethoxy group, or a chlorine or bromine group. Alkoxycarbonyl group having a carbon number of 2 to 7 such as a halogen atom, a methoxycarbonyl group, an ethoxy ore group or a cyclohexyloxycarbonyl group; a carbonate group such as a cyano group or a tert-butyl carbonate; and the like. a single bond or a divalent linking group. R2 contains 1 to 100 carbon atoms, 1 to 10 nitrogen atoms, 0 to 50 oxygen atoms, and 1 to 200 hydrogen atoms, and The base of the sulfur atom of 〜2 may be unsubstituted or substituted, and R2 is preferably an organic linking group.

R2的具體例可舉例如上述t-3、4、7〜18、22〜26、32 、3 4的結構單位、或組合該結構單位所構成之基。 上述之中,R2具有取代基之情形中,該取代基係舉例 如甲基、乙基等的碳數1〜20的烷基,苯基、萘基等的碳數 6〜16的芳基,羥基、胺基、羧基、磺醯胺基、N-硫醯胺基 、乙醯氧基等的碳數1〜6的醯氧基,甲氧基、乙氧基等的碳 數1 ~6的烷氧基,氯、溴等的鹵素原子,甲氧基羰基、乙氧 基羰基、環己氧基羰基等的碳數2〜7的烷氧基羰基,氰基、 第三丁基碳酸酯等的碳酸酯基等。 -64- 200806754 上述通式(1)中,m表示卜8。⑺係以i〜5爲佳、卜3爲較 佳、1~2爲特佳。 又,η表不2〜9。η係以2〜8爲佳、2〜7爲較佳、3〜6爲特 佳。 上述通式(1)中Ρ1表示高分子化合物殘基,可從一般的 聚合物等根據其目的等加以選擇。 聚合物之中、尤其構成高分子骨架時,選自於由乙烯 _基單體之聚合物或是共聚物、酯系聚合物、醚系聚合物、 •胺甲酸酯系聚合物、醯胺系聚合物、環氧系聚合物、聚矽 氧系聚合物、及此等之改質物、或共聚物〔例如,包含聚 醚/聚胺甲酸酯共聚物、聚醚/乙烯基單體之聚合物的共聚 物等(可爲無規共聚物、嵌段共聚物、接枝共聚物中任一者 )〕之所構成群組的至少一種爲佳、選自於由乙烯基單體之 聚合物或是共聚物、酯系聚合物、醚系聚合物、胺甲酸酯 系聚合物、及此等之改質物或共聚物所構成群組之至少一 種爲較佳、乙烯基單體之聚合物或是共聚物爲特佳。 ® 再者’上述聚合物芽溶於有機溶媒爲佳。與有機溶媒 的親和性低時.,例如作爲顏料分散劑使用之情形、與分散 $某的親和性變弱,變得無法確保有分散安定化之充分吸附 層。 上述通式(1)所示之高分子化合物之中,尤以下述通式 (2)所示之高分子化合物爲較佳。 (A2-r[S卜 R3令- Rs-P2)y 通式(2) 在上述通式(2)中,A2係與上述通式(1)的A1同義,其具 -65- 200806754 體的較佳態樣亦爲相同,有機色素結構的具體例係以酞菁 化合物 '偶氮色淀(Azo lake)化合物、蒽醌化合物、二噁畊 化合物、二酮基吡咯并毗咯化合物等爲較佳’雜環係以咪 唑、三嗖、吡啶、哌啶、味啉、三畊、異吲哚啉、異吲哚 啉酮、苯并咪唑酮、苯并噻唑、琥珀醯亞胺、鄰苯二甲醯 亞胺、萘二甲醯亞胺、.海因、D引|喹啉、昨.唑、b丫啶、 吖啶酮、蒽醌等爲較佳。 又,可與A1同檨地具有取代基,關於該取代基係與A1 #的情形相同,較隹態樣亦爲相同。 再者,A2係以上述通式(4)所示之1價有機基爲佳、關 於該有機基的詳細及具體例、較佳態樣係爲相同。 在上述通式(2)中,R3表示(x + y)價的連結基。上述R3 所示(χ + y)價的連結基係包含由1~60個的碳原子、0個〜10 個的氮原子、〇個〜50個的氧原子、1個〜1 00個的氫原子、 及0個〜20個的硫原子所成之基,可無取代、亦可更具有取 代基。Specific examples of R2 include, for example, the structural units of the above t-3, 4, 7 to 18, 22 to 26, 32, and 34, or a combination of the structural units. In the case where R2 has a substituent, the substituent is, for example, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms such as a methyl group or an ethyl group, or an aryl group having 6 to 16 carbon atoms such as a phenyl group or a naphthyl group. a hydroxyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms such as a hydroxyl group, an amine group, a carboxyl group, a sulfonylamino group, an N-thioguanamine group or an ethoxylated group, and a carbon number of 1 to 6 such as a methoxy group or an ethoxy group. a halogen atom having an alkoxy group, a chlorine atom or a bromine group, an alkoxycarbonyl group having a carbon number of 2 to 7 such as a methoxycarbonyl group, an ethoxycarbonyl group or a cyclohexyloxycarbonyl group; a cyano group; a third butyl carbonate; Carbonate groups and the like. -64- 200806754 In the above formula (1), m represents a b. (7) It is better to use i~5, and Bu3 is better, and 1~2 is especially good. Also, the η table is not 2 to 9. The η system is preferably 2 to 8, 2 to 7 is preferred, and 3 to 6 is preferred. In the above formula (1), Ρ1 represents a polymer compound residue, and can be selected from a general polymer or the like according to the purpose thereof. Among the polymers, especially when forming a polymer skeleton, a polymer or a copolymer derived from an ethylene-based monomer, an ester polymer, an ether polymer, a urethane polymer, a guanamine a polymer, an epoxy polymer, a polyoxymethylene polymer, and the like, or a copolymer (for example, comprising a polyether/polyurethane copolymer, a polyether/vinyl monomer) At least one selected from the group consisting of a copolymer of a polymer (which may be any of a random copolymer, a block copolymer, and a graft copolymer) is preferably selected from the polymerization of a vinyl monomer. At least one of a group consisting of a copolymer or an ester, an ester polymer, an ether polymer, a urethane polymer, and the like, or a modified or copolymer thereof is preferably a polymerization of a vinyl monomer. The substance or copolymer is particularly preferred. ® Further The above polymer bud is preferably dissolved in an organic solvent. When the affinity with the organic solvent is low, for example, when it is used as a pigment dispersant, the affinity with the dispersion is weak, and it is impossible to ensure a sufficient adsorption layer which is dispersed and stabilized. Among the polymer compounds represented by the above formula (1), a polymer compound represented by the following formula (2) is particularly preferred. (A2-r[Sb R3令-Rs-P2)y General formula (2) In the above formula (2), the A2 system is synonymous with A1 of the above formula (1), and has a form of -65-200806754 The preferred embodiment is also the same, and the specific example of the organic pigment structure is a phthalocyanine compound 'Azo lake compound, an anthraquinone compound, a dioxon compound, a diketopyrrolopyrrole compound, etc.佳'Heterocyclic is imidazole, triterpene, pyridine, piperidine, porphyrin, tri-negative, iso-porphyrin, isoindolinone, benzimidazolone, benzothiazole, amber imine, ortho-benzene Formamidine, naphthylimine, hydantoin, D-introduction|quinoline, azole, b-pyridine, acridone, anthracene, etc. are preferred. Further, it may have a substituent in the same manner as A1, and the substituent is the same as in the case of A1#. Further, it is preferable that the A2 is a monovalent organic group represented by the above formula (4), and the details, specific examples, and preferred aspects of the organic group are the same. In the above formula (2), R3 represents a (x + y)-valent linking group. The linking group of (χ + y) valence represented by the above R3 includes 1 to 60 carbon atoms, 0 to 10 nitrogen atoms, one to 50 oxygen atoms, and one to 10,000 hydrogen atoms. The atom and the base of 0 to 20 sulfur atoms may be unsubstituted or substituted.

上述R3所示(χ + y)價的連結基係與上述r1中(m + n)價的 連結基同義,其較佳態樣亦爲相同。又,具體例係舉例如 與上述相同的結構單位、或組合該結構單位所構成之基。 此等之中,R3所示之連結基以有機連結基爲佳、其有 機連結基的較佳具體例〔具體例(卜1 7)〕係表示如下 。但是,本發明係不受此等所限制。 -66- 200806754 (r-1) 〇 It •ch2 — ch2_c-o-ch2 ?l (r-2) (r-3)The linking group of the (χ + y) valence represented by the above R3 is synonymous with the (m + n) valent linking group in the above r1, and the preferred aspects thereof are also the same. Further, specific examples are, for example, the same structural units as described above or a combination of the structural units. Among these, a preferred embodiment (specific example (I) 7) in which the linking group represented by R3 is preferably an organic linking group and an organic linking group is as follows. However, the invention is not limited by these. -66- 200806754 (r-1) 〇 It •ch2 — ch2_c-o-ch2 ?l (r-2) (r-3)

^ ch2- o- c- ch2- c h2— h3c- CH2" ^ ch2- o- c- ch2- ch2— o o o I! ii —CHg-C-O-CHgv.^^-p-C-CHz— H3C - CHf ^CHfO 亨 CH2— o ff H •CH2一CH2-NH-C-〇CH2、/CH2-〇-C-NH-CHfCH2-H3C- CHf、CHf 0- C- NH- CH2- CiV (r 一 4) 0 tl —GH2- ch2 - 〇- ό- 〇- ch2、 HsC-CH^ Π Ο Η ^ch2-o-c-o-ch2-ch2- 、CH2— ο - c- ο- ch2— c η2_ ii 2 2ο (r-5) (r一 6)^ ch2- o- c- ch2- c h2— h3c- CH2" ^ ch2- o- c- ch2- ch2— ooo I! ii —CHg-CO-CHgv.^^-pC-CHz— H3C - CHf ^CHfO Hen CH2—o ff H •CH2—CH2-NH-C-〇CH2,/CH2-〇-C-NH-CHfCH2-H3C-CHf, CHf 0- C- NH- CH2- CiV (r-4) 0 tl —GH2- ch2 - 〇- ό- 〇- ch2, HsC-CH^ Π Η Η ^ch2-oco-ch2-ch2-, CH2— ο - c- ο- ch2— c η2_ ii 2 2ο (r-5) (r-6)

ch2-ch2Ch2-ch2

ch2 - ch2, 丫”ch2 - ch2-o (r~7) ch2-ch2—n-o o,ch2—ch2-0丫V5 H o CH2-CH2- o-c-- CH2-CH2, Nv|f N、CH2- CHf - ch2_ (r-8) (r-9)Ch2 - ch2, 丫"ch2 - ch2-o (r~7) ch2-ch2-no o,ch2-ch2-0丫V5 H o CH2-CH2- oc-- CH2-CH2, Nv|f N, CH2- CHf - ch2_ (r-8) (r-9)

-67- i? 200806754 (r-10) —gh2-ch2- C 令 GH2、CH2-〇«HfCH2-—CH2-CH2-C^〇-CHr"C^cH2-e〇^C^cH2^CH2- 0 i? (Ml) 一CH2 — O0_CH2、/CH2-〇-C-CH2- 2、c,L • CH2-C-〇_CHf、CH2- O- CH2-2 II ^ II o 0 (卜 12) 3-C-NH- —CH2一CH2-NH-5»〇CH2、/CH2一〇->nh-CH2一CH2_ —CH2-CH2-NH-C-〇-CH^^ch2"0,-^NH CHs CH2o o (M3) -ch2-ch2-〇 •ch2- ch2- 〇-g‘ o-67- i? 200806754 (r-10) —gh2-ch2- C Let GH2, CH2-〇«HfCH2-—CH2-CH2-C^〇-CHr"C^cH2-e〇^C^cH2^CH2- 0 i? (Ml) A CH2 — O0_CH2, /CH2-〇-C-CH2- 2, c, L • CH2-C-〇_CHf, CH2- O-CH2-2 II ^ II o 0 (Bu 12) 3-C-NH--CH2-CH2-NH-5»〇CH2, /CH2-〇->nh-CH2-CH2_-CH2-CH2-NH-C-〇-CH^^ch2"0,-^ NH CHs CH2o o (M3) -ch2-ch2-〇•ch2- ch2- 〇-g' o

C-O- GH2- CH2一 〇—CH2一 CSVC-O- GH2- CH2 one 〇-CH2 one CSV

—CH2-CH2-〇-泛 0—CH2-CH2-〇-pan 0

C_〇-CH2-CH2_ C-〇-CHfCH2— tl » - CH,CH2、 —CH2^cH^ -ch2-ch2-o-c o (卜 15) _cHrCH2、,CHrCH2- nW: ,CH2—CH2_ .ch2-ch2- (r-16) —CH2-CH2-C-〇-CH2^ /0H2^°^C^CH2^C^2if 货咖 0¾- CHg- C- 0· CH2、c〆 0-¾- O 〇 丨-CH 广、CH2- 〇-『CH2- CH2〆 -CHg一 CHg一 C-〇 2 2 II 0 o (卜 17) CH2- G-〇CH2、/GH 广 。、⑽一 ίΐ /CHg •CH2 — c-o - CHg'fCHfO "ch2- o II 0-C-CH2- 〇-c-ch2- o •CH2— C- O-CHf II 0 c~ch2-o 上述之中,從原料的取得性、可容易合成、對於各種 溶媒之溶解性的觀點而言,以上述(r_1)、(r-2)、(r_10)、 (r-11)、(r-16)、(r-17)的基爲佳。 又,上述的R3具有取代基之情形中,該取代基係舉例 •68- 200806754 如甲基、乙基等的碳數1〜20的烷基,苯基、萘基等的碳數 6~16的芳基,經基、胺基、駿基、磺醯胺基、N -硫醯胺基 、-乙醯氧基等的碳數1 ~6的醯氧基,甲氧基、乙氧基等的碳 數1 ~6的烷氧基,氯、溴等的鹵素原子,甲氧基羰基、乙氧 基鑛基、環己氧基鑛基等的碳數2〜7的院氧基鑛基,氰基、 第三丁基碳酸酯等的碳酸酯基等。 在上述通式(2)中,R4及R5係各自獨立地表示單鍵或是 2價的連結基。'C_〇-CH2-CH2_ C-〇-CHfCH2— tl » - CH,CH2, —CH2^cH^ -ch2-ch2-oc o (Bu 15) _cHrCH2,,CHrCH2- nW: ,CH2—CH2_ .ch2- Ch2-(r-16) —CH2-CH2-C-〇-CH2^ /0H2^°^C^CH2^C^2if Cargo 03⁄4- CHg- C- 0· CH2, c〆0-3⁄4- O 〇丨-CH 广, CH2- 〇-"CH2-CH2〆-CHg-CHg-C-〇2 2 II 0 o (Bu 17) CH2- G-〇CH2, /GH wide. , (10) a ΐ / CHg • CH2 — co - CHg'fCHfO "ch2- o II 0-C-CH2- 〇-c-ch2- o • CH2—C- O-CHf II 0 c~ch2-o Among the above, (r_1), (r-2), (r_10), (r-11), (r-16), from the viewpoint of availability of raw materials, easy synthesis, and solubility of various solvents. The base of (r-17) is better. Further, in the case where the above R3 has a substituent, the substituent is exemplified by an example of 68 to 200806754, such as a methyl group or an ethyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and a phenyl group, a naphthyl group or the like having 6 to 16 carbon atoms. An aryl group, a methoxy group having a carbon number of 1 to 6, a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, etc., a group having an amino group, an amine group, a sulfhydryl group, a sulfonylamino group, an N-thioguanamine group, an ethoxycarbonyl group or the like. Alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, a halogen atom such as chlorine or bromine, or a oxyalkyl group having 2 to 7 carbon atoms such as a methoxycarbonyl group, an ethoxylated ore group or a cyclohexyloxy ore group; A carbonate group such as a cyano group or a third butyl carbonate. In the above formula (2), R4 and R5 each independently represent a single bond or a divalent linking group. '

上述R4、R5所示之「2價的連結基」係可舉例如無取代 或可具有取代基之直鏈、分枝、或環狀的伸烷基、伸芳基 、伸芳烷基、以及、-0_、_S_、_C( = 0)-、_N(Ri9)_、_S0_ 、-S02-、-C02-、·Ν(Κ2())302-、或組合2個以上此等之基 的2價基爲較佳例(上述R19及R2C)各自獨立地表示氫原子或 碳數1 ~4個的烷基)。其中,這裡尤以有機連結基爲佳。 上述R4係以直鏈、分枝的伸烷基、伸芳烷基、以及、 -0-、-C( = 0)-、-N(R19)·、-S02·、-C02·、-N(R20)S〇2-(上 φ述R19及R2()係各自獨立表示氫原子或碳數1 ~4個的烷基)、 、或組合2個以上此等之基的2價基爲較佳,以直鏈、分枝 的伸烷基、伸芳烷基、以及、-〇-、-C( = 0)-、-N(R19)-(上 述R19係表示氫原子或碳數1〜4個的烷基)、-C02-或組合2 個以上此等之基的2價基爲特佳。 上述R5係以單鍵或是直鏈、分枝的伸烷基、伸芳烷基 、以及、…c( = 0)-、- N(R19)-、- S〇2·、- C〇2-、- N(R20)S〇2-( 上述R19及R2G係各自獨立表示氫原子或碳數1〜4個的烷基) 、或組合2個以上此等之基的2價基爲較佳,以直鏈、分枝 -69- 200806754 的伸烷基、伸芳烷基、以及、-ο-、-c( = 0)-、-N(R19)-(上 述R19係表示氫原子或碳數1〜4個的烷基)、-C02-或組合2 個以上此等之基的2價基爲特佳。 又,上述R4、R5具有取代基之情形中,該取代基係舉 例如甲基、乙基等的碳數1〜20的烷基,苯基、萘基等的碳 數6~ 16的芳基,羥基、胺基、羧基、磺醯胺基、N·硫醯胺 基、乙醯氧基等的碳數1〜6的醯氧基,甲氧基、乙氧基等的 碳數1~6的烷氧基,氯、溴等的鹵素原子,甲氧基羰基、乙 @氧基羰基、環己氧基羰基等的.碳數2〜7的烷氧基羰基,氰基 、第三丁基碳酸酯等的碳酸酯基等。 上述通式(2)中,y表示1~8、1〜5爲佳、1~3爲較佳、 1~2爲特佳〇又,X表示2~9、2~8爲佳、2〜7爲較佳、3〜6 爲特佳。 又,通式(2)中的P2係表示高分子骨架,可從一般的聚 合物等根據其目的等加以選擇。關於聚合物的較佳態樣係 與上述通式(1 )中的P1同義,其較佳態樣亦爲相同。The "divalent linking group" represented by the above R4 and R5 may, for example, be an unsubstituted or linear, branched or cyclic alkylene group, an extended aryl group, an extended aralkyl group, and the like. , -0_, _S_, _C( = 0)-, _N(Ri9)_, _S0_, -S02-, -C02-, ·Ν(Κ2()) 302-, or a combination of two or more of these 2 The valent group is a preferred example (the above R19 and R2C) each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms). Among them, organic linking groups are preferred here. The above R4 is a linear, branched alkyl group, an aralkyl group, and -0-, -C(=0)-, -N(R19)·, -S02·, -C02·, -N (R20)S〇2-(wherein R19 and R2() each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms), or a combination of two or more of these groups is a Preferably, the linear, branched alkyl, aralkyl, and -〇-, -C(=0)-, -N(R19)- (the above R19 represents a hydrogen atom or a carbon number of 1~ It is particularly preferable that four alkyl groups, -C02- or a combination of two or more such groups are particularly preferred. The above R5 is a single bond or a linear, branched alkyl group, an aralkyl group, and ..., c(=0)-, -N(R19)-, -S〇2·, -C〇2 -, - N(R20)S〇2- (wherein R19 and R2G each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms), or a divalent group in which two or more such groups are combined is preferred. a straight chain, a branch of -69-200806754 alkyl, an aralkyl group, and -o-, -c(=0)-, -N(R19)- (the above R19 represents a hydrogen atom or carbon The number of 1 to 4 alkyl groups, -C02- or a combination of two or more such groups of divalent groups is particularly preferred. Further, in the case where the above R4 and R5 have a substituent, the substituent is, for example, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms such as a methyl group or an ethyl group, or an aryl group having 6 to 16 carbon atoms such as a phenyl group or a naphthyl group. a hydroxyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms such as a hydroxyl group, an amine group, a carboxyl group, a sulfonylamino group, an N-thioguanamine group or an ethoxylated group, and a carbon number of 1 to 6 such as a methoxy group or an ethoxy group. Alkoxy group, halogen atom such as chlorine or bromine, methoxycarbonyl group, ethyl@oxycarbonyl group, cyclohexyloxycarbonyl group, etc. alkoxycarbonyl group having 2 to 7 carbon atoms, cyano group, and third butyl group A carbonate group or the like such as a carbonate. In the above formula (2), y represents 1 to 8, 1 to 5 is preferred, 1 to 3 is preferred, 1 to 2 is particularly preferred, and X is 2 to 9, 2 to 8 is preferred, 2 to 2 7 is preferred, and 3 to 6 is particularly preferred. Further, P2 in the formula (2) represents a polymer skeleton, and can be selected from general polymers and the like according to the purpose and the like. The preferred embodiment of the polymer is synonymous with P1 in the above formula (1), and the preferred aspects thereof are also the same.

特別是上述通式(2)所示的高分子化合物之中,R3爲上 述具體例(r-1 )、(r-2)、(「_1 〇)、(r、i 1 )、(r-i 6)、或(r_i 7) ,R4爲單鍵、直鏈、分枝的伸烷基、伸芳烷基、-〇-、_〇( = 〇)-、-N(R19〉-(上述R19係表示氫原子或碳數1~4個的烷基)、 -C〇2_、或組合2個以上此等之基的2價有機基,R5係爲單鍵 、伸乙基、伸丙基、或下述通式(s_a)或是(s_b)所示之連結 基’ P2係爲乙烯基單體之聚合物或是共聚物、^系聚合物 、醚系聚合物、胺甲酸酯系聚合物、或此等之改質物,y 爲1〜2,X爲3〜6之商分子化合物爲特佳。此外,下述基中 -70- 200806754 R21表示氫原子或甲基,丨表示1或2。 (s-a) {? 〇 ch2-ch-c-〇-ch2-ch-ch2~o-c4ch2^In particular, among the polymer compounds represented by the above formula (2), R3 is the above specific examples (r-1), (r-2), ("_1 〇), (r, i 1 ), (ri 6) ), or (r_i 7) , R4 is a single bond, a straight chain, a branched alkyl group, an aralkyl group, -〇-, _〇(= 〇)-, -N(R19>-(the above R19 system) a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, -C〇2_, or a divalent organic group in which two or more such groups are combined, and R5 is a single bond, an ethyl group, a propyl group, or The linking group 'P2 represented by the following formula (s_a) or (s_b) is a polymer or copolymer of a vinyl monomer, a polymer, an ether polymer, or a urethane polymer. Or such a modified substance, y is 1 to 2, and X is a commercial compound of 3 to 6 is particularly preferable. Further, in the following group, -70-200806754 R21 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and 丨 represents 1 or 2 (sa) {? 〇ch2-ch-c-〇-ch2-ch-ch2~o-c4ch2^

r21 IR21 I

R OH (s-b) 0 f! —CH2-CH-C-〇-CH2~CH2—R OH (s-b) 0 f! —CH2-CH-C-〇-CH2~CH2—

R21 高分子化合物的質量平均分子量爲1 000以上,以質量 平均分子量而言爲1 000〜500,000爲佳、3000~1 00000爲較 佳、5000~80000爲更佳、7000〜60000爲特佳。質量平均 分子量在上述範圍内時,複數官能基被導入至聚合物末端 的效果係爲充分地發揮,在對於固體表面的吸附性、微胞 形成能、界面活性性能方面發揮優異的性能。特別是本發 明有關的高分子化合物作爲顏料分散劑使用的情形中,能 β達成良好的分散性與分散安定性。 上述通式(1 )所示之高分子化合物(包含通式(2)所示者 )係沒有特別地限制’可藉由下述方法等來合成。下述a成 方法之中,從合成上的容易度而言,以下述2 v 3、4、5等 的合成方法爲較佳、下述3、4、5等的合成方法爲特佳。 使於末端導入選自於羧基、羥基、胺基等的官能其2 聚合物,與具有複數個官能基(上述通式中的A1或 基鹵、或是具有複數個官能基(上述通式中的/^或八2)之院 基鹵化物、或是具有複數個官能基(上述通式中的A1^ A2) -71- 200806754 之異氰酸酯等進行高分子反應之方法。 2 ·使於末端導入碳·碳雙鍵之聚合物,與具有複數個官 能基(上述通式中的A1或A2)之硫醇進行麥克耳加成反應之 方法。 3.使於末端導入碳-碳雙鍵之聚合物,與具有複數個官 能基(上述通式中的A 1或A 2 )之硫醇,在自由基發生劑存在 下進行反應之方法。 4·於末端導入複數個硫醇之聚合物,與導入碳-碳雙鍵 Φ之官能基(上述通式中的A1或A2),在自由基發生劑存在下 進行反應之方法。 5.具有複數個官能基(上述通式中的A1或A2)之硫醇化 合物作爲鏈移動劑,自由基聚合乙烯基單體之方法。 上述之中,本發明的顏料分散組成物之製造方法中所 使用的高分子化合物(較佳係通式(2)所示之高分子化合物) 係例如可利用上述2、3、4、5中任一者之方法進行合成, 從合成上的容易度而言,以上述5之方法進行合成爲較佳。The mass average molecular weight of the R21 polymer compound is 1,000 or more, preferably from 1,000 to 500,000 in terms of mass average molecular weight, preferably from 3,000 to 10,000, more preferably from 5,000 to 80,000, and particularly preferably from 7,000 to 60,000. When the mass average molecular weight is within the above range, the effect of introducing a plurality of functional groups to the polymer end is sufficiently exhibited, and exhibits excellent performance in terms of adsorption to a solid surface, cell formation energy, and interface activity. In particular, in the case where the polymer compound according to the present invention is used as a pigment dispersant, β can achieve good dispersibility and dispersion stability. The polymer compound represented by the above formula (1) (including those represented by the formula (2)) is not particularly limited, and can be synthesized by the following method or the like. Among the following methods, the synthesis method of 2 v 3, 4, 5 or the like is preferable, and the following synthesis methods of 3, 4, and 5 are particularly preferable in terms of ease of synthesis. The terminal is introduced into a polymer selected from a carboxyl group, a hydroxyl group, an amine group or the like, and has a plurality of functional groups (A1 or a base halogen in the above formula or a plurality of functional groups (in the above formula a method of performing a polymer reaction of a compound halide of /^ or 八2) or an isocyanate having a plurality of functional groups (A1^A2 in the above formula) -71-200806754. A method of performing a Michael addition reaction with a polymer of a carbon-carbon double bond and a thiol having a plurality of functional groups (A1 or A2 in the above formula) 3. Polymerization of introducing a carbon-carbon double bond at the terminal And a method of reacting a thiol having a plurality of functional groups (A 1 or A 2 in the above formula) in the presence of a radical generating agent. 4. introducing a plurality of thiol polymers at the end, and a method of introducing a functional group of carbon-carbon double bond Φ (A1 or A2 in the above formula) in the presence of a radical generating agent. 5. having a plurality of functional groups (A1 or A2 in the above formula) A thiol compound as a chain shifting agent, a method of radically polymerizing a vinyl monomer. In the above, the polymer compound (preferably the polymer compound represented by the formula (2)) used in the method for producing a pigment dispersion composition of the present invention can be used, for example, in the above 2, 3, 4, and 5. The synthesis by either method is preferable, and it is preferable to synthesize by the method of the above 5 from the ease of synthesis.

更具體而言,將下述通式(3)所示之化合物作爲鏈移動 劑使用,以使其進行自由基聚合爲佳。More specifically, a compound represented by the following formula (3) is used as a chain shifting agent to facilitate radical polymerization.

A3-RLS^-R6-f-SH h 通式(3) 在上述通式(3 )中,R6、R7、A3、g、及h係分別與上述 通式(2)中的R3、R4 ' A2、X、及y同義,其較佳態樣亦爲相 同。 上述乙烯基單體係沒有特別地限制,舉例如^ (甲基) 丙烯酸酯類、丁烯酸酯類、乙烯基酯類、順丁烯二酸二酯 -72- 200806754 類、反丁烯二酸二酯類、衣康酸二酯類、(甲基)丙烯醯胺 類、乙烯基醚類、乙烯醇的酯類、苯乙烯類、(甲基)丙烯 腈等爲佳。此等之例係舉例如下述的化合物。 上述(甲基)丙烯酸酯類之例係舉例如(甲基)丙烯酸甲 酯、(甲基>丙烯酸乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸η·丙酯、(甲基)丙烯 酸異丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丁酯、( 甲基)丙烯酸第三丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸η-己酯、(甲基)丙烯 酸環己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸第三丁基環己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2_ Φ乙基己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸第三辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十二烷酯 、(甲基)丙烯酸十八烷酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙醯氧基乙酯、( 甲基)丙烯酸苯酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯 酸2-甲氧基乙酯、(甲基〉丙烯酸2-乙氧基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯 酸2-(2-甲氧基乙氧基)乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸3_苯氧基_2_羥基 丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯、(甲基)丙烯酸二甘醇一甲基醚、 (甲基)丙烯酸二甘醇一乙基醚、(甲基)丙烯酸三甘醇一甲基 醚、(甲基)丙烯酸三甘醇一乙基醚、(甲基)丙烯酸聚乙二醇 φ —甲基醚、(甲基)丙烯酸聚乙二醇一乙基醚、(甲基)丙烯酸 Θ -苯氧基乙氧基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸壬基苯氧基聚乙二醇 、(甲基)丙烯酸雙環戊烯酯、(甲基)丙烯酸雙環戊烯基羥乙 酯、(甲基)丙烯酸三氟乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸八氟戊酯、(甲 基)丙烯酸全氟辛基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸雙環戊烯酯、(甲基 )丙烯酸三溴苯酯、(甲基)丙烯酸三溴苯基羥乙酯等。 上述丁烯酸酯類之例係舉例如丁烯酸丁酯、丁烯酸己 酯等。 上述乙烯基酯類之例係舉例如乙酸乙烯基酯、丙酸乙 -73- 200806754 烯基酯、丁酸乙烯基酯、乙酸乙烯基甲氧基酯、乙烯安息 香酸酯等。 上述順丁烯二酸二酯類之例係舉例如順丁烯二酸二甲 酯、順丁烯二酸二乙酯、順丁烯二酸二丁酯等。 上、述反丁烯二酸二酯類之例係舉例如反丁烯二酸二甲 酯、反丁烯二酸二乙酯、反丁烯二酸二丁酯等。 上述衣康酸二酯類之例係舉例如衣康酸二甲酯、衣康 酸二乙酯、衣康酸二丁酯等。A3-RLS^-R6-f-SH h Formula (3) In the above formula (3), R6, R7, A3, g, and h are respectively R3 and R4 in the above formula (2). A2, X, and y are synonymous, and the preferred aspects are also the same. The above vinyl single system is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include (meth) acrylates, butenoates, vinyl esters, maleic acid diester-72-200806754, and anti-butene. Acid diesters, itaconic acid diesters, (meth) acrylamides, vinyl ethers, esters of vinyl alcohol, styrenes, (meth)acrylonitrile, and the like are preferred. These examples are, for example, the following compounds. Examples of the above (meth) acrylates include methyl (meth) acrylate, (methyl > ethyl acrylate, η·propyl (meth) acrylate, isopropyl (meth) acrylate, ( N-butyl methacrylate, isobutyl (meth)acrylate, tert-butyl (meth)acrylate, η-hexyl (meth)acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate, (methyl) Tert-butylcyclohexyl acrylate, 2_ Φethylhexyl (meth)acrylate, third octyl (meth)acrylate, dodecyl (meth)acrylate, octadecyl (meth)acrylate , (meth)acrylic acid ethyl ethoxide, (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-methoxyethyl (meth) acrylate, (methyl acrylate) 2-ethoxyethyl ester, 2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethyl (meth)acrylate, 3-phenoxy-2-hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylic acid Benzyl ester, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether (meth)acrylate, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether (meth)acrylate, triethylene glycol (meth)acrylate Methyl ether, triethylene glycol monoethyl ether (meth)acrylate, polyethylene glycol (meth)acrylic acid φ-methyl ether, polyethylene glycol monoethyl ether (meth)acrylate, (methyl) Bismuth acrylate-phenoxyethoxyethyl ester, nonylphenoxy polyethylene glycol (meth)acrylate, dicyclopentenyl (meth)acrylate, dicyclopentenyl hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, Trifluoroethyl (meth)acrylate, octafluoropentyl (meth)acrylate, perfluorooctyl (meth)acrylate, dicyclopentenyl (meth)acrylate, tribromobenzene (meth)acrylate The ester, tribromophenyl hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, etc. Examples of the butenoate are, for example, butyl crotonate, hexyl crotonate, etc. Examples of the above vinyl esters are exemplified by Vinyl acetate, ethyl-73-200806754 alkenyl ester, vinyl butyrate, vinyl methoxy acetate, ethylene benzoate, etc. Examples of the above maleic acid diesters are exemplified by Dimethyl maleate, diethyl maleate, dibutyl maleate, etc. Examples of the acid diesters include, for example, dimethyl fumarate, diethyl fumarate, dibutyl fumarate, etc. Examples of the above-mentioned itaconic acid diesters are, for example, clothes. Dimethyl benzoate, diethyl itaconate, dibutyl itaconate, and the like.

上述(甲基)丙烯醯胺類之例係舉例如(甲基)丙烯醯胺、 N-甲基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-乙基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-丙基( 甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-異丙基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-正丁基丙烯 醯基(甲基)醯胺、N-第三丁基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-環己基( 甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-(2-甲氧基乙基)(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N,N-二甲基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、Ν,Ν-二乙基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-苯基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、Ν-苄基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、(甲基)丙烯 醯基味啉、二丙酮丙烯醯胺等。 上述苯乙嫌類之例係舉例如苯乙烯、甲基苯乙烯、二 甲基苯乙烯、三甲基苯乙烯、乙基苯乙烯、異丙基苯乙烯 、丁基苯乙烯、羥基苯乙烯、甲氧基苯乙烯、丁氧基苯2 烯、乙醯氧基苯乙燏、氯基苯乙烯、二氯基苯乙烯、溴基 苯乙烯、氯基甲基苯乙烯、以利用酸性物質可脫保護之基( 例如t-Boc等)予以保護之羥基苯乙烯、乙烯基安息香酸甲 酯、及α-甲基苯乙烯等。 上述乙烯基醚類之例係舉例如甲基乙烯基醚、丁基乙 烯基醚、己基乙烯基醚、及甲氧基乙基乙烯基醚等。 -74- 200806754 上述的化合物以外,亦可使用(甲基)丙嫌腈、乙烯基 取代之雜環式基(例如,乙烯基吡啶、乙烯基吡咯啶酮、乙 烯基咔唑等)、N·乙烯基甲醯胺、N-乙烯基乙醯胺、N·乙燦 基咪唑、乙烯基己內酯等。 又,上述的化合物以外,亦可使用具有例如胺甲酸酯 基、脲基、磺醯胺基、苯氧基、亞胺基等的官能基之乙烯 基單體。具有此等胺甲酸酯基、或脲基之單體係可利用例 如異氰酸酯基與羥基、或胺基的加成反應,而適宜合成。 #具體而言,可藉由含異氰酸酯基之單體與含有1個羥基之化 合物或含有1級或是2級胺基之化合物的加成反應、或含有 經基之單體或含有1級或是2級胺基之單體與一異氰酸酯的 加成反應等,而可適宜合成。 上述的乙烯基單體係可只用一種而聚合的、亦可倂用 二種以土而共聚合的,此等自由基聚合物係可藉由以一般 的方法且按照常法,聚合分別相當之乙烯基單體而得到。 例如利用將此等之乙烯基單體、及鏈移動劑溶解於適 ©當的溶媒中,於其中添加自由基聚合啓發劑,在約50 °C 〜2 2 0°C下使其溶解於溶液中之方法(溶液聚合法)。 於溶液聚合法所使用的適當溶媒之例係舉例如:可視 其所使用的單體、及生成的共聚物的溶解性做任意地選擇 。舉例如:甲醇、乙醇、丙醇、異丙醇、1-甲氧基-2-丙醇 、乙酸1 -甲氧基-2-丙酯、丙酮、甲基乙基酮、甲基異丁基 酮、甲氧基丙基乙酸酯、乳酸乙酯、乙酸乙酯、乙腈、四 氫呋喃、二甲基甲醯胺、氯仿、甲苯。此等之溶媒係可混 合二種以上使用。 -75- 200806754 又,自由基聚.合啓發劑係可使用如2,2 ’ -偶氮雙(異丁 腈)(八,181^)、2,2,-偶氮雙-(2,4’ -二甲基戊腈)的偶氮化合 物、如過氧化苯甲醯的過氧化物、及如過硫酸鉀、過硫酸 銨的過硫酸鹽等等。 上述通式(3)所示之化合物係可利用以下的方法等來 合成,從合成上的容易度而言,以下述7的方法爲較佳。 6. 由具有複數個官能基(上述通式中的A1或A2)之鹵化 物化合物變換爲硫醇化合物之方法(舉例如與硫脲反應進 Φ行水解之方法、與NaSH直接反應之方法、使其與 CH3COSNa反應以進行水解之方法等) 7. 使於一^分子中具有3~10個氯硫基之化合物’與具有 官能基(上述通式中的A1或A2)、·且具有可與氫硫基反應之 官能基的化合物進行加成反應之方法 在上述方法7的「可與氫硫基反應之官能基」係舉例如 醯基鹵、烷基鹵化物、異氰酸酯、碳-碳雙鍵等爲適宜。 「可與氫硫基反應之官能基」爲碳-碳雙鍵、加成反應 φ爲以自由基加成反應來合成爲特佳。碳-碳雙鍵從與氫硫基 的反應性之點而言,以1取代或是2取代的乙烯基爲較佳。 .上述「於一分子中具有3〜10個氫硫基之化合物」的具 體例係舉例如以下的化合物。 -76- 200806754 (u-1 sExamples of the above (meth) acrylamide are, for example, (meth) acrylamide, N-methyl (meth) acrylamide, N-ethyl (meth) acrylamide, N-propyl. (Methyl) acrylamide, N-isopropyl (meth) acrylamide, N-n-butyl propylene decyl (methyl) decylamine, N-tert-butyl (meth) acrylamide, N-cyclohexyl (meth) acrylamide, N-(2-methoxyethyl) (meth) acrylamide, N, N-dimethyl (meth) acrylamide, hydrazine, hydrazine - Diethyl (meth) acrylamide, N-phenyl (meth) acrylamide, Ν-benzyl (meth) acrylamide, (meth) propylene sulfenyl, diacetone acrylamide Wait. Examples of the above benzene susceptor include styrene, methyl styrene, dimethyl styrene, trimethyl styrene, ethyl styrene, isopropyl styrene, butyl styrene, hydroxy styrene, Methoxystyrene, butoxyphen-2-ene, ethoxylated phenethyl hydrazine, chlorostyrene, dichlorostyrene, bromostyrene, chloromethylstyrene, to take off with acidic substances Hydroxystyrene, methyl benzoic acid methyl ester, and α-methylstyrene, which are protected by a protecting group (for example, t-Boc). Examples of the vinyl ethers include methyl vinyl ether, butyl vinyl ether, hexyl vinyl ether, and methoxyethyl vinyl ether. -74- 200806754 In addition to the above compounds, a (meth)acrylic nitrile or a vinyl-substituted heterocyclic group (for example, vinylpyridine, vinylpyrrolidone, vinylcarbazole, etc.), N· may also be used. Vinyl methamine, N-vinylacetamide, N-ethlylimidazole, vinyl caprolactone, and the like. Further, in addition to the above compounds, a vinyl monomer having a functional group such as a urethane group, a ureido group, a sulfonamide group, a phenoxy group or an imido group may be used. A single system having such a urethane group or a ureido group can be suitably synthesized by, for example, an addition reaction of an isocyanate group with a hydroxyl group or an amine group. # Specifically, an addition reaction of a monomer containing an isocyanate group with a compound containing one hydroxyl group or a compound having a primary or secondary amine group, or a monomer containing a radical or containing a grade 1 or It is an addition reaction of a monomer of a 2-stage amine group with an isocyanate, etc., and can be suitably synthesized. The above vinyl single system can be polymerized by only one kind, and can also be copolymerized by using two kinds of soils. These free radical polymers can be polymerized by a general method and according to a usual method. It is obtained as a vinyl monomer. For example, by dissolving such a vinyl monomer and a chain shifting agent in a suitable solvent, a radical polymerization initiator is added thereto, and dissolved in a solution at about 50 ° C to 2 2 0 ° C. The method (solution polymerization method). An example of a suitable solvent to be used in the solution polymerization method is arbitrarily selected, for example, depending on the monomer used and the solubility of the resulting copolymer. For example: methanol, ethanol, propanol, isopropanol, 1-methoxy-2-propanol, 1-methoxy-2-propyl acetate, acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl Ketone, methoxypropyl acetate, ethyl lactate, ethyl acetate, acetonitrile, tetrahydrofuran, dimethylformamide, chloroform, toluene. These solvents can be used in combination of two or more. -75- 200806754 Also, free radical polyhesitizing agents can be used, for example, 2,2 '-azobis(isobutyronitrile) (eight, 181^), 2,2,-azobis-(2,4 An azo compound of '-dimethylvaleronitrile, a peroxide such as benzoyl peroxide, and a persulfate such as potassium persulfate or ammonium persulfate. The compound represented by the above formula (3) can be synthesized by the following method or the like, and from the viewpoint of ease of synthesis, the following method is preferred. 6. A method for converting a halide compound having a plurality of functional groups (A1 or A2 in the above formula) into a thiol compound (for example, a method of reacting with thiourea into Φ-hydrolysis, a method of directly reacting with NaSH, a method of reacting with CH3COSNa to carry out hydrolysis, etc.) 7. A compound having 3 to 10 chlorothio groups in a molecule having a functional group (A1 or A2 in the above formula), and having Method for performing an addition reaction of a compound having a functional group reactive with a thiol group. The "functional group reactive with a thiol group" of the above method 7 is exemplified by a mercapto halide, an alkyl halide, an isocyanate, and a carbon-carbon double. A key or the like is suitable. The "functional group reactive with a hydrogenthio group" is a carbon-carbon double bond, and the addition reaction φ is particularly preferably carried out by a radical addition reaction. The carbon-carbon double bond is preferably a 1-substituted or 2-substituted vinyl group from the viewpoint of reactivity with a hydrogenthio group. The above-mentioned "compound having 3 to 10 hydrogenthio groups in one molecule" is exemplified by the following compounds. -76- 200806754 (u-1 s

IIII

HS-CH2-GH2-c-o-CH2、/CH2-〇-C-CH2 — CH2-SH H3C-CHr、CH2-0-g-CH2-CH2-SH o Q O in- 2 ) 、 Π k LJ HS^CH2-C-〇-CH2、/CHf OC-CH2 一 SH h3g-ch2 ch2-o-c-ch2-sho (u-3 ) ffHS-CH2-GH2-co-CH2, /CH2-〇-C-CH2 — CH2-SH H3C-CHr, CH2-0-g-CH2-CH2-SH o QO in- 2 ) , Π k LJ HS^CH2 -C-〇-CH2, /CHf OC-CH2-SH h3g-ch2 ch2-oc-ch2-sho (u-3 ) ff

II HS-CH2-CHS- NH-C-O· CH2、/CH2—0-C-NH-CHf CHf SH H3C-CHr、CH2-〇-Jj-NH-CH2-CH2-SH O O O (u- 4 ) Η II 、” HS-CH2-CH2 - OO0-CH2、c/CH2 - 〇-C,〇-CH2-GH2 - SH H3OCHr、CH2一OC-〇CH2-CH2-SH II o (u-5 ) (u-B )II HS-CH2-CHS- NH-CO· CH2, /CH2—0-C-NH-CHf CHf SH H3C-CHr, CH2-〇-Jj-NH-CH2-CH2-SH OOO (u- 4 ) Η II , HS-CH2-CH2 - OO0-CH2, c/CH2 - 〇-C, 〇-CH2-GH2 - SH H3OCHr, CH2-OC-〇CH2-CH2-SH II o (u-5 ) (uB )

Λ HS N SHΛ HS N SH

(pH2 — CH2 — SH(pH2 — CH2 — SH

HS- CH2- CH2" N Y N ^CH2- CH2- SH O (u-7 )HS- CH2- CH2" N Y N ^CH2- CH2- SH O (u-7 )

O II CH2_ CH2_ N- c-o- CHf CH2 — SHVr° H 〇 • - IJ hs-ch2-ch2-o— c_n-ch2-ch,丫、ch2-ch2,n-c吩ch2—ch2-shO II CH2_ CH2_ N- c-o- CHf CH2 — SHVr° H 〇 • - IJ hs-ch2-ch2-o- c_n-ch2-ch, 丫, ch2-ch2, n-c 指 ch2—ch2-sh

H oH o

H (u-8 ) hs,CH2、 (u-9 ) hs-CH2.c I ^ hsXH2"ch/H (u-8 ) hs,CH2, (u-9 ) hs-CH2.c I ^ hsXH2"ch/

;z〇、ch2/CH2、sh hsXH2、 o o ch2;z〇,ch2/CH2,sh hsXH2, o o ch2

ch2^CH2vshCh2^CH2vsh

K -77- 200806754 (u-10) o 〇 II II HS-CH2-CH2-C-〇-CH2^c^CH2-〇-〇CH2-CH2-SH HS-CH2—CH2-斤-o-CHf、CH2-O-JJ-CH2-CH2-SH o o o o II II HS-CH2-C-〇,CH2、c/CH2-〇-C-CH2-SH HS-CH2-〇〇-CHr" \CHf〇-C-CH2-SH 〇 o (u-12) ί? HS- CH2- CH2- NH- C-O- CH2> HS- GH2- CHg- NH-贫- 0· GHf 〇 o II ,CH2 — 0- C- NH - CH2 — CH2— SH 、ch2-o-j-nh - ch2-ch2-sho (u-13) f?K -77- 200806754 (u-10) o 〇II II HS-CH2-CH2-C-〇-CH2^c^CH2-〇-〇CH2-CH2-SH HS-CH2—CH2-jin-o-CHf, CH2-O-JJ-CH2-CH2-SH oooo II II HS-CH2-C-〇,CH2, c/CH2-〇-C-CH2-SH HS-CH2-〇〇-CHr" \CHf〇-C- CH2-SH 〇o (u-12) ί? HS- CH2-CH2-NH-CO- CH2> HS- GH2- CHg- NH-poor - 0· GHf 〇o II ,CH2 — 0- C- NH - CH2 — CH2— SH , ch2-oj-nh - ch2-ch2-sho (u-13) f?

HS - 〇vch2-◦—C s (iH4) hs-ch2-ch2-o-c*oHS - 〇vch2-◦-C s (iH4) hs-ch2-ch2-o-c*o

oo-ch2 — ch2-sh C-〇-CH2-CH2 — SHo II II hs-ch2- ch2- O—C 丫 c·。- ch2- CH2 — SH /x1n^c-o-ch2-ch2~sh hs-ch2-ch2-o-co ch2-ch2-o-c Δ c wo (u-15) HS祕ch2-ch2、/CH2一ch2—sh II 0 N/ N hs-ch2-ch2、人义〆CH2-CH2-SH HS - CH2-CH2〆 n、ch「ch2-sh (lHB)Oo-ch2 — ch2-sh C-〇-CH2-CH2 — SHo II II hs-ch2- ch2- O—C 丫 c·. - ch2- CH2 — SH /x1n^co-ch2-ch2~sh hs-ch2-ch2-o-co ch2-ch2-oc Δ c wo (u-15) HS secret ch2-ch2, /CH2-ch2—sh II 0 N/ N hs-ch2-ch2, human sense CH2-CH2-SH HS - CH2-CH2〆n, ch "ch2-sh (lHB)

II hs—ch2—ch2-c-och2II hs—ch2—ch2-c-och2

0 II0 II

CH2— 0«H2- CH2 一 SHCH2— 0«H2- CH2 a SH

IIII

^CHr CH2- o- c- CH2- CHf SH HS—CH2-CH2— c-0-CH2、γch2-cT ^^CHr CH2- o- c- CH2- CHf SH HS—CH2-CH2—c-0-CH2,γch2-cT ^

HS- CH2— CH2- c- O-CH 广、CH2 - 0· c- CH2- CH2_ SH o o (u-17) o oHS- CH2— CH2- c- O-CH 广,CH2 - 0· c- CH2- CH2_ SH o o (u-17) o o

ll II HS-CH2-C-0-CH2、/CH2-o-c-ch2-sh n ~ch2-o,och2-sh HS—CH2-C-O-CH2、zCH2-〇 JlLl II HS-CH2-C-0-CH2, /CH2-o-c-ch2-sh n ~ch2-o,och2-sh HS-CH2-C-O-CH2,zCH2-〇 Jl

HS-CH2-JJ-O-CHr、CH2-〇-Jj-CH2-SH o o 上述之中,從原料的取得性、可容易合成、對於各種 溶媒之溶解性的觀點而言,以(u_1)、(U-2)、(u-10)、(u-11) -78- 200806754 、(u-1 6)、(u-1 7)爲佳。 具有官能基(上述通式中的A1或A2),且具有碳·碳雙鍵 之化合物係沒有特別地限制,舉例姐以下所述者。 (k-1) (k-2) (k-3) (k-4) Η〇2〇^^ ho2c^V^ co2h f^COzH co2h co2h H〇2c^y co2h (k-5) (k一 6) (k-7)HS-CH2-JJ-O-CHr, CH2-〇-Jj-CH2-SH oo Among the above, from the viewpoint of availability of raw materials, easy synthesis, and solubility of various solvents, (u_1), (U-2), (u-10), (u-11) -78-200806754, (u-1 6), (u-1 7) are preferred. The compound having a functional group (A1 or A2 in the above formula) and having a carbon-carbon double bond is not particularly limited, and examples thereof are as described below. (k-1) (k-2) (k-3) (k-4) Η〇2〇^^ ho2c^V^ co2h f^COzH co2h co2h H〇2c^y co2h (k-5) (k one 6) (k-7)

(卜 8) (k - 9) (卜1〇)(卜 8) (k - 9) (卜1〇)

-79- 200806754-79- 200806754

(k_17> (k-18) A (M9) h2n n(k-20)(k_17> (k-18) A (M9) h2n n(k-20)

Η H A^ (k一21) 叉 (k-22)Η H A^ (k-21) fork (k-22)

K (k-23)K (k-23)

o (k-24) (k-27) (k-28) ^sj/OGH3 j , H3CO j、0CH3o (k-24) (k-27) (k-28) ^sj/OGH3 j , H3CO j, 0CH3

9〇h3 OCH 3 (k-26)9〇h3 OCH 3 (k-26)

ik一29) σ 〇 〇〇HsIk a 29) σ 〇 〇〇Hs

O (k-30) (k-31)O (k-30) (k-31)

OCN (k-32)OCN (k-32)

^NCO^NCO

O o (卜 33)O o (Bu 33)

OH (k-34)<=lOH (k-34)<=l

OHOH

(fc- 35) OH(fc- 35) OH

OH O 8 0 _ 200806754 (k-36) (k-37)OH O 8 0 _ 200806754 (k-36) (k-37)

-81 200806754-81 200806754

(k-47) (k-48〉 (k-49) (k-50) (k- 51)(k-47) (k-48> (k-49) (k-50) (k- 51)

(k - 5¾ (k-56)(k - 53⁄4 (k-56)

(k-60) (k 一 59)(k-60) (k a 59)

-82- 200806754-82- 200806754

例如,上述「於一分子中·具有3〜1 0個氫硫基之化合物 」、與上述「具有選自於酸性基、具有鹼性氮原子之基、脲 基、胺甲酸酯基、具有配位性氧原子之基、碳數4以上的烴 基、烷氧基矽烷基、環氧基、異氰酸酯基、及羥基之至少1 種官能基,且具有碳-碳雙鍵之化合物」的自由基加成反應 生成物係可利用例如:將上述的「於一分子中具有3~ 1 0個 氫硫基之化合物」及「具有選自於酸性基、具有鹼性氮原 子之基、脲基、胺甲酸酯基、具有配位性氧原子之基、碳 數4以上的烴基、烷氧基矽烷基、環氧基、異氰酸酯基、及 羥基之至少1種官能基,且具有碳-碳雙鍵之化合物」溶解 於適當的溶媒中,於其中添加自由基發生劑、使其在約50 °C ~1〇〇°C下進行加成之方法(硫醇烯反應法)而可得到。 -83- 200806754 上述方法中所使用的較佳溶媒之例係舉例如:可視其 所使用之「於一分子中具有3~1 〇個氫硫基之化合物」、「具 有選自於酸性基、具有鹼性氮原子之基、脲基、胺甲酸酯 基、具有配位性氧原子之基、碳數4以上的烴基、烷氧基矽 烷基、環氧基、異氰酸酯基、及羥基之至少1種官能基,且 . 具有可與氫硫基反應之官能基(例如碳-碳雙鍵)的化合物」 、及所生成之自由基加成反應生成物的溶解性,做任意地 選擇。舉例如:甲醇、乙醇、丙醇、異丙醇、1 -甲氧基-2-0丙醇、乙酸1_甲氧基-2-丙酯、丙酮、甲基乙基酮、甲基異 丁基酮、甲氧基丙基乙酸酯、乳酸乙酯、乙酸乙酯、乙腈 、四氫呋喃、二甲基甲醯胺、氯仿、甲苯。此等之溶媒係 可混合二種以上使用。 又,自由基發生劑係可使用如2,2 ’ -偶氮雙(異丁腈 )(AIBN)、2,2’ -偶氮雙-(2,4’ -二甲基戊腈)的偶氮化合物 、如過氧化苯甲醯的過氧化物、及如過硫酸鉀、過硫酸銨 的過硫酸鹽等等。For example, the above "a compound having 3 to 10 thiol groups in one molecule" and the above "having a group selected from an acidic group, having a basic nitrogen atom, a urea group, a urethane group, and having a radical of a ligand oxygen atom, a hydrocarbon group having 4 or more carbon atoms, an alkoxyalkyl group, an epoxy group, an isocyanate group, and at least one functional group of a hydroxyl group, and a compound having a carbon-carbon double bond The addition reaction product system can be, for example, the above-mentioned "compound having 3 to 10 hydrogenthio groups in one molecule" and "having a group selected from an acidic group, having a basic nitrogen atom, a urea group, At least one functional group of a urethane group, a group having a coordinating oxygen atom, a hydrocarbon group having 4 or more carbon atoms, an alkoxyalkyl group, an epoxy group, an isocyanate group, and a hydroxyl group, and having a carbon-carbon double The compound of the bond is obtained by dissolving it in a suitable solvent, adding a radical generator thereto, and adding it at about 50 ° C to 1 ° C (thiol reaction method). -83-200806754 An example of a preferred solvent used in the above method is, for example, "a compound having 3 to 1 unit of a hydrogenthio group in one molecule" and "having an acid group selected from the group" a group having a basic nitrogen atom, a urea group, a carbamate group, a group having a coordinating oxygen atom, a hydrocarbon group having 4 or more carbon atoms, an alkoxyalkyl group, an epoxy group, an isocyanate group, and at least a hydroxyl group One type of functional group, and a compound having a functional group (for example, a carbon-carbon double bond) capable of reacting with a hydrogenthio group, and a solubility of the generated radical addition reaction product are arbitrarily selected. For example: methanol, ethanol, propanol, isopropanol, 1-methoxy-2-0 propanol, 1-methoxy-2-propyl acetate, acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl Ketone, methoxypropyl acetate, ethyl lactate, ethyl acetate, acetonitrile, tetrahydrofuran, dimethylformamide, chloroform, toluene. These solvents can be used in combination of two or more. Further, as the radical generating agent, an epoxy such as 2,2 '-azobis(isobutyronitrile) (AIBN) or 2,2'-azobis-(2,4'-dimethylvaleronitrile) can be used. Nitrogen compounds, peroxides such as benzammonium peroxide, and persulphates such as potassium persulfate, ammonium persulfate, and the like.

本發明的顏料分散組成物之製造方法中較佳使用的通 式(1 )所不化合物之具體例係表不如下。但是,本發明係不 受此等具體例之任何限制者。Specific examples of the compound of the formula (1) which are preferably used in the method for producing a pigment dispersion composition of the present invention are as follows. However, the invention is not limited by any of the specific examples.

-CH2—。H2 — C-0-CH: CH2-(^-0-CH; :cC〇H^〇^CHr ch2-〇-c-ch2— ch2— 84· 200806754 r3= f? (C-3) —ch2—ch2— c-o-ch2、 —CH2-CH2^C-〇-CHr" o -CH2 — €H2.-CH2—. H2 — C-0-CH: CH2-(^-0-CH; :cC〇H^〇^CHr ch2-〇-c-ch2— ch2— 84· 200806754 r3= f? (C-3) —ch2— Ch2—co-ch2, —CH2-CH2^C-〇-CHr" o -CH2 — €H2.

ch2-o-c-ch2—ch2-ch2-o-c-ch2-ch2-o ch2- o- c-ch2- ch2- HOaC^^Y^S-R3--H02c Jn (n=5, ra=1)Ch2-o-c-ch2—ch2-ch2-o-c-ch2-ch2-o ch2- o- c-ch2- ch2- HOaC^^Y^S-R3--H02c Jn (n=5, ra=1)

co2ch2ch2〇h co2ch2ch2ch2ch3 (c一4) ho2c ηο2ο^Α& -R3- -s^r n • c〇2ch3 (n=5, m=1) O ft c-o - ch2、 o o If I! CH2-CH2-C-〇-CH2、p/CH2 — 〇-〇CH2-CH2- _CH2 — ch2*-CH2-CH2-C-O-CH2 <h2_Co2ch2ch2〇h co2ch2ch2ch2ch3 (c-4) ho2c ηο2ο^Α& -R3- -s^rn • c〇2ch3 (n=5, m=1) O ft co - ch2, oo If I! CH2-CH2-C- 〇-CH2, p/CH2 — 〇-〇CH2-CH2- _CH2 — ch2*-CH2-CH2-CO-CH2 <h2_

f2-〇-C-CH2-O ch2- o-c-ch2 - ch2- O •ch2— tt ¢-5) ch2 — ch2-c-o-ch2、〆ch2-0-c-ch2- ch2- /CHf、CH2-〇-C-CH2-CH2-CH〆 2 2 g 2 2 H02C s H〇2C^s_Ra_.s-f-Xr J n co2ch2ch2oh -CH2 — ch2—C-〇~CH2\ / -ch2-ch2-c-o- ch^ ""ch2-o-c-ch2-ch2·o o (n=5, m=1) co2ch2ch2ch2ch3 (C-6) 广' ho2c ) ho2c - R3- n co2ch3· (n=5f m=1)f2-〇-C-CH2-O ch2- oc-ch2 - ch2- O •ch2— tt ¢-5) ch2 — ch2-co-ch2, 〆ch2-0-c-ch2-ch2-/CHf, CH2- 〇-C-CH2-CH2-CH〆2 2 g 2 2 H02C s H〇2C^s_Ra_.sf-Xr J n co2ch2ch2oh -CH2 — ch2—C-〇~CH2\ / -ch2-ch2-co- ch^ ""ch2-oc-ch2-ch2·oo (n=5, m=1) co2ch2ch2ch2ch3 (C-6) 广' ho2c ) ho2c - R3- n co2ch3· (n=5f m=1)

-CH2 — CH2-C-〇- CH2、/CH2—〇·〇 ch2· .CHi ^ — CK2- 0- C- CH2"~ CH2· CH2-CH2-C-〇-CH2、c/CH2-Cr » CH2-CH2卞O-CHr、CH2-o-c,ch2-ch2— o 85- 200806754 R3= •CH2 — ch2 — c-o- ch2、 一 ch2-o-c-ch2-ch2- (c-7) _CH2- CH2- c- o- CH2、/CH2--CH2-CH2-C-〇-CHi^ ^CH2-〇-C-CH2-CH2· ch2~ 〇-〇- ch2— ch2-0 · o-CH2 — CH2-C-〇- CH2, /CH2—〇·〇ch2· .CHi ^ — CK2- 0- C- CH2"~ CH2· CH2-CH2-C-〇-CH2, c/CH2-Cr » CH2-CH2卞O-CHr, CH2-oc,ch2-ch2— o 85- 200806754 R3= •CH2 — ch2 — co- ch2, a ch2-oc-ch2-ch2- (c-7) _CH2- CH2-c - o- CH2, /CH2--CH2-CH2-C-〇-CHi^ ^CH2-〇-C-CH2-CH2· ch2~ 〇-〇- ch2— ch2-0 · o

ho-p-o^〇A^s_ _r3_ _ OH I co2ch3 m (n=5,m=1) (C-8) ho3s -R3- -s^r H n c〇2ch3 -CH2-CH2- C-0-CH2、 -CH2—CH2- C- o- CH^" o o II CH2-CH2-C-0-CH2^^CH2-0-C-CH2-CH2-〆〇!广 CH2-〇-g-CH2—CH2~ - ch2-o vch2-o- c- ch2-ch2-o 0 m (n=5, m=1) (C-9) 一 CH2-CH2 — C-〇-CH2、c/CH2-〇-C-CH2-CH2- i? /CHf、CH2-〇-C_CH2-CH2_ -CH2-CH2~C-〇-CH2^ ^gh2-o ^ •ch2-ch2-g-o-ch^"、ch2-o-好-ch2-ch2— o o •R3· co2ch3 (n=5, mFl) (c- io) 、。^Y^S-R3- 一 - CH2-ό-〇~ CH2、〆 CH2,〇-0-CH广 CH2*" R 、CH2-O-C-CH2-CHg- -ch2-ch2-c-o-ch2^^ch2-o^ » -〇Η2·~ΟΗ2~〇-〇~ΟΗ2^ CH2~ 0~C_CH2~CH2— o o sHr (n=5, m=1) C02CH2CH2CH2CH3 co2ch2ch2oh m -86- 200806754 _ ch2 — ch2- c- ό- ch2、 一— GH2— ΟΌ- CH2、/CH2 — O' -CH2-CH2-C-O k ch2-o-c-ch2-ch2- ^ ch2~ o~ c- ch2~ ch2~ 、CH 厂 〇-C-CH2-CH2- oHo-po^〇A^s_ _r3_ _ OH I co2ch3 m (n=5,m=1) (C-8) ho3s -R3- -s^r H nc〇2ch3 -CH2-CH2- C-0-CH2 , -CH2—CH2- C- o- CH^" oo II CH2-CH2-C-0-CH2^^CH2-0-C-CH2-CH2-〆〇!广CH2-〇-g-CH2—CH2 ~ - ch2-o vch2-o- c- ch2-ch2-o 0 m (n=5, m=1) (C-9) one CH2-CH2 — C-〇-CH2, c/CH2-〇-C -CH2-CH2-i? /CHf,CH2-〇-C_CH2-CH2_-CH2-CH2~C-〇-CH2^ ^gh2-o ^ •ch2-ch2-go-ch^",ch2-o-good -ch2-ch2— oo •R3· co2ch3 (n=5, mFl) (c- io) , . ^Y^S-R3-一-CH2-ό-〇~ CH2, 〆CH2, 〇-0-CH广CH2*" R , CH2-OC-CH2-CHg- -ch2-ch2-co-ch2^^ Ch2-o^ » -〇Η2·~ΟΗ2~〇-〇~ΟΗ2^ CH2~ 0~C_CH2~CH2— oo sHr (n=5, m=1) C02CH2CH2CH2CH3 co2ch2ch2oh m -86- 200806754 _ ch2 — ch2- c - ό-ch2, one - GH2 - ΟΌ-CH2, /CH2 - O' -CH2-CH2-CO k ch2-oc-ch2-ch2- ^ ch2~ o~ c- ch2~ ch2~ , CH 〇-C -CH2-CH2- o

.R3· (n=5, m=1) co2ch3 i? (C-12) ((M3) (C-14) _ ch2-ch2 — c-o ch2、/CH2— ύ R3- (n=5, m=1) (n=5r m=1) 'CH2-CH2-C-〇-CH2^^CH2-〇-C"CH2-CH2- 0-g- GHz- CH2 〆&、 〇 CH2—CH2-C-〇-CHf CH2 - 〇-C-CH2-CH2_.R3· (n=5, m=1) co2ch3 i? (C-12) ((M3) (C-14) _ ch2-ch2 — co ch2, /CH2— ύ R3- (n=5, m= 1) (n=5r m=1) 'CH2-CH2-C-〇-CH2^^CH2-〇-C"CH2-CH2- 0-g- GHz- CH2 〆&, 〇CH2—CH2-C- 〇-CHf CH2 - 〇-C-CH2-CH2_

C〇2CH2CH2OH C02CH2CH2CH2CH3 R3= mC〇2CH2CH2OH C02CH2CH2CH2CH3 R3= m

IJ 一ch2-ch2 — c-o-ch2、〆ch2-o-c-ch2—ch2— i? 、CH2-〇-C-CH2-CH广 -ch2-ch2-c-o-ch2、〆ch2-o ·· •CH2-CH2-C-〇CHr、CH2~〇-j^CH2-CH2- o o —ch2-ch2-c-o-ch2> CC1 oIJ-ch2-ch2 — co-ch2, 〆ch2-oc-ch2—ch2—i?, CH2-〇-C-CH2-CH--ch2-ch2-co-ch2, 〆ch2-o ···CH2- CH2-C-〇CHr, CH2~〇-j^CH2-CH2- oo —ch2-ch2-co-ch2> CC1 o

•-R3— (n=5, m=1) ti CH〆 -CH2 - CH2—B-〇-CH2s^CH2-〇〆 2 -CH2- CH2-泛-O-CHf'CHs-O-疗-CH2 - CH2. o o ch2-o-c-ch2-ch2-ch2-o-c-ch2-ch2-o C02C1 co2ch2ch2oh ;h2ch2ch2ch3 m •87- II200806754 «Μ 5) —R3- -s^r .ho2c n . . CO錢 (η=3, m=1) Ο II -CH2-CH2-C-〇-CH2>vc^ ch2- ch2- c- o- ch^、 o ch2-o-c-ch2 — ch2-'ch2-o-c-ch2-ch2-o (C-16) o o o H I! -ch2- ch2-c-o- ch2^ ^ ch2-o- c- ch2-ch2· CHi CH2, CH2— c- o- CH2、〆 ch2—cx -CH2 — CH2-C-〇-CHr" Λ〇Η2-〇«Η2-〇Η2_ CH2-0-C-CH2-CH2- HOiC^Y^S- —R3— \ COOH • η〇2〇 - n L C02CH3 (n=5,m=1) (x:y=9:1) (C-17)•-R3—(n=5, m=1) ti CH〆-CH2 - CH2—B-〇-CH2s^CH2-〇〆2 -CH2-CH2-Pan-O-CHf'CHs-O-therapy-CH2 - CH2. oo ch2-oc-ch2-ch2-ch2-oc-ch2-ch2-o C02C1 co2ch2ch2oh ;h2ch2ch2ch3 m •87- II200806754 «Μ 5) —R3- -s^r .ho2c n . . CO money(η =3, m=1) Ο II -CH2-CH2-C-〇-CH2>vc^ ch2- ch2- c- o- ch^, o ch2-oc-ch2 — ch2-'ch2-oc-ch2-ch2 -o (C-16) ooo HI! -ch2- ch2-co- ch2^ ^ ch2-o- c- ch2-ch2· CHi CH2, CH2— c- o- CH2, 〆ch2—cx —CH2 — CH2- C-〇-CHr" Λ〇Η2-〇«Η2-〇Η2_ CH2-0-C-CH2-CH2- HOiC^Y^S- —R3— \ COOH • η〇2〇- n L C02CH3 (n=5 ,m=1) (x:y=9:1) (C-17)

GH2- CH2- C-〇-CH2 v. CH2 - CH2—C-O-CHf o CO2CH3J m CH2 — CH2—C-O-Ch^v^/CHfO-C-Chb — CH2, /CHi - ch2-o 、CH2-〇-j^CH2- CH2· ch2-o-c-ch2-ch2-〇 -88- II200806754 (G-19) CH2—CH2 - C-〇CH2、c/CH2-〇-C-CH2— ch2-、CH2-ο-反-CH2-CH2-oGH2-CH2-C-〇-CH2 v. CH2 - CH2—CO-CHf o CO2CH3J m CH2 — CH2—CO—Ch^v^/CHfO-C-Chb — CH2, /CHi - ch2-o , CH2-〇 -j^CH2-CH2· ch2-oc-ch2-ch2-〇-88- II200806754 (G-19) CH2—CH2 - C-〇CH2, c/CH2-〇-C-CH2—ch2-, CH2-ο -anti-CH2-CH2-o

(C-20)(C-20)

-R3-- (n=5, nn=1) _CH2 — CH2 — C-0-CH2、/CHW -CH2—CH2-C-〇CHr"、CH2-〇〇CH2-CH2·o b-R3-- (n=5, nn=1) _CH2 — CH2 — C-0-CH2, /CHW -CH2—CH2-C-〇CHr", CH2-〇〇CH2-CH2·o b

co2ch2ch2oh cq2ch2ch2gh2ch3 C〇2CH3, R3= h f? 〇 一 CH2-CH2-C,0‘CH2、c/CH2-〇-C-CH2-CH2- II /CHf yCHg-O-C-CiV-aV -ch2-ch2-c-o-ch2^ ^ch2-o » *ch2-ch2-异-o-cuf、ch2-o_反-ch2-ch2— o o m (C-21)Co2ch2ch2oh cq2ch2ch2gh2ch3 C〇2CH3, R3= hf? 〇CHCH2-CH2-C,0'CH2, c/CH2-〇-C-CH2-CH2-II /CHf yCHg-OC-CiV-aV -ch2-ch2-co -ch2^ ^ch2-o » *ch2-ch2-iso-o-cuf, ch2-o_anti-ch2-ch2- oom (C-21)

o o = U II 〇 一 CH2-CH2 — C-〇-CH2、c/CH2 - o-c-ch2-ch2_ H /CHr" \cH2-〇-C-CH2-ch2_ CH2-CH2*-C-〇-CH2^c^CH2-〇 色 CT2—CH2 — C-〇_CHf"、ch2-o-och2-CH2— co2ch2ch2oh C02CH2CH2CH2CH3 m no (C-22)Oo = U II 〇CH2-CH2 — C-〇-CH2, c/CH2 - oc-ch2-ch2_ H /CHr" \cH2-〇-C-CH2-ch2_ CH2-CH2*-C-〇-CH2^ c^CH2-〇色CT2—CH2 — C-〇_CHf", ch2-o-och2-CH2—co2ch2ch2oh C02CH2CH2CH2CH3 m no (C-22)

r3= u 一 ch2-ch2-c-o-ch2、 I? /CH〆 CH2-CH2-C 令 CH2、fCH2-。 CH2—CH2- C- o- CH^^CHz- o-c-ch2-ch;o o CH2~ o~ c- ch2~ ch2_ oh2—o-c-ch2-ch2_ o co2ch3. m -8 9 - 200806754 (C-23) -ch2 — ch2 — c- o- CH2\ 11 •CH2-CH2-〇〇-CH2、/CH2-〇 -CH2—CH2-C-〇-CH^^CH2-〇*-C-CH2~CH2" ^ ch2~ o~ c_ ch2~ch2~ ""ch2- o- c- ch2- qh2-o o o ►——R3- o (n=5, m=1)R3= u a ch2-ch2-c-o-ch2, I? /CH〆 CH2-CH2-C Let CH2, fCH2-. CH2—CH2- C- o- CH^^CHz- oc-ch2-ch;oo CH2~ o~ c- ch2~ ch2_ oh2—oc-ch2-ch2_ o co2ch3. m -8 9 - 200806754 (C-23) -ch2 — ch2 — c- o- CH2\ 11 •CH2-CH2-〇〇-CH2, /CH2-〇-CH2—CH2-C-〇-CH^^CH2-〇*-C-CH2~CH2" ^ Ch2~ o~ c_ ch2~ch2~ ""ch2- o- c- ch2- qh2-o oo ►——R3- o (n=5, m=1)

C〇2〇H2CH2OH co2ch2ch2ch2ch3 m -ch2-chJ-o-oh_oh2-oXoh2-ch2- (C一24) cm, 义 (n=5, m=1) -GH2— GHz- ό· Ο- OH2、〆 GH2— O -ch2-ch2-c-o-ch^c^ o „R3._s^S^ n C〇2 O2CH3. m ch2 - o- c - ch2—ch2-0 CH2-0-C-CH2-CH2— /〇h2 〇 (0-25)C〇2〇H2CH2OH co2ch2ch2ch2ch3 m -ch2-chJ-o-oh_oh2-oXoh2-ch2-(C-24) cm, meaning (n=5, m=1) -GH2— GHz- ό· Ο- OH2, 〆GH2 — O -ch2-ch2-co-ch^c^ o „R3._s^S^ n C〇2 O2CH3. m ch2 - o- c - ch2—ch2-0 CH2-0-C-CH2-CH2— / 〇h2 〇(0-25)

.rls^T Ί co2ch3..rls^T Ί co2ch3.

ch2-*o-c-ch2-ch2-ch2-o-c-ch2-ch2-o r3:= u 一 CH2 - CH2 - c- 〇- ch2、 i? ^CHf ch2~ch2-c-o-ch2^ ^ch2-o CH2~CH2~C-0-CH^ ^CHg-O-C-CHz-CHs· o o (C—26)Ch2-*oc-ch2-ch2-ch2-oc-ch2-ch2-o r3:= u a CH2 - CH2 - c- 〇- ch2, i? ^CHf ch2~ch2-co-ch2^ ^ch2-o CH2 ~CH2~C-0-CH^ ^CHg-OC-CHz-CHs· oo (C-26)

(n=5, m=1)(n=5, m=1)

II —ch2- ch2-。- o- CH2、c〆 ch2- o 兮 ch2- ch2· J! /CH; wrig— CHg- C- 〇-CH2、^GHa— 〇 CHg-CHg-C-O-CHr^^CHz-O-C-CHa-CHa· O 〇 CH2-O-C-CH2-OH2-o co2ch2ch2oh co2ch2ch2ch2ch3 m -90- 200806754 r3= (c-27)II —ch2- ch2-. - o- CH2, c〆ch2- o 兮ch2-ch2·J! /CH; wrig— CHg- C- 〇-CH2, ^GHa—〇CHg-CHg-CO-CHr^^CHz-OC-CHa-CHa · O 〇CH2-OC-CH2-OH2-o co2ch2ch2oh co2ch2ch2ch2ch3 m -90- 200806754 r3= (c-27)

•R3· (G-28)•R3· (G-28)

sW-r co2ch2ch2oh co2ch2ch2ch2ch3 (n=5f m=1) fl CH2-CH2-C-〇-CH2'v^CH2-〇- o 〆 }[ /CHf 一 CH2-CH2 — C-O-CH2、/CH2-〇 丨 2— CH2-CH2-〇-C-CH2-CH2- -CH2*~CH2-C-〇-CH^^CH2-*-〇-C-*CH2-CH2-o o o co2ch3- r3= _ch2-ch2-芑,o-ch2. n {? CH2-CH2 — C-0-CH2、/CH2-〇-C-CH2-CH2- /CHf"、CH2-〇-泛-CH2-CH2- CHz-0 一 CH2—CH2-汗令CHfo ch2-o-c-ch2-ch2- o i? -CH2-CH2-C-〇-CH2\^CH2-〇-C-CH2-CH2- (C-29) _CH2—CH2-C-〇-CH2、 -ch2 — ch2-oo_ch 厂 o /CHf CH2-0- C-CH2-CH2- k IIo 、ch2ch2—ch2—o -ch2 — o • R3. C〇2 :〇2ch3 (n=5, m=1) ir (C-30) CH2 — CH2 — C-〇-CH2、/CH2 — o-ogh2 — ch2· '、〜-〜c· o II yZHl -CH2 — CH2-C-〇-CH2、/CH2-〇 -ch2— ch2- ^οη2-ο- c- ch2~ch2·o o CH2-〇-C-CH2-CH2-sW-r co2ch2ch2oh co2ch2ch2ch2ch3 (n=5f m=1) fl CH2-CH2-C-〇-CH2'v^CH2-〇- o 〆}[ /CHf-CH2-CH2 — CO-CH2, /CH2-〇丨2-CH2-CH2-〇-C-CH2-CH2--CH2*~CH2-C-〇-CH^^CH2-*-〇-C-*CH2-CH2-o oo co2ch3- r3= _ch2-ch2-芑,o-ch2. n {? CH2-CH2 — C-0-CH2, /CH2-〇-C-CH2-CH2- /CHf", CH2-〇-pan-CH2-CH2-CHz-0-CH2- CH2-汗令CHfo ch2-oc-ch2-ch2- oi? -CH2-CH2-C-〇-CH2\^CH2-〇-C-CH2-CH2- (C-29) _CH2—CH2-C-〇- CH2, -ch2 — ch2-oo_ch Factory o /CHf CH2-0- C-CH2-CH2- k IIo , ch2ch2—ch2—o —ch2 — o • R3. C〇2 :〇2ch3 (n=5, m= 1) ir (C-30) CH2 — CH2 — C-〇-CH2, /CH2 — o-ogh2 — ch2· ', ~-~c· o II yZHl -CH2 — CH2-C-〇-CH2, /CH2 -〇-ch2— ch2- ^οη2-ο- c- ch2~ch2·oo CH2-〇-C-CH2-CH2-

co2ch2ch2oh co^ch2ch2ch2ch3 (n=5T m=1) m -91- 200806754 (C-31)Co2ch2ch2oh co^ch2ch2ch2ch3 (n=5T m=1) m -91- 200806754 (C-31)

H -CH2- Ο CH2、r ,Gfig— 0- C- CH2— CHf 、ch2-o-c-ch2-ch2- /ΗΓ CHg一 CH2~C~0~0H2>v_(^〇n2—^ CH2— CH2- c-o- CHf、ch2- 0- c- ch2-ch2· ch2-oH -CH2- Ο CH2, r, Gfig_ 0- C- CH2—CHf , ch2-oc-ch2-ch2- /ΗΓ CHg_CH2~C~0~0H2>v_(^〇n2—^ CH2—CH2- Co- CHf, ch2- 0- c- ch2-ch2· ch2-o

O _ H、j〇 : -R3- 晒 n co2ch3 m (n=5, m=1) R3= i? i? (C-32) • ch2— ch2- c-o- CH2、c〆 ch2— o- c- ch2- ch2- ίΤ 、ch2 — o-c-ch2 — ch2- -CH2-CH2-C-〇-CH2、/CH2-。 JJj ^H?-CH2-C-〇-CHr ^ 〇 H \ 〇 N /P 。政- -R3— -s^r4r n co2ch2ch2oh (n=5, m=1) co2ch2ch2ch2ch3 m ch2-o-c-ch2-ch2o (C-33)O _ H, j〇: -R3- sun n co2ch3 m (n=5, m=1) R3= i? i? (C-32) • ch2— ch2- co- CH2, c〆ch2— o- c - ch2- ch2- ίΤ, ch2 — oc-ch2 — ch2- -CH2-CH2-C-〇-CH2, /CH2-. JJj ^H?-CH2-C-〇-CHr ^ 〇 H \ 〇 N /P . Politics - -R3 - -s^r4r n co2ch2ch2oh (n=5, m=1) co2ch2ch2ch2ch3 m ch2-o-c-ch2-ch2o (C-33)

II i?II i?

——R3-- —CH2-CH2-C-〇-CH2^^CH2-〇-C-CH2-CH2- o II /CH2 -CH2-CH2—OOCH2、/CH2-〇* ,ch2—ch2-C^O-CHf、ch2-o-c-ch2-ch2_o o ch2-o- c- ch2-ch2— co2ch3_ (n=4. 5, m=1.5) (C-34)——R3---CH2-CH2-C-〇-CH2^^CH2-〇-C-CH2-CH2- o II /CH2 -CH2-CH2-OOCH2, /CH2-〇*, ch2—ch2-C^ O-CHf, ch2-oc-ch2-ch2_o o ch2-o- c- ch2-ch2- co2ch3_ (n=4. 5, m=1.5) (C-34)

(n=4. 5f mFt. 5)(n=4. 5f mFt. 5)

ch2—ch2 — c-o-ch2 CH2-OH2-C-0-CH2 o ?i a n ch2- ch2- c- o- CH2 V. ^ ch2- o- c- ch2- ch2- /CHf kcHa 一 0_p-CH2-CH2- ,gh2-o 、ch2- ο- ο ch2 — ch2— o oCh2—ch2 — co-ch2 CH2-OH2-C-0-CH2 o ?ian ch2- ch2- c- o- CH2 V. ^ ch2- o- c- ch2- ch2- /CHf kcHa a 0_p-CH2-CH2 - , gh2-o , ch2- ο- ο ch2 — ch2 — oo

:ch2ch2oh co2ch2ch2ch2ch3 m -92- 200806754 (C-35):ch2ch2oh co2ch2ch2ch2ch3 m -92- 200806754 (C-35)

夂’該高分子化合物係以具有酸性基之高分子化合物 爲佳 '具有羧基之高分子化合物爲較佳、含有(A)從具有羧夂' The polymer compound is preferably a polymer compound having an acidic group. A polymer compound having a carboxyl group is preferred, and (A) has a carboxyl group.

基之化合物所導出的至少一種重複單位及(B)從具有羧酸 酯基之化合物所導出的至少一種重複單位之共聚合化合物 爲特佳。 上述(A)從具有羧基之化合物所導出的重複單位係以 下述通式(I)所示之重複單位爲佳、從丙烯酸或甲基丙烯酸 所導出的重複單位爲較佳、上述(B)從具有羧酸酯基之化合 物所導出的重複單位係以下述通式(||)所示之重複單位爲 佳,以下述通式(IV)所示之重複單位爲較佳,以從丙烯酸 苄酯、甲基丙烯酸苄酯、丙烯酸苯乙酯、甲基丙烯酸苯乙 酯、丙烯酸3-苯基丙酯、或甲基丙烯酸3-苯基丙酯所導出 的重複單位爲特佳。 -93- 200806754The copolymerized compound derived from at least one repeating unit derived from the compound of the group and (B) at least one repeating unit derived from the compound having a carboxylate group is particularly preferred. The above repeating unit derived from the compound having a carboxyl group (A) is preferably a repeating unit represented by the following formula (I), and a repeating unit derived from acrylic acid or methacrylic acid is preferred, and the above (B) is preferred. The repeating unit derived from the compound having a carboxylate group is preferably a repeating unit represented by the following formula (||), and a repeating unit represented by the following formula (IV) is preferred, from benzyl acrylate. The repeating unit derived from benzyl methacrylate, phenylethyl acrylate, phenylethyl methacrylate, 3-phenylpropyl acrylate or 3-phenylpropyl methacrylate is particularly preferred. -93- 200806754

(R2係表示氫原子或碳原子數1~5的烷基。R3係表示下 述通式(Ml)所示之基)(R2 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms; and R3 represents a group represented by the following formula (M1))

通式(III) (FU係表示氫原子、碳原子數1~5的烷基、羥基、碳原 子數1~5的羥基烷基、或碳原子數6〜20的芳基。FU及心係 分別表示氫原子或碳原子數1〜5的烷基。i表示1〜5之數)Formula (III) (FU is a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a hydroxyl group, a hydroxyalkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms. FU and heart system Respectively represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms. i represents a number of 1 to 5)

通式(IV) (R7係表示氫原子或碳原子數1~5的烷基。FU係表示下 述通式(V)所示之基)General formula (IV) (R7 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms. FU is a group represented by the following formula (V))

通式(V) (Rg表示碳原子數2〜5的烷基或碳原子數6〜20的芳基 Rn及R11係表示氫原子或碳原子數1〜5的烷基。j表示1〜e -94- 200806754 之數) 又,所謂的(A)從具有羧基之化合物所導出的重複單位 、與上述(B)從具有羧酸酯基之化合物所導出的重複單位之 聚合比率而言,相對於重複單位(A)的總重複單位數,以數 量比%爲3〜40爲佳、5〜35爲較佳。 在本發明的顏料分散組成物之製造方法中,高分子的 分子量係沒有特別地限制,係指質量平均分子量。高分子 分子量的測定方法係舉例如層析法、黏度法、光散射法、 #沈降速度法等。本發明中係使用藉由沒有特別事先限定的 層析法所測定之質量平均分子量。 高分子化合物可爲水溶性、油溶性中任一種,亦可爲 水溶性且油溶性。 • * 高分子化合物的添加方法係可爲溶解於水性溶媒或有 機溶媒之溶液、或是固體狀態,又亦可爲此等之組合。高 分子化合物以溶解於溶媒之溶液來進行添加之方法係舉例 如:於凝集有機粒子液中,在溶解於與凝集有機粒子液的 #溶媒爲柑同溶媒之狀態下進行添加之方法;在與凝集有機 粒子液的溶媒爲相溶、溶解於不同溶媒之狀態下進行添加 之方法。在以溶解於溶媒之溶液來進行添加之情形中,高 分子化合物的濃度係沒有特別地限制,1~70質量%爲佳、 2~65質量%爲較佳、3〜60質量%爲特佳。 高分子化合物的添加係可在由再沈法而形成有機奈米 粒子時(或其前後)、於萃取或濃縮時(或其前後)、於濃縮後 分散凝集有機粒子時(或其前後)、彼等步驟終了後等的任 一時點添加’又亦可爲此等之組合。在本發明的顏料分散 -95- 200806754 組成物之製造方法中,質量平均分子量1 000以上的高分子 化合物係可作爲後述的黏結劑含有於組成物中,例如在濃 縮有機粒子再沈液後,於微細分散化凝集有機粒子時添加 爲佳。 高分子化合物的添加量係當含有於凝集有機粒子之有 機粒子設爲100質量份時,較佳係〇·1〜1 000質量份爲佳、 5~500質量份爲較佳、10-300質量份爲特佳。 來:: 分子量1 000以上的高分子化合物係舉例如:聚乙烯基 Φ吡咯啶酮、聚、乙烯醇、聚乙烯基甲基醚、聚環氧乙烷、聚 乙二醇、聚丙二醇、聚丙烯醯胺、乙烯醇-乙酸乙烯酯 共聚物、聚乙烯醇-部分甲縮醛化物、聚乙烯醇-部分 丁縮醒化物、乙烯基吡咯陡酮·乙酸乙烯酯共聚物、聚環氧 乙烷/環氧丙烷嵌段共聚物、聚醯胺、纖維素衍生物、澱粉 衍生物等。此外,亦可使用褐藻酸鹽、明膠、白蛋白、酪 蛋白、阿拉伯樹膠、東加樹膠、木質磺酸鹽等的天然高分 子化合物類。The general formula (V) (Rg represents an alkyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms or an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms Rn and R11 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms. j represents 1 to e. -94-200806754) Further, the ratio of the repeating unit derived from the compound having a carboxyl group to the repeating unit derived from the compound having the carboxylate group (B) is relatively The total number of repeating units in the repeating unit (A) is preferably from 3 to 40, and preferably from 5 to 35. In the method for producing a pigment dispersion composition of the present invention, the molecular weight of the polymer is not particularly limited, and means a mass average molecular weight. The method for measuring the molecular weight of the polymer is, for example, a chromatography method, a viscosity method, a light scattering method, a # sedimentation rate method, or the like. In the present invention, the mass average molecular weight measured by a chromatography which is not particularly limited in advance is used. The polymer compound may be either water-soluble or oil-soluble, or may be water-soluble and oil-soluble. • The method of adding the polymer compound may be a solution dissolved in an aqueous solvent or an organic solvent, or a solid state, or a combination thereof. The method of adding a polymer compound to a solution dissolved in a solvent is, for example, a method of adding a solution in which the #solvent is dissolved in a coagulating organic particle liquid in a state in which the solvent is a citrus solvent; A method in which a solvent of the agglomerated organic particle liquid is dissolved and dissolved in a different solvent. In the case of adding the solution dissolved in the solvent, the concentration of the polymer compound is not particularly limited, and preferably 1 to 70% by mass, preferably 2 to 65% by mass, more preferably 3 to 60% by mass. . The addition of the polymer compound may be carried out (or before or after) when the organic nanoparticles are formed by the re-precipitation method, or before (or before and after) extraction or concentration, and when the aggregated organic particles are dispersed (after or after), At any point after the end of the steps, add 'and you can also combine them. In the method for producing a composition of the pigment dispersion of the present invention, the polymer compound having a mass average molecular weight of 1,000 or more can be contained in the composition as a binder described later, for example, after the concentrated organic particles are re-sinked, It is preferably added when the organic particles are finely dispersed and aggregated. When the amount of the polymer compound to be added is 100 parts by mass, the amount of the organic particles to be aggregated is preferably from 1 to 1,000 parts by mass, preferably from 5 to 500 parts by mass, preferably from 10 to 300 parts by mass. It is especially good. To:: Polymer compounds with a molecular weight of 1 000 or more are, for example, polyvinylpyrrolidone, poly, vinyl alcohol, polyvinyl methyl ether, polyethylene oxide, polyethylene glycol, polypropylene glycol, poly Acrylamide, vinyl alcohol-vinyl acetate copolymer, polyvinyl alcohol-partic acid acetal, polyvinyl alcohol-partial condensate, vinyl pyrrole sulphuric acid vinyl acetate copolymer, polyethylene oxide /propylene oxide block copolymer, polyamine, cellulose derivative, starch derivative, and the like. Further, natural high molecular compounds such as alginate, gelatin, albumin, casein, gum arabic, toluene gum, and lignosulfonate can also be used.

具有酸性基之高分子化合物係舉例如聚乙烯基硫酸、 縮合萘磺酸等。 具有羧基之高分子化合物係舉例如聚丙烯酸、聚甲基 丙烯酸、於側鎖具有羧基之纖維素衍生物等。包含(Α)從具 有羧基之化合物所導出的至少一種重複單位及(Β)從具有 羧酸酯基之化合物所導出的至少一種重複單位之共聚合化 合物,可舉例如:特開昭59-4461 5號公報、特公昭54-34327 號公報'特公昭58-1 2577號公報、特公昭54-25957號公報 、特開昭59-538 36號公報及特開昭59-71 048號公報中記載 -96- 200806754 般的甲基丙烯酸共聚物、丙烯酸共聚物、衣康酸共聚物、 丁烯酸共聚物、順丁烯二酸共聚物、部分酯化順丁烯二酸 共聚物等。又,特別較佳之例係可舉例如美國專利第 4139391號說明書中記載之丙烯酸-丙嫌酸酯共聚物、甲基 丙烯酸-丙烯酸酯共聚物、丙烯酸-甲基丙烯酸酯共聚物、 甲基丙烯酸-甲基丙烯酸酯共聚物,或丙烯酸或甲基丙綠酸 、與丙烯酸酯或甲基丙烯酸酯、與其他乙烯基化合物的多 元共聚物。The polymer compound having an acidic group is, for example, polyvinylsulfuric acid or condensed naphthalenesulfonic acid. The polymer compound having a carboxyl group is, for example, polyacrylic acid, polymethacrylic acid, or a cellulose derivative having a carboxyl group in a side chain. The copolymerizable compound containing at least one repeating unit derived from a compound having a carboxyl group and at least one repeating unit derived from a compound having a carboxylate group, for example, JP-A-59-4461 In Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. -96-200806754 General methacrylic acid copolymer, acrylic acid copolymer, itaconic acid copolymer, crotonic acid copolymer, maleic acid copolymer, partially esterified maleic acid copolymer, and the like. Further, a particularly preferred example is an acrylic-acrylic acid acrylate copolymer, a methacrylic acid-acrylic acid ester copolymer, an acrylic acid-methacrylic acid ester copolymer, and a methacrylic acid-acrylic acid described in the specification of U.S. Patent No. 4,139,391. A methacrylate copolymer, or a multicomponent copolymer of acrylic acid or methyl chlorophyllin, with acrylate or methacrylate, and other vinyl compounds.

乙烯基化合物之例係舉例如苯乙烯或經取代之苯乙烯 (例如乙烯基甲苯、乙烯基乙基苯)、乙烯基萘或經取代之 乙烯基萘、丙烯醯胺、甲基丙烯醯胺、丙烯腈、甲基丙烯 腈等,以苯乙烯爲佳。 .此等之高分子化合物係可僅使用1種、亦可組合2種以 上來使用,亦可與分子量低於1〇〇〇之化合物倂用。 本發明中,有機奈米粒子的分散液係含有60質量%以 上的有機溶劑爲佳、65質量%以上爲較佳。有機溶劑係沒 Φ有特別地限制,可從一般者之中適宜選擇。例如,酯化合 物溶媒、醇化合物溶媒、芳香族化合物溶媒、脂肪族化合 物溶媒、酮化合物溶媒爲佳、酯化合物溶媒、酮化合物溶 媒爲特佳。此等係可使用單獨1種、亦可倂用2種以上。 酯化合物溶媒係舉例如乙酸2-(1-甲氧基)丙酯、乙酸乙 酯、乳酸乙酯等。醇化合物溶媒係舉例如正丁醇、異丁醇 等。芳香族化合物溶媒係舉例如苯、甲苯、二甲苯等。脂 肪族化合物溶媒係舉例如η -己院、環己院等。酮化合物溶 媒係舉例如甲基乙基酮、丙酮、環己酮等。 -97- 200806754 [顏料分散組成物】 接著,就本發明的顏料分散物或其有機顏料奈米粒子 用於例如:彩色濾光片或噴墨印墨等時形成組成物的態樣 詳細說明。此外,關於噴墨印墨係除了作爲彩色濾光片用 噴墨印墨以外,亦可作爲印字用噴墨印墨等、一般的噴墨 印墨。有機奈米粒子係可例如在分散於展色劑中之狀態下 使用。上述展色劑係塗料爲液體狀態時使顏料分散之媒質 部分爲佳,其係液狀且包含與上述顏料結合加強塗膜的部 Φ分(黏結劑)、與將其溶解稀釋的成分.(有機溶媒)。此外,本 發明中用於奈米粒子形成時的黏結劑與用於再分散化之黏 結劑係可相同、亦可爲相異,亦可各自區分爲奈米粒子形 成黏結劑及再分散化黏結劑。 再分散化後有機奈米粒子之分散組成物的有機奈米粒 子濃度係視其目的做適宜決定,較佳係相對於分散組成物 全量之有機奈米粒子爲2〜30質量%爲佳、4〜20質量%爲較 佳、5~1 5質量%爲特佳。在藉由如上述般的展色劑進行分 φ散的情形中,黏結劑及溶解稀釋成分的量係根據有機材料 的種類等做適當的決定,相對於分散組成物全量,黏結劑 係1〜30質量%爲佳、3~20質量%爲較佳、5~15質量%爲特 佳。溶解稀釋成分爲5~80質量%爲佳、10〜70質量%爲較佳 〇 在上述經濃縮萃取之奈米粒子液中,如前所述,由於 可進行迅速的過濾器過濾,所以有機奈米粒子係藉由濃縮 化使其凝集爲佳、藉由離心分離或乾燥進行濃縮化以使其 凝集爲佳。 -98- 200806754 微細分散化此等凝集奈米粒子之方法,可使用例如由 . ' 、. - · - - . · . 超音波之分散方法、或施加物理性能量之方法。 使用的超音波照射裝置係具有能施加10kHz以上超音 波的功能爲佳,可舉例如超音波均化器、超音波洗淨機等 。超音波照射中液溫上昇時,爲了引起奈米粒子的熱凝集( 例如,參照「顏料分散技術-表面處理與分散劑的用法及分 散性評價-」技術情報協會1 999),液溫設爲1 00°C爲佳、 5~6 0°C爲更佳。溫度的控制方法係根據分散液溫度的控制 0 、溫度控制分散液之溫度調整層的溫度控制等而進行。 除了物理性能量,使經濃縮的有機奈米粒子分散之際 所使用的分散機係沒有特別地限制,可舉例如捏和機、.輥 磨機、立式球磨機、超級硏磨機、高速分散機、均化攪拌 器、砂磨機等的分散機。又,亦可列舉高壓分散法、或藉 由使用微小粒子珠粒之分散方法亦爲適宜者。 分散之方式 有機奈米粒子分散組成物的較佳製造方法,其係著色 #劑在以樹脂成分使其混煉分散處理後於2 5 °C的黏度爲 10,000mPa.s以上、理想爲l00,000mPa*s以上之比較高的 黏度的方式來進行混煉分散處理,接著添加溶媒並以微分 散處理後的黏度一般爲1,〇〇〇mPa · s以下、較佳爲1 OOmPa · s以下之比較低的黏度的方式,而進行微分散處理之方法爲 佳。 混煉分散處理中使用之機械係爲二輥硏磨機、三輥硏 磨機、球磨機、轉筒硏磨機、分散機、捏合機、混煉擠壓 機、均化器、摻合機、單軸及雙軸的擠壓機等,一邊賦予 •99- 200806754 強的剪斷力、一邊進行分散。其次,加入溶媒,且使用主 要爲縱型或是橫型的砂磨機、針磨機、狹縫硏磨機、超音 波分散機、高壓分散機等,並以0.1 mm粒徑之玻璃、氧 化鉻等產生之珠粒來進行精密分散處理。再者,亦可使用 0.1 mm以下之微小粒子珠粒來進行精密分散處理。另外, 亦可省略混煉分散處理。該情形下,顔料與分散劑或是表 面處理劑係於本發明的丙烯酸系共聚物及溶媒中進行珠粒 分散。Examples of the vinyl compound are, for example, styrene or substituted styrene (e.g., vinyl toluene, vinyl ethylbenzene), vinyl naphthalene or substituted vinyl naphthalene, acrylamide, methacrylamide, Acrylonitrile, methacrylonitrile, etc., preferably styrene. These polymer compounds may be used alone or in combination of two or more, and may be used in combination with a compound having a molecular weight of less than 1 Å. In the present invention, the dispersion of the organic nanoparticles is preferably 60% by mass or more, more preferably 65% by mass or more. The organic solvent system is not particularly limited, and may be appropriately selected from the general public. For example, an ester compound solvent, an alcohol compound solvent, an aromatic compound solvent, an aliphatic compound solvent, a ketone compound solvent, an ester compound solvent, or a ketone compound solvent is particularly preferred. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more. The ester compound solvent is, for example, 2-(1-methoxy)propyl acetate, ethyl acetate or ethyl lactate. The alcohol compound solvent is, for example, n-butanol or isobutanol. Examples of the aromatic compound solvent include benzene, toluene, xylene, and the like. The aliphatic compound solvent is, for example, η - 己院, 环己院, and the like. The ketone compound solvent is, for example, methyl ethyl ketone, acetone, cyclohexanone or the like. -97-200806754 [Pigment Dispersion Composition] Next, a description will be given of a state in which a pigment dispersion of the present invention or an organic pigment nanoparticle thereof is used for forming a composition, for example, a color filter or an inkjet ink. Further, the ink jet ink can be used as a general ink jet ink, such as inkjet ink for printing, in addition to inkjet ink for color filters. The organic nanoparticle system can be used, for example, in a state of being dispersed in a vehicle. Preferably, the color developing agent-based paint is a medium portion in which the pigment is dispersed in a liquid state, and is liquid-containing and includes a portion Φ (bonding agent) which is combined with the pigment to strengthen the coating film, and a component which dissolves and dilutes the composition. Organic solvent). In addition, the binder used in the formation of the nanoparticles in the present invention may be the same as or different from the binder used for the redispersion, and may be separately classified into a nanoparticle to form a binder and a redispersion bond. Agent. The organic nanoparticle concentration of the dispersed composition of the organic nanoparticle after re-dispersion is appropriately determined depending on the purpose, and is preferably 2 to 30% by mass based on the total amount of the organic nanoparticle of the dispersed composition. ~20 mass% is preferable, and 5 to 15 mass% is particularly preferable. In the case where the toner is dispersed by the above-described color developing agent, the amount of the binder and the dissolved and diluted component is appropriately determined depending on the type of the organic material, and the binder is 1~ with respect to the total amount of the dispersed composition. 30% by mass is preferred, 3 to 20% by mass is preferred, and 5 to 15% by mass is particularly preferred. It is preferable that the dissolved and diluted component is 5 to 80% by mass, and 10 to 70% by mass is preferable. In the above-mentioned concentrated and extracted nanoparticle liquid, as described above, since rapid filter filtration is possible, organic nai The rice particles are preferably agglomerated by concentration, and concentrated by centrifugation or drying to be agglomerated. -98- 200806754 A method of finely dispersing such agglomerated nanoparticles can be carried out, for example, by a method of dispersing ultrasonic waves or applying physical energy. The ultrasonic irradiation device to be used has a function of applying a supersonic wave of 10 kHz or more, and examples thereof include an ultrasonic homogenizer and an ultrasonic cleaner. When the liquid temperature rises during the ultrasonic irradiation, in order to cause thermal aggregation of the nanoparticles (for example, refer to "Pigment Dispersion Technology - Surface Treatment and Dispersion Usage and Dispersibility Evaluation -" Technical Information Association 1 999), the liquid temperature is set to 1 00 ° C is better, 5 ~ 60 ° C is better. The temperature control method is carried out according to the control of the temperature of the dispersion liquid 0, the temperature control of the temperature control layer of the temperature control dispersion liquid, and the like. In addition to the physical energy, the dispersing machine used for dispersing the concentrated organic nanoparticles is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a kneader, a roll mill, a vertical ball mill, a super honing machine, and a high-speed dispersion. Dispersing machine for machine, homogenizer, sand mill, etc. Further, a high-pressure dispersion method or a dispersion method using fine particle beads is also suitable. A preferred method for producing a dispersed composition of an organic nanoparticle, wherein the coloring agent has a viscosity at 25 ° C of 10,000 mPa·s or more, preferably 100, after kneading and dispersing with a resin component. The kneading and dispersing treatment is carried out in a manner of a relatively high viscosity of 000 mPa*s or more, and then the viscosity after the addition of the solvent and the fine dispersion treatment is generally 1, 〇〇〇mPa·s or less, preferably 100 ÅPa·s or less. A method of relatively low viscosity is preferred, and a method of performing microdispersion is preferred. The mechanical system used in the mixing and dispersing treatment is a two-roll honing machine, a three-roll honing machine, a ball mill, a drum honing machine, a dispersing machine, a kneading machine, a kneading extruder, a homogenizer, a blending machine, The uniaxial and biaxial extruders are dispersed while imparting a strong shear force of •99-200806754. Next, a solvent is added, and a sand mill, a pin mill, a slit honing machine, an ultrasonic disperser, a high-pressure disperser, etc., which are mainly vertical or horizontal, are used, and oxidized by a glass having a particle diameter of 0.1 mm. The beads produced by chromium or the like are subjected to precise dispersion treatment. Furthermore, fine particle beads of 0.1 mm or less can be used for precise dispersion treatment. Further, the kneading dispersion treatment may be omitted. In this case, the pigment, the dispersing agent or the surface treating agent is dispersed in the acrylic copolymer and the solvent of the present invention.

又將主顔料與補顔料分別分散處理之後,混合兩者之 分散液並進一步施加分散處理,又亦可一起分散處理主顔 料與補顔料。 另外,關於混煉、分散之詳細敘述係在T.C. Patton著 “Paint Flow and 顏料 Dispersion”(1964年 John Wiley / . a n d S ο n s社刊)等中亦有所記載,亦可使用該方法。 <2>分散劑之例 有機奈米粒子分散組成物中,其目的爲了使有機奈米 Φ粒子的分散性提昇,可添加一般的顏料分散劑或界面活性 劑。此等分散劑係使用多數種類之化合物,舉例如:酞菁 衍生物(市售品EFKA-6745(EFCA公司製))、索羅斯帕斯 5000 (ZENECA(股)公司製);有機矽氧烷聚合物KP341(信越 化學工業(股)公司製)、(甲基)丙烯酸系(共)聚合物Polyflow Νο.75、 Νο.90、 Νο·95(共榮社油月旨化學工業(股)公司製)、 W00 1 (裕商公司製)等的陽離子系界面活性劑;聚氧乙烯月 桂基醚、聚氧乙烯硬脂醯基醚、聚氧乙烯油烯基醚、聚氧 乙烯辛基苯基醚、聚氧乙烯壬基苯基醚、聚乙二醇二月桂 -100- 200806754 酸酯、聚乙二醇二硬脂酸酯、山梨糖醇酐脂肪酸酯等的非 離子系界面活性劑;W004、W005、W017(裕商公司製)等的 陰離子系界面活'性劑;EFKA-46、EFKA-47、EFKA-47EA、 EFKA聚合物 1 00、EFKA聚合物 400、EFKA聚合物 401、EFKA 聚合物450(以上森下產業(股 >公司製)、DISPERSAID 6、 DISPERSAID 8、DISPERSAID 15、DISPERSAID 9100(三 洋化成公司製)等的高分子分散劑;索羅斯帕斯3000、5000Further, after dispersing the main pigment and the complementary pigment separately, the dispersion of the two pigments is mixed and further subjected to dispersion treatment, and the main pigment and the supplementary pigment may be dispersed and treated together. In addition, detailed descriptions of kneading and dispersion are also described in "Paint Flow and Pigment Dispersion" by T.C. Patton (John Wiley / . a n d S ο n s 1964), and this method can also be used. <2> Example of Dispersant The organic nanoparticle-dispersed composition is intended to add a general pigment dispersant or a surfactant in order to improve the dispersibility of the organic nano-Φ particles. These dispersants use a wide variety of compounds, for example, phthalocyanine derivatives (commercial product EFKA-6745 (manufactured by EFCA)), Sorospas 5000 (manufactured by ZENECA Co., Ltd.); organic oxiranes Polymer KP341 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.), (meth)acrylic (co)polymer Polyflow Νο.75, Νο.90, Νο·95 (Kyoei Kobe Oil Chemical Co., Ltd.) System), W00 1 (made by Yusho Co., Ltd.) and other cationic surfactants; polyoxyethylene lauryl ether, polyoxyethylene stearyl ether, polyoxyethylene oleyl ether, polyoxyethylene octyl phenyl Nonionic surfactants such as ether, polyoxyethylene nonylphenyl ether, polyethylene glycol dilauro-100-200806754 acid ester, polyethylene glycol distearate, sorbitan fatty acid ester; Anionic interfacial activity agent such as W004, W005, W017 (manufactured by Yusho Co., Ltd.); EFKA-46, EFKA-47, EFKA-47EA, EFKA polymer 100, EFKA polymer 400, EFKA polymer 401, EFKA Polymer 450 (above Morihara Industry Co., Ltd.), DISPERSAID 6, DISPERSAID 8, DISPERS Polymer dispersant such as AID 15 and DISPERSAID 9100 (manufactured by Sanyo Chemical Co., Ltd.); Sorospas 3000, 5000

、9000、 12000、 13240、 13940、 17000、 24000、 26000 、28000等的各種索羅斯帕斯分散劑(ZENECA(股)公司製 );ADEKAPLRONIC L31,F38,L42,L44,L61,L64,F68,L72, P95,F77,P84,F87 > P 9 4,L 1 0 1 , P 1 0 3,F 1 0 8、L121、P-123( 旭電化(股)公司製)及丨SONET S-20(三洋化成(股)公司製) 。又,2000-239554號公報中記載之顏料分散劑、或特公 平5-72943號公報中記載之化合物(C)、或特開2001 -31 885 號公報中記載之合成例1的化合物等亦爲適合使用。 作爲再分散時用於有機奈米粒子形成時的分散劑[分 散相】所示之化合物亦可再次使用。 有機奈米粒子分散組成物中,可將再分散後的有機奈 米粒子(一次粒子)形成經微細分散化的粒子,可形成粒徑 較佳爲1〜2 0 0 n m、2〜1 0 0 n m爲較佳、5〜5 0 n m爲特佳。又, 再分散後粒子的Mv/Mn係以1 ·0~2·0爲佳、1 .〇〜1 .8爲較佳、 1 .0〜1 .5爲特佳。 雖然本發明的顏料分散組成物或後述的著色感光性樹 脂組成物中所含有之有機顏料奈米粒子爲所謂的奈米尺寸 •101- 200806754 (例如,t〇〜1 〇〇nm)微小粒徑,但仍可進行濃縮再分散化。 爲此,使用於彩色濾光片的話,光學濃度高、過濾器表面 的均勻性優異、對比高,且能減少畫像的雜訊。 再者,顏料分散組成物、著色感光性組成物中所含有 之有機顏料奈米粒子由於可高度、又均一地進行微細分散 化,所以可以薄的膜厚度發揮高的著色濃度,例如可形成 ' 彩色濾光片等的薄層化。 又顏料分散組成物、著色感光性樹脂組成物中係藉由 β含有顯示鮮明的色調與高著色力之顏料,作爲例如製造色 樣(col orp roof)或彩色濾光片等用的畫像形成材料係爲優 異。 再者,對於著色畫像形成時的曝光·顯像中所使用之鹼 性顯像液,顏料分散組成物、著色感光性樹脂組成物方面 係使用可溶於鹼性水溶液者作爲結合劑(黏結劑),且亦能 回應對於環境上的要求。Various Sorospas dispersants (made by ZENECA Co., Ltd.) of 9000, 12000, 13240, 13940, 17000, 24000, 26000, 28000, etc.; ADEKAPLRONIC L31, F38, L42, L44, L61, L64, F68, L72 , P95, F77, P84, F87 > P 9 4, L 1 0 1 , P 1 0 3, F 1 0 8, L121, P-123 (made by Asahi Kasei Co., Ltd.) and 丨SONET S-20 ( Sanyo Chemical (share) company system). Further, the pigment dispersant described in JP-A-2000-239554, or the compound (C) described in JP-A No. 5-72943, or the compound of Synthesis Example 1 described in JP-A-2001-31885 Suitable for use. The compound represented by the dispersing agent [dispersion phase] used in the formation of the organic nanoparticle at the time of redispersion can also be used again. In the organic nanoparticle dispersion composition, the redispersed organic nanoparticles (primary particles) can be formed into finely dispersed particles, and the particle diameter can be preferably 1 to 2 0 0 nm, 2 to 1 0 0 Nm is preferred, and 5 to 50 nm is particularly preferred. Further, the Mv/Mn of the particles after redispersion is preferably 1·0 to 2·0, preferably 1. 〇 to 1.8, and preferably 1.0 to 1.5. The organic pigment nanoparticle contained in the pigment dispersion composition of the present invention or the colored photosensitive resin composition described later is a so-called nanometer size of 101-200806754 (for example, t〇~1 〇〇nm) fine particle diameter. However, it can still be concentrated and redispersed. For this reason, when used in a color filter, the optical density is high, the uniformity of the surface of the filter is excellent, the contrast is high, and the noise of the image can be reduced. Further, since the organic pigment nanoparticles contained in the pigment-dispersed composition and the colored photosensitive composition can be finely and uniformly dispersed in a highly uniform manner, a high coloring density can be exhibited in a thin film thickness, for example, ' Thin layering of color filters and the like. Further, in the pigment-dispersed composition and the colored photosensitive resin composition, a pigment containing a clear color tone and a high coloring power is contained in β, and is used as an image forming material for producing a color sample (col orp roof) or a color filter. It is excellent. In the case of the alkaline developing solution used for the exposure and development of the colored image formation, the pigment dispersion composition and the colored photosensitive resin composition are those which are soluble in the alkaline aqueous solution as a binder (adhesive agent). ), and can also respond to environmental requirements.

I 又,可使用具有適度乾燥性之有機溶媒,以作爲用於 Φ顏料分散組成物、著色感光性樹脂铒成物之溶媒(顏料的分 散媒),即使從塗布後的乾燥之點而言亦可滿足其要求。 [著色感光性樹脂組成物] 本發明的著色感光性樹脂組成物係至少含有:(a)有機 - 顏料奈米粒子、(b)黏結劑、(c)具有2個以上乙烯性不飽和 ^鍵之多官能單體、及(d)光聚合啓發劑或光聚合啓發劑系 °以下,說明本發明之著色感光性樹脂組成物的各成分。 (a)有機顏料奈米粒子 關於製作有機顏料奈米粒子的方法係已詳細敘述。有 -102· 200806754 機顏料奈米粒子的含量係相對於著色感光性樹脂組成物中. 的全固體成分(本發明中,全固體成分係所謂不包含有機溶 媒之組成物合計),3〜90質量%爲佳、20〜80質量%爲較佳 、2 5〜6 0質量%爲更佳。該量過多時分散液的黏度上昇而有 形成製造適性上的間題。過少時著色力係爲不充分。作爲 著色劑功能之有機顏料奈米粒子(顏料粒子)係以粒徑〇·ι // m以下,特別是粒徑0.08 // m以下爲佳。又,亦可與用以 調色之一般顔料組合使用。顔料係可使用上述所記述者。 (b) 黏結劑 著色感光性樹脂組成物中的黏結劑係使用先前所述之 質量平均分子量1〇〇〇以上的高分子化合物爲佳。黏結劑的 含量係相對於著色感光性樹脂組成物的全固體成分,一般 爲15〜50質量%、以20〜45質量%爲佳。該量過多時組成物 的黏度過高而有製造適性上問題。過少時會有塗布膜的形 成上問題。. (c) 具有2個以上乙烯性不飽和雙鍵之多官能單體或是 低聚合物 本發明的著色感光性樹脂組成物中所含有之具有2個 以上乙烯性不飽和雙鍵之多官能單體或是低聚合物,其係 具有2個以上之乙烯性不飽和雙鍵,且經光照射可加成聚合 之單體或是低.聚合物。如此的單體及低聚合物可舉例如在 分子中具有至少1個可加成聚合的乙烯性不飽和基,沸點在 常壓下爲100 °C以上的化合物。該例係舉例如二季戊四醇六 (甲基)丙烯酸酯、聚乙二醇一(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聚丙二醇一 (甲基)丙烯酸酯及苯氧基(甲基)丙烯酸乙酯等的單官能丙 -103- 200806754 烯酸酯或單官能甲基丙烯酸酯;聚乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸m 、聚丙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基乙烷三丙烯酸酯 、三羥甲基丙烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基丙院二丙靖 酸酯、新戊二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇四(甲基)丙靖 酸酯、季戊四醇三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇六(甲基) 丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇五(甲基)丙烯酸酯、己二醇二(甲基) 丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷三(丙烯醯氧基丙基)醚、三(丙條 醯氧基乙基)三聚異氰酸酯、三(丙烯醯氧基乙基)三聚氰酸 Φ酯、甘油三(甲基)丙烯酸酯;在三羥甲基丙烷或甘油等的多 官能醇類加成環氧έ烷或環氧丙烷之後,經(甲基)丙烯酸 酯化者等的多官能丙烯酸酯或多官能甲基丙烯酸酯。又, . :;........... 亦可列舉如特開平1 0-6 2986號公報中通式(1 )及(2)所記載 的,在多官能醇類加成環氧乙烷或環氧丙烷後經(甲基)丙 烯酸酯化之化合物爲適宜者。 再者,可舉例如特公昭48-41 708號公報、特公昭 5 0-60 34號公報及特開昭51 -371 93號公報中所記載的胺甲 Φ酸酯丙嫌酸酯類;特開昭48-641 83號公報、特公昭49-431 91 號公報及特公昭52-3 0490號公報中所記載的聚酯丙烯酸酯 類;環氧樹脂與(甲基)丙烯酸之反應生成物環氧丙烯酸酯類 等的多官能丙烯酸酯、甲基丙烯酸酯。 此等之中,以三羥甲基丙烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、季戊 四醇四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二 季戊四醇五(甲基)丙烯酸酯爲佳。 又,其他適當者亦可舉例如特開平11-1 33600號公報中 記載的> 聚合性化合物Β」。 -104· 200806754 此等之單體或是低聚合物(單體或是低聚合物係以分 子量200〜1 0 00者爲佳)係可單獨、亦可混合二種以上使用 ,相對於著色感光性樹脂組成物的全固體成分,含量係一 般爲5~50質量%、10~40質量%爲佳。該量過多時組成物的 黏度過高而形成製造適性上問題。過少時曝光時的硬化力 係爲不足。 (d)光聚合啓發劑或光聚合啓發劑系 本發明的著色感光性樹脂組成物中所含有之光聚合啓 Φ發劑或光聚合啓發劑系(於本發明中,光聚合啓發劑系係.所 謂以複數化合物的組合而發現光聚合起始功能的混合物) ,以美國專利第236 7660號說明書中所揭示的連位多酮醛 基化合物、美國專利第2448828號說明書中所記載的偶姻 醚化合物、美國專利第272251 2號說明書中記載之α-烴所 取代之芳香族偶姻化合物、美國專利第30461 27號說明書 及同第295 1 758號說明書中記載之多核醌化合物、美國專 利第3549367號說明書中記載之三芳基咪唑二聚物與Ρ-胺 Φ基酮之組合、特公昭5 1 - 4 8 5 1 6號公報中記載之苯并噻唑化 合物與三鹵代甲基-S-三阱化合物、美國專利第423 98 50號 說明書中所記載的三鹵代甲基-三畊化合物、美國專利第 42 1 29 76號說明書中所記載的三鹵代甲基嫕二唑化合物等 。特別是以三鹵代甲基-S-三阱、三鹵代甲基噁二唑及三芳 基咪唑二聚物爲佳。 ’ 又,其他可舉例如特開平11-133600號公報中記載之「 " 聚合啓發劑C」、或作爲肟系之1-苯基-1,2-丙二酮-2-(ο-乙 氧基羰基)肟、〇-苯甲醯基-4,-(苯氫疏基)苯甲醯基-己基· -105- 200806754 酮肟、2,4,6-三甲基苯基羰基-二苯基氧化磷、六氟基偶磷-三烷基苯基鱗鹽亦爲適宜者。 此等之光聚合啓發劑或光聚合啓發劑系係可單獨、或 混合2種以上使用,特別是使用2種以上爲佳。使用至少2 種光聚合啓發劑時,顯示特性、特別是顯示的不均可變少 〇 相對於著色感光性樹脂組成物的全固體成分之光聚合 啓發劑或光聚合啓發劑系的含量,一般爲0·5〜20質量%, 以1〜15質量%爲佳。該量過多時感度變得過高而難以控制 。過少時則曝光感度過低。 (其他的添加劑) ' 〔溶媒〕 在本發明的著色感光性樹脂組成物中,除了上述成分 以外,可進一步使用有機溶媒。有機溶媒之例係沒有特別 地限制,可舉例如:酯類,例如乙酸乙酯、乙酸正丁酯、 乙酸異丁酯、甲酸戊酯、乙酸異戊酯、乙酸異丁酯、丙酸 φ 丁酯、丁酸異丙酯、丁酸乙酯、丁酸丁酯、烷基酯類、乳 酸甲酯、乳酸乙酯、羥乙酸甲酯、羥乙酸乙酯、羥乙酸丁 酯、甲氧基乙酸甲酯、甲氧基乙酸乙酯、甲氧基乙酸丁酯 、乙氧基乙酸甲酯、乙氧基乙酸乙酯、3_羥丙酸甲酯、3-羥丙酸乙酯等的3-羥丙酸烷基酯類;3_甲氧基丙酸甲酯、3_ 甲氧基丙酸乙酯、3-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、3_乙氧基丙酸乙酯 、2 -羥丙酸甲酯、2_羥丙酸乙酯、2 -羥丙酸丙酯、2 -甲氧 基丙酸甲酯、2 -甲氧基丙酸乙酯、2 -甲氧基丙酸丙酯、2-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、2-乙氧基丙酸乙酯、2-氧基-2-甲基丙酸 -106- 200806754 甲酯、2-氧基-2-甲基丙酸乙酯、2-甲氧基-2-甲基丙酸甲酯 、2-乙氧基-2-甲基丙酸乙酯、丙酮酸甲酯、丙酮酸乙酯、 丙酮酸丙酯、乙醯乙酸甲酯、乙醯乙酸乙酯、2_羥丁酸甲 酯、2-經丁酸乙酯等;醚類,例如二甘醇二甲基醚、四氫呋 喃、乙二醇一甲基醚、乙二醇一乙。基醚、甲基溶纖劑乙酸 酯、乙基溶纖劑乙酸酯、二甘醇一甲基醚、丙二醇甲基醚 乙酸酯、等;酮類,例如甲基乙基酮、甲基異丁基酮、環己 酮、環己酮、2-庚酮、3-庚酮等;芳香族烴類,例如甲苯、 Φ二甲苯等。此、等溶劑之中,以使用3-乙氧^«丙酸甲酯、3-乙氧基丙酸乙酯,乙基溶纖劑乙酸酯、乳酸乙酯、乙酸丁 酯、3-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、2-庚酮、環己酮、乙基卡必醇乙 酸酯、丁基卡必醇乙酸酯、丙二醇甲基醚乙酸酯等’作爲 本發明的溶劑爲佳。此等之溶劑可單獨使用、或是組合2 種以上來使用。 又,可視需要使用沸點爲18 0 °C〜250 °C之溶劑。此等 之高沸點溶劑係如以下所例示。二甘醇一丁基醚、二甘醇 Φ —乙基醚乙酸酯、二甘醇一乙基醚、3,5,5-三甲基-2-環己 烯-1-酮、丁基乳酸酯、二丙二醇一甲基醚乙酸酯、丙二醇 一甲基醚乙酸酯、丙二醇二乙酸酯、丙二醇-η-丙基醚乙酸 酯、二甘醇二乙基醚、2-乙基己基乙酸酯、3-甲氧基-3-甲 基丁基乙酸酯、Τ-丁內酯、三丙二醇甲基乙基乙酸酯、二 丙二醇-正丁基乙酸酯、丙二醇苯基醚乙酸酯、1,3-丁二醇 二乙酸酯。 相對於樹脂組成物總量,溶媒的含量爲1 0〜9 5質量。/。爲 佳。 -107- 200806754 〔界面活性劑〕 以往能使用的彩色濾光片中,會有爲了實現高的色純 度而增濃各晝素的顏色,且晝素膜厚的不均就那樣視爲色 不均的問題。爲此,對畫素的膜厚造成直接影響的感光性/ 樹脂層的形成(塗布)時係要求膜厚變動的良化。 本發明的彩色濾光片或本發明的感光性樹脂轉印材料 中,從能控制均勻的膜厚、有效地防止塗布不均(因膜厚變 動所致的色不均)的觀點而言,該著色感光性樹脂組成物中 Φ含有適當的界面活性劑爲佳。 上述界面活性劑較適當係舉例如特開200 3-33 7424號 公報、特開平1 1 -1 33600號公報中所揭示的界面活4生劑。界 面活性劑的含量係相對於光阻劑全量爲5質量%以下爲佳。 〔熱聚合抑制劑〕 本發明的著色感光性樹脂組成物含有熱聚合抑制劑爲 佳。該熱聚合抑制劑之例係舉例如氫醌、氫醌一甲基醚、 P-甲氧基苯氧基、二-第三丁基·ρ-甲酚、五倍子酚、第三丁 #基鄰苯二酚、苯醌、4,4’-硫代雙(3-甲基-6-第三丁基苯氧 基)、2,2’-亞甲基雙(4-甲基-6-第三丁基苯氧基)、2-氫硫基 苯并咪唑、吩噻阱等。熱聚合抑制劑的含量係相對於樹脂 組成物全量爲1質量。/。以下爲佳。 〔輔助性使用的染料、顏料〕 本發明的著色感光性樹脂組成物中,必要時除了上述 著色劑(顏料)之外,還可添加著色劑(染料、顏料)。著色劑 中使用顏料的情形下,使其均勻分散於著色感光性樹脂組 成物中係爲所期望的,爲此粒徑爲〇 · 1 μ m以下,特別是 -108- 200806754 0.0 8 μ m以下爲佳。 具體而S ,染料乃至於顏料可適當使用特開 2005-1 771 6號公報[0038卜[0040]中記載之色材、或特開 2005-361 447號公報[0068]〜[0072]中記載之顏料、或特開 2〇〇5_17521號公報[〇〇8〇]~[〇〇88]中記載之著色劑作爲上 述顏料。輔助性使用的染料或是顏料的含量係相對於樹脂 組成物全量以5質量%以下爲佳。 〔紫外線吸收劑〕Further, an organic solvent having a moderate drying property can be used as a solvent for the Φ pigment dispersion composition and the coloring photosensitive resin composition (dispersion medium for the pigment), even from the point of drying after coating. Can meet their requirements. [Coloring photosensitive resin composition] The colored photosensitive resin composition of the present invention contains at least (a) organic-pigment nanoparticle, (b) binder, and (c) two or more ethylenically unsaturated bonds. The polyfunctional monomer and (d) photopolymerization initiator or photopolymerization initiator are used to describe the respective components of the colored photosensitive resin composition of the present invention. (a) Organic Pigment Nanoparticles The method for producing organic pigment nanoparticles has been described in detail. -102·200806754 The content of the machine pigment nanoparticle is the total solid content of the colored photosensitive resin composition (in the present invention, the total solid content is a total of the composition containing no organic solvent), 3 to 90 The mass% is preferably 20% to 80% by mass, more preferably 25% to 60% by mass. When the amount is too large, the viscosity of the dispersion rises and there is a problem in that the manufacturing suitability is formed. When too little, the coloring power is insufficient. The organic pigment nanoparticle (pigment particle) which functions as a coloring agent is preferably a particle diameter 〇·ι // m or less, particularly preferably a particle diameter of 0.08 // m or less. Further, it can also be used in combination with a general pigment for coloring. For the pigment system, those described above can be used. (b) Adhesive The binder in the colored photosensitive resin composition is preferably a polymer compound having a mass average molecular weight of 1 Å or more as described above. The content of the binder is generally 15 to 50% by mass, preferably 20 to 45% by mass based on the total solid content of the colored photosensitive resin composition. When the amount is too large, the viscosity of the composition is too high and there is a problem in manufacturing suitability. When there is too little, there is a problem in the formation of a coating film. (c) A polyfunctional monomer having two or more ethylenically unsaturated double bonds or a low polymer. A polyfunctional compound having two or more ethylenically unsaturated double bonds contained in the colored photosensitive resin composition of the present invention. A monomer or a low polymer which has two or more ethylenically unsaturated double bonds and which can be added to a polymerized monomer or a low polymer by light irradiation. Such a monomer and a low polymer may, for example, be a compound having at least one addition-polymerizable ethylenically unsaturated group in a molecule and a boiling point of 100 ° C or more at normal pressure. In this example, for example, dipentaerythritol hexa(meth) acrylate, polyethylene glycol mono (meth) acrylate, polypropylene glycol mono (meth) acrylate, and phenoxy (meth) acrylate Functional C-103- 200806754 enoate or monofunctional methacrylate; polyethylene glycol di(meth)acrylic acid m, polypropylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, trimethylolethane triacrylate, three Hydroxymethylpropane tri(meth)acrylate, trimethylolpropane dipropionate, neopentyl glycol di(meth)acrylate, pentaerythritol tetrakis(methyl)propanate, pentaerythritol III Methyl) acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa(meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol penta (meth) acrylate, hexanediol di(meth) acrylate, trimethylolpropane tris(propylene methoxy propyl Ether, tris(propenyloxyethyl)trimeric isocyanate, tris(propyleneoxyethyl)cyanate glycerol, tris(meth)acrylate; in trimethylolpropane or glycerol Addition of polyfunctional alcohols to epoxy decane or propylene oxide , The (meth) acrylated like those polyfunctional acrylate or polyfunctional methacrylate. Further, the following describes the addition of polyfunctional alcohols as described in the general formulae (1) and (2) of JP-A-10-0-6986; The (meth)acrylated compound after ethylene oxide or propylene oxide is suitable. In addition, the amine methacrylate acrylates described in JP-A-48-41, 708, JP-A-59-60, and JP-A-51-371-93 Polyester acrylates described in JP-A-48-641, JP-A-49-431, and JP-A-52-3490, and reaction product rings of epoxy resin and (meth)acrylic acid A polyfunctional acrylate or methacrylate such as an oxy acrylate. Among these, trimethylolpropane tri(meth)acrylate, pentaerythritol tetra(meth)acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa(meth)acrylate, and dipentaerythritol penta(meth)acrylate are preferred. In addition, the <polymerizable compound Β" described in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei 11-1 33600. -104· 200806754 These monomers or low polymers (monomer or low polymer are preferably used with a molecular weight of 200 to 1 00) may be used alone or in combination of two or more. The total solid content of the resin composition is generally 5 to 50% by mass, preferably 10 to 40% by mass. When the amount is too large, the viscosity of the composition is too high to cause a problem of manufacturing suitability. When the amount is too small, the hardening force at the time of exposure is insufficient. (d) a photopolymerization initiator or a photopolymerization initiator is a photopolymerization initiator or a photopolymerization initiator contained in the coloring photosensitive resin composition of the present invention (in the present invention, a photopolymerization heuristic system) a mixture of a photopolymerization initiation function found by a combination of a plurality of compounds, as described in the specification of U.S. Patent No. 2,637,660, the pheno- gamma aldehyde compound disclosed in the specification of U.S. Patent No. 2,448,828. An ether compound, an aromatic auxin compound substituted by an α-hydrocarbon described in the specification of U.S. Patent No. 2,725,251, a polynuclear ruthenium compound described in the specification of the U.S. Patent No. 30,461, and the specification of U.S. Patent No. 2,591,758, U.S. Patent No. The combination of the triaryl imidazole dimer and the oxime-amine Φ ketone described in the specification of No. 3549367, the benzothiazole compound and the trihalomethyl-S- described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 5 1 - 4 8 5 1 6 The trihalogenated methyl oxadiazole compound described in the specification of the trihalogenated methyl-three-till compound described in the specification of U.S. Patent No. 4,213,976, the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference. Things, etc. Particularly preferred are trihalomethyl-S-tripper, trihalomethyloxadiazole and triarylimidazole dimer. In addition, " " Polymeric Heuristic Agent C" described in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei 11-133600, or 1-phenyl-1,2-propanedione-2-(ο-B) Oxycarbonyl) hydrazine, fluorenyl-benzylidene-4,-(phenylhydrocarbyl)benzimidyl-hexyl-105-200806754 ketone oxime, 2,4,6-trimethylphenylcarbonyl-di Phenylphosphine oxide, hexafluorophosphoryl-trialkylphenyl scale salt is also suitable. These photopolymerization initiators or photopolymerization heuristics may be used singly or in combination of two or more kinds, and it is preferred to use two or more kinds thereof. When at least two kinds of photopolymerization heuristic agents are used, the display characteristics, particularly the unevenness of display, may be less than the content of the photopolymerization heuristic or photopolymerization heuristic system with respect to the total solid content of the colored photosensitive resin composition. It is preferably 0.5 to 20% by mass, preferably 1 to 15% by mass. When the amount is too large, the sensitivity becomes too high and it is difficult to control. When the amount is too small, the exposure sensitivity is too low. (Other additives) '[Solvent] In the colored photosensitive resin composition of the present invention, an organic solvent may be further used in addition to the above components. Examples of the organic solvent are not particularly limited, and examples thereof include esters such as ethyl acetate, n-butyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, amyl formate, isoamyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, and propionate φ Ester, isopropyl butyrate, ethyl butyrate, butyl butyrate, alkyl esters, methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, methyl glycolate, ethyl hydroxyacetate, butyl glycolate, methoxyacetic acid 3-methyl ester, ethyl methoxyacetate, butyl methoxyacetate, methyl ethoxyacetate, ethyl ethoxyacetate, methyl 3-hydroxypropionate, ethyl 3-hydroxypropionate, etc. Alkyl hydroxypropionates; methyl 3-methoxypropionate, ethyl 3-methoxypropionate, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, 2-hydroxyl Methyl propionate, ethyl 2-hydroxypropionate, propyl 2-hydroxypropionate, methyl 2-methoxypropionate, ethyl 2-methoxypropionate, propyl 2-methoxypropionate Methyl 2-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 2-ethoxypropionate, 2-oxy-2-methylpropionic acid-106- 200806754 methyl ester, 2-oxy-2-methylpropionic acid Ethyl ester, methyl 2-methoxy-2-methylpropanoate, ethyl 2-ethoxy-2-methylpropionate, pyruvic acid Methyl ester, ethyl pyruvate, propyl pyruvate, methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, methyl 2-hydroxybutyrate, 2-ethyl butyrate, etc.; ethers, such as diethylene glycol Methyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol-ethyl. Ether, methyl cellosolve acetate, ethyl cellosolve acetate, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol methyl ether acetate, etc.; ketones, such as methyl ethyl ketone, A Alkyl isobutyl ketone, cyclohexanone, cyclohexanone, 2-heptanone, 3-heptanone, etc.; aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene, Φ xylene, and the like. Among these solvents, etc., 3-ethoxyxopropionate methyl ester, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl cellosolve acetate, ethyl lactate, butyl acetate, 3-methyl Methyl oxypropionate, 2-heptanone, cyclohexanone, ethyl carbitol acetate, butyl carbitol acetate, propylene glycol methyl ether acetate, etc. are preferred as the solvent of the present invention. . These solvents may be used singly or in combination of two or more. Further, a solvent having a boiling point of from 18 ° C to 250 ° C may be used as needed. These high boiling solvents are as exemplified below. Diethylene glycol monobutyl ether, diethylene glycol Φ-ethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, 3,5,5-trimethyl-2-cyclohexen-1-one, butyl Lactic acid ester, dipropylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol diacetate, propylene glycol-η-propyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol diethyl ether, 2- Ethylhexyl acetate, 3-methoxy-3-methylbutyl acetate, Τ-butyrolactone, tripropylene glycol methyl ethyl acetate, dipropylene glycol-n-butyl acetate, propylene glycol Phenyl ether acetate, 1,3-butylene glycol diacetate. The content of the solvent is from 10 to 9.5 mass based on the total amount of the resin composition. /. It is better. -107-200806754 [Surfactant] In the color filter that can be used in the past, the color of each element is increased in order to achieve high color purity, and the unevenness of the thickness of the element is considered as color. The problem of both. Therefore, in the formation (coating) of the photosensitive/resin layer which directly affects the film thickness of the pixel, the film thickness variation is required. In the color filter of the present invention or the photosensitive resin transfer material of the present invention, from the viewpoint of controlling the uniform film thickness and effectively preventing coating unevenness (color unevenness due to variation in film thickness), It is preferable that Φ contains a suitable surfactant in the colored photosensitive resin composition. The interfacial active agent disclosed in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. The content of the surfactant is preferably 5% by mass or less based on the total amount of the photoresist. [Thermal polymerization inhibitor] The colored photosensitive resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a thermal polymerization inhibitor. Examples of the thermal polymerization inhibitor are, for example, hydroquinone, hydroquinone monomethyl ether, P-methoxyphenoxy group, di-tert-butyl-p-cresol, gallic phenol, and third butyl group. Hydroquinone, benzoquinone, 4,4'-thiobis(3-methyl-6-t-butylphenoxy), 2,2'-methylenebis(4-methyl-6- Tributylphenoxy), 2-hydrothiobenzimidazole, phenothiazine, and the like. The content of the thermal polymerization inhibitor is 1 mass based on the total amount of the resin composition. /. The following is better. [Dye and pigment for auxiliary use] In the colored photosensitive resin composition of the present invention, a coloring agent (dye, pigment) may be added in addition to the above-mentioned coloring agent (pigment) as necessary. In the case where a pigment is used in the coloring agent, it is desirable to uniformly disperse it in the coloring photosensitive resin composition, and the particle diameter is 〇·1 μm or less, particularly -108-200806754 0.0 8 μm or less. It is better. Specifically, S, a dye, or a pigment can be suitably used in the color material described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 2005-1771, [0038], or in JP-A-2005-361447 [0068] to [0072]. The pigment described in Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. Hei No. Hei. No. Hei. The content of the auxiliary dye or the pigment is preferably 5% by mass or less based on the total amount of the resin composition. [UV absorber]

本發明的著色感光性樹脂組成物中,可視需要含有紫 外線吸收劑。紫外線吸收劑係除了特開平5-72 724號公報記 載的化合物以外,可舉例如水楊酸酯系、二苯甲酮系、苯 并三哇系、氰基丙烯酸酯系、鎳螯合劑系、受阻胺系等。 具體而言,舉例如苯基水楊酸酯、4-第三丁基苯基水 楊酸酯、2,4_二-第三丁基苯基-3’,5’-二羥基苯曱酸酯 、4-第三丁基苯基水楊酸酯、2,4-二羥基二苯甲酮、2-羥基 -4-甲氧基二苯甲酮、2-羥基-4-n-辛氧基二苯甲酮、2-(2’-φ羥基-5’-甲基苯基)苯并三唑、2_(2’-羥基_3’_第三丁基-5’-甲基苯基)-5-氯基苯并三唑、乙基-2-氰基-3,3-二苯基丙烯 酸酯、2,2’-羥基-4-甲氧基二苯甲酮、鎳二丁基二硫胺甲酸 鹽、雙(2,2,6,6-四甲基-4-吡啶)-癸二酸酯、4-第三丁基苯 基水楊酸酯、水楊酸苯酯、4-羥基·2,2,6,6-四甲基哌B定縮 合物、琥珀酸-雙(2,2,6,6-四甲基-4-哌啶基)-酯、2-[2-羥基 -3,5-雙(α,α_二甲基苄基)苯基]-2Η-苯并三唑、7-{[4-氯基 -6-(二乙基胺基)_5_三阱-2-基]胺基}-3-苯基香豆素等。紫外 線吸收劑的含量係相對於樹脂組成物全量以5質量%以下 •109- 200806754 爲隹。 又,本發明的著色感光性樹脂組成物中,除了上述添 加劑之外,亦可含有特開平11-133600號公報中記載之「黏 著助劑」、或其他添加劑等。 [著色感光性樹脂組成物的塗布膜] 關於在使用本發明著色感光性樹脂組成物之塗布膜中 的含有成分,係與上述[著色感光性樹脂組成物]之項中記 載者相同。又,用於本發明的著色感光性樹脂組成物之塗 Φ布膜厚度可視其用途做適宜的決定,以〇·5〜5·0μπι爲佳、 1.0〜3.0 pm爲較佳。使用'本發明的著色感光性樹脂組成物之 塗布膜係將其中所含有之(c)單體或低聚合物聚合並形成 著色感光性樹脂組成物之聚合膜,然後可製作含有其之彩 色濾光片(關於彩色濾光片的製作係如後所述)。聚合性單 體或聚合性低聚合物之聚合係可藉由光照射,使(d)光聚合 啓發劑乃至於光聚合啓發劑系作用而進行。 (狹縫狀噴嘴)The colored photosensitive resin composition of the present invention may optionally contain an ultraviolet absorber. In addition to the compound described in JP-A-H05-72724, for example, salicylate-based, benzophenone-based, benzotrimethane, cyanoacrylate-based, nickel-chelating agent, and hindered Amines and the like. Specifically, for example, phenyl salicylate, 4-tert-butylphenyl salicylate, 2,4-di-tert-butylphenyl-3',5'-dihydroxybenzoic acid Ester, 4-tert-butylphenyl salicylate, 2,4-dihydroxybenzophenone, 2-hydroxy-4-methoxybenzophenone, 2-hydroxy-4-n-octyloxy Benzophenone, 2-(2'-φhydroxy-5'-methylphenyl)benzotriazole, 2_(2'-hydroxy-3'_t-butyl-5'-methylphenyl )-5-chlorobenzotriazole, ethyl-2-cyano-3,3-diphenyl acrylate, 2,2'-hydroxy-4-methoxybenzophenone, nickel dibutyl Dithiocarbamate, bis(2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4-pyridine)-sebacate, 4-t-butylphenyl salicylate, phenyl salicylate, 4-hydroxy·2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine B condensate, succinic acid-bis(2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4-piperidinyl)-ester, 2-[ 2-hydroxy-3,5-bis(α,α-dimethylbenzyl)phenyl]-2indole-benzotriazole, 7-{[4-chloro-6-(diethylamino)_5 _Triso-2-yl]amino}-3-phenylcoumarin. The content of the ultraviolet ray absorbing agent is 5% by mass or less based on the total amount of the resin composition, and 109-200806754 is 隹. In addition, the coloring photosensitive resin composition of the present invention may contain, in addition to the above-mentioned additives, an "adhesive aid" described in JP-A-11-133600, or other additives. [Coating film of the coloring photosensitive resin composition] The component contained in the coating film of the coloring photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is the same as that of the above-mentioned [coloring photosensitive resin composition]. Further, the thickness of the Φ film to be used for the coloring photosensitive resin composition of the present invention can be appropriately determined depending on the use thereof, and preferably 〇5~5·0μπι is preferably 1.0 to 3.0 pm. The coating film using the coloring photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is a polymeric film obtained by polymerizing (c) a monomer or a low polymer contained therein to form a colored photosensitive resin composition, and then producing a color filter containing the same. Light sheet (the production of the color filter is as described later). The polymerization of the polymerizable monomer or the polymerizable low polymer can be carried out by light irradiation to cause (d) a photopolymerization heuristic agent or a photopolymerization heuristic agent. (slit nozzle)

此外,上述塗布膜可藉由將著色感光性樹脂組成物以 一般的塗布方法進行塗布、乾燥而形成,惟本發明中在吐 出液的部分,以具有狹縫狀穴之狹縫狀噴嘴來進行塗布爲 佳。具體而言,較佳係使用特開2004-89851號公報、特開 2004-1 7043號公報、特開2003-1 70098號公報、特開 2003-1 64787號·公報、特開2003-1 0767號公報、特開 2002-791 63號公報、特開2001 -31 01 47號公報等中記載之 狹縫狀噴嘴、及狹縫塗布機。 著色感光性樹脂組成物塗布於基板之塗布方法,從能 -110· 200806754 均与' 高精度地塗布1〜3 μ m的薄膜之觀點係以旋轉塗布爲 優異.,在彩色濾光片的製作中係爲廣泛一般使用的。.然而 ’近年來伴隨著液晶顯示裝置,的大型化及量產化,由於製 造效率及製造成本進一步提昇之故,比旋轉塗布更適合於 廣寬且大面積基板的塗布之狹縫塗布,被採用於彩色濾光 片的製作上。另外,即使從所謂的省液性之觀點,狹縫塗 布係亦比旋轉塗布爲優異,可以更少的塗布液量而得到均 勻的塗膜。In addition, the coating film can be formed by applying and drying the colored photosensitive resin composition by a general coating method, but in the present invention, the portion of the discharge liquid is formed by a slit nozzle having a slit-like hole. Coating is preferred. Specifically, it is preferable to use the publications of JP-A-2004-89851, JP-A-2004-1 7043, JP-A-2003-1 70098, JP-A-2003-1 64787, and JP-A-2003-1 0767. A slit-shaped nozzle and a slit coater described in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 2001-791 No. The coating method of the coloring photosensitive resin composition applied to the substrate is excellent in spin coating from the viewpoint of being able to apply a film of 1 to 3 μm with high precision from -110·200806754, and producing the color filter. The middle system is widely used. However, in recent years, with the increase in the size and mass production of the liquid crystal display device, the manufacturing efficiency and the manufacturing cost are further improved, and it is more suitable for the slit coating of the wide-area substrate coating than the spin coating. Used in the production of color filters. Further, even from the viewpoint of the so-called liquid-saving property, the slit coating system is superior to spin coating, and a uniform coating film can be obtained with a smaller amount of coating liquid.

狹縫塗布係於前端具有寬數十微米之狹縫(間隙),且 使對應於矩形基板塗布寬之長度的塗布頭一般保持與基板 之間隙(clearance)在數1 0~數1 00微米,一邊使其於基板與 塗布頭維持固定的相對速度,以規定的吐出量自狹縫所供 給之塗布液塗布至基板的塗布方式。該狹縫塗布係具有: (1 )相較於旋轉塗布液體損失少、(2)因塗布液沒有飛散而使 得洗淨處理減輕、(3)飛散的液成分沒有再混入至塗布膜、 (4)由於回轉沒有開始停止時間,所以能縮短化流水作業時 φ間(tact time)、(5)對大型基板的塗布係爲容易、等的優點 。根據此等優點,狹縫塗布係適合於大型畫面液晶顯示裝 置用的彩色濾光片之製作,對於塗布液量的削減來說亦期 待爲有利的塗布方式。 狹縫塗布係由於藉由旋轉塗布亦可從很遠處塗布大面 積的塗布膜,所以從寬廣的狹縫出口吐出塗布液之際’塗 布機與被塗布物之間必須保持某程度上的相對速度。爲此 ,要求用於狹縫塗布方式之塗布液係有良好的流動性。又 ,狹縫塗布中,從塗布頭之狹縫供給至基板之塗布液的各 111- 200806754 條件,係特別要求涵蓋塗布寬全體且保持一定。塗布液的 流動性或黏彈性特性等的液物性爲不充分時,容易發生塗 布不均,而難以於塗芾寬方向保持固定的塗布厚,且最後 會有所謂難以得到均勻塗布膜之問題產生。 根據上述,爲了得到沒有不均且均勻的塗布膜,大多 數係嘗試改良塗布液的流動性、黏彈性特性。然而,雖然 已提案有如上述般使聚合物的分子量降低、或選擇對溶媒 的溶解性優異之聚合物、或爲了控制蒸發速度而各種選擇 Φ的溶媒、或利用界面活性劑等的手段,但是任一上述的各 個問題均沒有得到充分地改良。 [感光性樹脂轉印材料] 接著,說明本發明的感光性樹脂轉印材料。 ,:· ‘々· 本發明的感光性樹脂轉印材料係使用特開平5 - 7 2 7 2 4 號公報中記載之感光性樹脂轉印材料、亦即一體型成形之 薄膜而形成爲佳。該一體型薄膜的構成例可舉例如依序積 層暫時支持體/熱可塑性樹脂層/中間層/感光性樹脂層/保 0護薄膜的構成,本發明的著色轉印材料可藉由使用前述本 發明的著色感光性樹脂組成物,而設有感光性樹脂者。 (暫時支持體) 本發明的感光性樹脂轉印材料中,暫時支持體係具有 可撓性’且在加壓、或是加壓及加熱下亦不會產生顯著變 形、收縮或是伸長者係爲必要的。彼等暫時支持體之例係 可舉例如聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯薄膜、三乙酸纖維素薄膜、 聚苯乙烯薄膜、聚碳酸酯薄膜等,其中尤以2軸延伸聚對苯 二甲酸乙二酯薄膜爲特佳。 -112- 200806754 (熱可塑性樹脂層) 熱塑性樹脂層中所使用的成分係以特開平5 _ 7 2 7 2 4號 公報中記載之有機高分子物質爲佳選自於根據維卡V i c a t 法(具體而言,根據美國材料試驗法ASTMD1 235之聚合物 軟化點測定法)之軟化點爲約8 〇 °C以下之有機高分子物質 爲特佳。具體而言,舉例如聚乙烯、聚丙烯等的聚烯烴、 乙烯與乙酸乙烯酯或其皂化物之類的乙烯共聚物、乙烯與 丙烯酸酯或其皂化物、聚氯化乙烯、氯化乙烯與乙酸乙烯 Φ酯及其皂化物之類的氯化乙烯共聚物、聚偏二氯乙烯、偏 二氯乙烯共聚物、聚苯乙烯、苯乙'烯與(甲基)丙烯酸酯或 其皂化物之類的苯乙烯共聚物、聚乙烯基甲苯、乙烯基甲 苯與(甲基)丙烯酸酯或其皂化物之類的乙烯基甲苯共聚物 、聚(甲基)丙烯酸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸丁酯與乙酸乙烯酯等的 (甲基)丙烯酸酯共聚物、乙酸乙烯酯共聚物尼龍、共聚合 尼龍、N-烷氧基甲基化尼龍、N-二甲基胺基化尼龍之類的 聚醯胺樹脂等的有機高分子。The slit coating is a slit (gap) having a width of several tens of micrometers at the front end, and the coating head having a width corresponding to the width of the rectangular substrate is generally maintained at a clearance of from 10 to several hundred micrometers with respect to the substrate. A coating method in which a coating liquid supplied from a slit is applied to a substrate at a predetermined discharge amount while maintaining a relative speed at which the substrate and the coating head are fixed. The slit coating system has: (1) less loss of liquid than spin coating, (2) reduction of washing treatment due to non-scattering of the coating liquid, and (3) scattering of liquid components that are not mixed into the coating film, (4) Since the start time is not started by the rotation, it is possible to shorten the tact time during the flow-through operation and (5) to apply the coating to the large substrate, and the like. According to these advantages, the slit coating is suitable for the production of a color filter for a large-screen liquid crystal display device, and an advantageous coating method is also desired for the reduction of the amount of the coating liquid. In the slit coating, since a large-area coating film can be applied from a long distance by spin coating, when the coating liquid is discharged from a wide slit outlet, it is necessary to maintain a certain degree of relative relationship between the coater and the object to be coated. speed. For this reason, it is required that the coating liquid used in the slit coating method has good fluidity. Further, in the slit coating, the conditions of each of the coating liquids supplied from the slit of the coating head to the coating liquid of the substrate are particularly required to cover the entire coating width and remain constant. When the liquid property of the coating liquid such as fluidity or viscoelastic property is insufficient, coating unevenness is likely to occur, and it is difficult to maintain a constant coating thickness in the coating width direction, and finally there is a problem that it is difficult to obtain a uniform coating film. . As described above, in order to obtain a coating film which is not uneven and uniform, most of the attempts have been made to improve the fluidity and viscoelastic properties of the coating liquid. However, it has been proposed to reduce the molecular weight of the polymer or to select a polymer excellent in solubility in a solvent as described above, or to select a solvent of Φ for controlling the evaporation rate, or to use a surfactant or the like. None of the above problems have been sufficiently improved. [Photosensitive Resin Transfer Material] Next, the photosensitive resin transfer material of the present invention will be described. 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 The configuration of the integrated film may be, for example, a structure in which a temporary support/thermoplastic resin layer/intermediate layer/photosensitive resin layer/protective film is laminated, and the color transfer material of the present invention can be used by using the foregoing The coloring photosensitive resin composition of the invention is provided with a photosensitive resin. (Temporary Support) In the photosensitive resin transfer material of the present invention, the temporary support system has flexibility and does not cause significant deformation, shrinkage or elongation under pressure, pressure or heat. necessary. Examples of such temporary supports include polyethylene terephthalate film, cellulose triacetate film, polystyrene film, polycarbonate film, etc., especially 2-axis extended polyethylene terephthalate. Diester films are particularly preferred. -112-200806754 (The thermoplastic resin layer) The component to be used in the thermoplastic resin layer is preferably selected from the organic polymer material described in JP-A No. 5-77.2, and is selected from the Vicat Vicat method ( Specifically, the organic polymer material having a softening point of about 8 〇 ° C or less is particularly preferable according to the method for measuring the softening point of the polymer of the American Material Testing Method ASTM D1 235. Specifically, for example, a polyolefin such as polyethylene or polypropylene, an ethylene copolymer such as ethylene and vinyl acetate or a saponified product thereof, ethylene and acrylate or a saponified product thereof, polyvinyl chloride, and vinyl chloride are used. Vinyl chloride copolymer such as vinyl acetate Φ ester and saponified product thereof, polyvinylidene chloride, vinylidene chloride copolymer, polystyrene, styrene-ene and (meth) acrylate or saponified product thereof Vinyl toluene copolymer, poly(meth)acrylate, butyl (meth)acrylate, such as styrene copolymer, polyvinyl toluene, vinyl toluene and (meth) acrylate or its saponified product Poly(fluorene) copolymers such as vinyl acetate (meth) acrylate copolymer, vinyl acetate copolymer nylon, copolymerized nylon, N-alkoxymethylated nylon, N-dimethyl aminated nylon An organic polymer such as an amine resin.

本發明的感光性樹脂轉印材料中,其目的爲了防止在 塗布複數塗布層時、及塗布後的保存時成分的混合,設有 中間層爲佳。該中間層係使用特開平5-72 724號公報中記載 爲「分離層」、有氧遮斷功能之氧遮斷膜爲佳,該情形下可 提局曝光時感度、減少曝光機的時間負荷,且提禹生產性 〇 該氧遮斷膜係顯示低的氧透過性、分散或溶解於水或 鹼性水溶液者爲佳,可從習知者中做適當選擇。此等之中 -11 3 - 200806754 特佳者係聚乙烯醇與聚乙烯吡咯啶酮之組合。 (保護薄膜) 感光性樹脂層之上,爲了保護遠離貯藏之際的污染或 損傷,設有薄的保護薄膜爲佳。保護薄膜係可由與暫時支 持體相同或類似的材料所構成,但是必須能輕易地自感光 性樹脂層分離。保護薄膜材料係以例如矽紙、聚烯烴或是 聚四氟乙烯薄片爲適當。 (感光性樹脂轉印材料的製作方法)In the photosensitive resin transfer material of the present invention, it is preferable to provide an intermediate layer in order to prevent mixing of components during coating of a plurality of coating layers and storage after coating. The intermediate layer is preferably an oxygen barrier film described in the "Separation Layer" or the aerobic blocking function described in Japanese Patent Publication No. Hei 5-72724. In this case, the sensitivity during exposure and the time load of the exposure machine can be reduced. Further, it is preferable that the oxygen barrier film exhibits low oxygen permeability, dispersion or dissolution in water or an alkaline aqueous solution, and can be appropriately selected from a conventional one. Among these, -11 3 - 200806754 is a combination of polyvinyl alcohol and polyvinylpyrrolidone. (Protective film) It is preferable to provide a thin protective film on the photosensitive resin layer in order to protect it from contamination or damage at the time of storage. The protective film may be composed of the same or similar material as the temporary support, but must be easily separated from the photosensitive resin layer. The protective film material is suitably made of, for example, crepe paper, polyolefin or a sheet of polytetrafluoroethylene. (Manufacturing method of photosensitive resin transfer material)

本發明的感光牲樹脂轉印材料之製作係在暫時支持體 上,藉由塗布溶解熱塑性樹脂層添加劑的塗布液(熱塑性樹 脂層用塗布液)且乾燥,以設有熱塑性樹脂層,隨後在熱塑 性樹脂層上塗布、乾燥由未溶解熱塑性樹脂層之溶媒所構 成的中間層林料溶液,隨後感光性樹脂層用組成物係可藉 由以不溶解中間層之溶媒進行塗布、乾燥並設置,而進行 製作。 又,亦可準備在上述暫時支持體上設有熱塑性樹脂層 0及中間層之薄片、及在保護薄膜上設有感光性樹脂層之薄 片,使中間層與感光性樹脂層爲相接的方式而相互貼合, 再者,亦可準備在上述暫時支持體上設有熱塑性樹脂層之 薄片、及在保護薄膜上設有感光性樹脂層及中間層之薄片 ,使熱塑性樹脂層與中間層爲相接的方式相互貼合而加以 製作。 本發明的感光性樹脂轉印材料中,感光性樹脂層的膜 厚係以1.0〜5_0μΓΠ爲佳、1·0~4·0μηη爲較佳、1.0〜3·0μητι爲 特隹。又,沒有特別地限制,惟其他的各層的較佳膜厚係 -114- 200806754 一般爲:暫時支持體15~1〇〇μπι、熱可塑性樹脂層2〜3〇μΓΠ 、中間層〇·5〜3·0μηη、保護薄膜4~40μητν。 此外,上述製作方法中的塗布可藉由一般的塗布裝置 等來進行,本發明的話係以上述[著色感光性樹脂組成物的 塗布膜]項中所説明的、使用狹縫狀噴嘴之塗布裝置(狹縫 塗布機)來進行爲佳。狹縫塗布機的較佳具體例等係與上述 相同。 [彩色濾光片】The photosensitive resin transfer material of the present invention is produced on a temporary support by coating a coating liquid (coating solution for a thermoplastic resin layer) in which a thermoplastic resin layer additive is dissolved and drying to provide a thermoplastic resin layer, followed by thermoplasticity. An intermediate layer forest solution composed of a solvent in which the thermoplastic resin layer is not dissolved is applied onto the resin layer, and then the composition for the photosensitive resin layer can be coated, dried, and set by dissolving the solvent of the intermediate layer. Production. Further, a sheet in which the thermoplastic resin layer 0 and the intermediate layer are provided on the temporary support, and a sheet in which the photosensitive resin layer is provided on the protective film, and the intermediate layer and the photosensitive resin layer are brought into contact with each other may be prepared. Further, a sheet in which a thermoplastic resin layer is provided on the temporary support and a sheet in which a photosensitive resin layer and an intermediate layer are provided on the protective film may be prepared so that the thermoplastic resin layer and the intermediate layer are The joining methods are made by fitting each other. In the photosensitive resin transfer material of the present invention, the thickness of the photosensitive resin layer is preferably 1.0 to 5_0 μm, preferably 1.00 to 4·0 μηη, and 1.0 to 3·0 μητι. Further, it is not particularly limited, but the preferred film thickness of the other layers is -114-200806754. Generally, the temporary support 15~1〇〇μπι, the thermoplastic resin layer 2~3〇μΓΠ, the intermediate layer 〇·5~ 3·0μηη, protective film 4~40μητν. In addition, the coating in the above-described production method can be carried out by a general coating device or the like, and the coating device using the slit-shaped nozzle described in the above [Coating film for coloring photosensitive resin composition] is used in the present invention. It is preferable to carry out (slit coater). A preferred embodiment of the slit coater is the same as described above. [Color Filter]

本發明的彩色濾光片係可作爲對比優異者來使用。本 發明之對比係表示在2片偏光板之間,與偏光軸平行時、及 與其垂直時的透過光量之比(參照「1990年第7回色彩光學 會議、512色顯示10_4”尺寸TFT-LCD用彩色濾光片、植木 、小關、福永、山中」等)。 彩色濾光片所謂的高對比係與液晶組合時產生明暗的 辨別度大之意,爲液晶顯示器取代CRT中非常重要的性能 本發明的彩色濾光片係使用作爲電視用之情形,來自 F 10光源、紅色(R)、綠色(G)、及藍色(B)之各自全部的單 色色度係與下表中記載之値(以下,在本發明稱爲「目標色 度」)的差(ΔΕ)在5以内的範圍內爲佳、更佳^係3以内、特佳 係2以内。 -115- 200806754 X y Y R 0.656 0.336 21.4 G 0.293 0.634 52.1 B 0.146 0.088 6.90 本發明中的色度係藉由顯微分光光度計(奧林帕斯光 Φ學公司製;OSP1 00或200)而測定,F10光源視野2度的結果 來計算,以xyz表色系的xyY値表示。又,與目標色度之差 係以La*b*表色系的色差表示。 (感光性樹脂層) 本發明的彩色濾光片係在基板上形成、曝光、顯像感 光性樹脂層,藉由依照顏色的數量重複方法等的方法來製 造。尙且,亦可視需要形成以黑矩陣區分其境界之構造。 上述之製造方法中,在基板上形上述感光性樹脂層 0的方法,舉例有(a)藉由一般的塗布裝置等塗布上述各著色 感光性樹脂組成物之方法、及(b)使用前述的感光性樹脂轉 印材料,藉由層壓機進行貼付之方法等。 ’ (a)藉由塗布裝置之塗布 在製造本發明的彩色濾光片之際,著色感光性樹脂組 成物的塗布係可使用一般的塗布裝置’其中特別是使用上 述[著色感光性樹脂組成物的塗布膜]項中説明的狹縫塗布 機爲適宜。尙且’狹縫塗布機的較佳具體例等係與上述相 同。此外,狹縫塗布機的較佳具體例等係與上述相同。藉 -116- 200806754 由塗布形成感光性樹脂層之情形中,其膜厚係以1.0~3.0μπι 爲佳、1.0〜2.5μηι爲較佳、1.5〜2.5jjm爲特佳。 (b)藉由層壓機的貼附 使用本發明的感光性樹脂轉印材料、形成薄膜狀之感 光性樹脂層係在後述的基板上,以經加熱及/或加壓之滾筒 ^或平板進行壓著或加熱壓著而貼附。具體而言,舉例如特 開平7-11〇575號公報、特開平1 1 -77942號公報、特開 2000-3 34 836號公報、特開2 00 2-148794號公報中記載之層 #壓機及積層方法,惟從低異物的觀點而言,以使用特開平 7-1 1 05 75號公報中記載之方法爲佳。此外,藉由th述本發 明的感光性樹脂轉印材料形成感光性樹脂層之情形的該較 佳膜厚,係與[感光性樹脂轉印材料]項中所記載的較佳膜 厚相同。 ’ (基板) 本發明中,形成彩色濾光片之基板係舉例如使用透明 基板、在表面具有氧化矽皮膜之鈉鈣玻璃板、低膨脹玻璃 # 、無鹼玻璃、石英玻璃板等習知的玻璃板、或塑料薄膜等 〇 又,上述基板可藉由施加預偶合處理,而使其與著色 感光性樹脂組成物、或感光性樹脂轉印材料的密著變得良 好。該偶合處理較佳係使用特開2000-39033號公報記載之 方法。尙且,並沒有特別地限制,基板的膜厚係一般爲 7 0 0 ~ 1 2 0 0 μ m、5 0 0 〜11 0 0 μ m 爲特佳 〇 (氧遮斷膜) 本發明的彩色濾光片係在藉由著色感光性樹脂組成物 -117- 200806754 的塗布形成感光性樹脂層之情形中,可更在該感光性樹脂 層上設有氧遮斷膜,藉此,可提高曝光感度。該氧遮斷膜 係舉例如與上述[感光性樹脂轉印材料]的(中間層)項中所 説明者相同。此外,沒有特別地限制,惟氧遮斷膜的膜厚 係一般爲0.5〜3·0μπι。 (曝光及顯像) 在上述基板上形成之感光性樹脂層的上方配置既定的 遮罩,隨後透過該遮罩、熱塑性樹脂層、及中間層且從遮 Φ罩上方進行曝光,其次以顯像液進行顯像,步驟係依照顏 色的數量進行重複,可得到本發明的彩色濾光片。 此處,上述曝光的光源只要是照射能硬化感光性樹脂 層之波長領域的光(例如,365nm、405nm等)的話,可適當 選定使用。具體而言,可舉例如超高壓水銀燈、高壓水銀 燈、金屬鹵化物燈等。曝光量通常爲5~200mJ/cm2左右、 較佳係10〜1〇〇mJ/cm2左右。 又,上述顯像液係沒有特別地限制,可使用特開平 φ 5 - 7 2 7 2 4號公報中記載者等一般的顯像液。此外,顯像液能 使感光性樹脂層進行溶解型的顯像舉動者爲佳,例如, pKa = 7〜13的化合物係以〇·〇5〜5mol/L的濃度含有者爲佳, 亦可進一步少量添加與水具有混和性之有機溶媒。 與水具有混和性之有機溶劑係可舉例如甲醇、乙醇、 2-丙醇、1-丙醇、丁醇、二丙酮醇、乙二醇一甲基醚、乙 二醇一乙基醚、乙二醇一正丁基醚、苄醇、丙酮、甲基乙 基酮、環己酮、ε-己內酯、γ- 丁內酯、二甲基甲醯胺、二 甲基乙醯胺、六甲基膦醯胺、乳酸乙酯、乳酸甲酯、ε-己 -118- 200806754 內醯胺、N-甲基吡咯啶酮等。該有機溶劑的濃度爲〇·1質量 %〜30質量%爲佳。 又,上述顯像液中可更添加一般的界面活性劑。界面 活性劑的濃度爲0.01質量%~10質量%爲佳。 顯像的方式可使用攪煉顯像、噴淋顯像、噴淋及旋轉 顯像、浸漬顯像等的方法。 此處,說明上述噴淋顯像,且藉由將顯像液噴淋、吹 拂至曝光後的感光性樹脂層上,可去除未硬化部分。此外 Φ ,在顯像前藉由對感光性樹脂層噴淋溶解性低的鹼性液並 吹拂,且去除熱塑性樹脂層、中間層等爲佳。又,在顯像 後藉由噴淋洗淨劑等並吹拂,以刷子等一邊擦拭、一邊去 除顯像殘留物爲佳。 顯像液的液溫度以20°c〜40°c爲佳、又,顯像液的pH 係8〜1 3爲佳。 此外,製造本發明的彩色濾光片之際,如特開平 1 1-248921號公報、特許32551 07號公報中所記載的方式, β係藉由重疊形成彩色濾光片之著色感光性樹脂組成物以形 成基座,於其上形成透明電極,然後重疊分割配向用的突 起以形成間隔體,以降低成本的觀點爲隹。 依序塗布重疊著色感光性樹脂組成物的情形中,每次 爲了塗平塗布液的重疊會使膜厚最後變薄了。爲此,重疊 Κ(黑色)*R*G*B的4色,且更重疊分割配向用突起爲佳。另 一方面,使用具有熱塑性樹脂層之轉印材料時,爲使厚度 保持一定,重疊的顏色係爲3或2色爲佳。 又,上述基座的尺寸係從重疊轉印材料進行積層之際 -119- 200806754 ,防止感光性樹脂層變形而保持一定厚度的觀點而言,以 25μηίΐ以上爲佳、30μηι以上爲特佳。 [液晶顯示裝置] 本發明的液晶顯示裝置係使用對比優異之本發明的彩 色濾光片,且黑色的緊實度等的明晰度係爲優異。亦可適 當使用作爲個人電腦用顯示器、電視螢幕等的大畫面之液 晶顯示裝置等。 % [CCD裝置]The color filter of the present invention can be used as a comparatively superior one. The comparison of the present invention shows the ratio of the amount of transmitted light when the two polarizing plates are parallel to the polarizing axis and perpendicular thereto (refer to "The 7th Color Optical Conference, 512 Color Display 10_4" size TFT-LCD in 1990. Use color filters, planting wood, Xiaoguan, Fuyong, Shanzhong, etc.). Color filter The so-called high contrast system combines with liquid crystal to produce a bright and dark distinction. It is a very important performance in the liquid crystal display instead of CRT. The color filter of the present invention is used as a TV, from F 10 The monochromatic chromaticity of each of the light source, red (R), green (G), and blue (B) is different from that described in the following table (hereinafter, referred to as "target chromaticity" in the present invention). (ΔΕ) is preferably within a range of 5, more preferably within 3, and within 2 within a particularly good system. -115- 200806754 X y YR 0.656 0.336 21.4 G 0.293 0.634 52.1 B 0.146 0.088 6.90 The chromaticity in the present invention is determined by a microspectrophotometer (Olympus Optical Φ company; OSP 00 or 200) The F10 source is calculated as a result of 2 degrees of view, and is represented by xyY値 of the xyz color system. Further, the difference from the target chromaticity is expressed by the color difference of the La*b* color system. (Photosensitive Resin Layer) The color filter of the present invention is formed by forming, exposing, and developing a photosensitive resin layer on a substrate, and repeating the method according to the number of colors. Moreover, it is also possible to form a structure in which the boundary is distinguished by a black matrix as needed. In the above-described production method, the method of forming the photosensitive resin layer 0 on the substrate is exemplified by (a) a method of applying the above-described colored photosensitive resin composition by a general coating device or the like, and (b) using the above-described method. A photosensitive resin transfer material, a method of attaching it by a laminator, or the like. (a) When the color filter of the present invention is produced by coating with a coating device, a coating device for coloring the photosensitive resin composition can be a general coating device, in which the above-mentioned [coloring photosensitive resin composition is particularly used) The slit coater described in the section of the coating film is suitable. Further, the preferred embodiment of the slit coater is the same as described above. Further, preferred examples of the slit coater are the same as described above. In the case where the photosensitive resin layer is formed by coating, the film thickness is preferably 1.0 to 3.0 μm, preferably 1.0 to 2.5 μm, and particularly preferably 1.5 to 2.5 jjm. (b) The photosensitive resin transfer material of the present invention is attached to the substrate to be described later by the laminator by attaching the photosensitive resin transfer material of the present invention to the substrate to be described later, and the heated or/or pressurized roller or plate It is attached by pressing or heating. Specifically, the layer #压 described in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. In the case of a low foreign matter, it is preferable to use the method described in JP-A-7-11-5755. In addition, the preferable film thickness in the case where the photosensitive resin layer is formed by the photosensitive resin transfer material of the present invention is the same as the preferred film thickness described in the section [Photosensitive Resin Transfer Material]. '(Substrate) In the present invention, the substrate on which the color filter is formed is, for example, a transparent substrate, a soda lime glass plate having a cerium oxide film on its surface, a low expansion glass #, an alkali-free glass, a quartz glass plate, or the like. In the case of a glass plate or a plastic film, the substrate can be adhered to the colored photosensitive resin composition or the photosensitive resin transfer material by applying a pre-coupling treatment. The coupling treatment is preferably carried out by the method described in JP-A-2000-39033. Further, it is not particularly limited, and the film thickness of the substrate is generally from 700 to 1 2 0 0 μm, and from 500 to 11 0 μm is particularly good (oxygen interrupting film). In the case where the photosensitive resin layer is formed by coating with the colored photosensitive resin composition -117-200806754, an oxygen blocking film can be further provided on the photosensitive resin layer, whereby exposure can be improved. Sensitivity. The oxygen blocking film is, for example, the same as that described in the section (middle layer) of the above [photosensitive resin transfer material]. Further, it is not particularly limited, but the film thickness of the oxygen barrier film is generally 0.5 to 3 · 0 μm. (Exposure and development) A predetermined mask is placed above the photosensitive resin layer formed on the substrate, and then the mask, the thermoplastic resin layer, and the intermediate layer are passed through and exposed from above the mask, and then imaged. The liquid is subjected to development, and the steps are repeated in accordance with the number of colors to obtain the color filter of the present invention. Here, the light source to be exposed may be appropriately selected and used as long as it is irradiated with light (for example, 365 nm, 405 nm, or the like) in the wavelength range in which the photosensitive resin layer can be cured. Specifically, for example, an ultrahigh pressure mercury lamp, a high pressure mercury lamp, a metal halide lamp or the like can be mentioned. The exposure amount is usually about 5 to 200 mJ/cm 2 , preferably about 10 to 1 〇〇 mJ/cm 2 . Further, the above-mentioned developing liquid system is not particularly limited, and a general developing liquid such as those described in JP-A-5-72 2724 can be used. Further, it is preferable that the developing solution can perform a dissolution type development of the photosensitive resin layer. For example, a compound having a pKa of 7 to 13 is preferably contained in a concentration of 5 to 5 mol/L. Further, a small amount of an organic solvent which is miscible with water is added. Examples of the organic solvent which is miscible with water include methanol, ethanol, 2-propanol, 1-propanol, butanol, diacetone alcohol, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, and B. Glycol-n-butyl ether, benzyl alcohol, acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, cyclohexanone, ε-caprolactone, γ-butyrolactone, dimethylformamide, dimethylacetamide, six Methylphosphoniumamine, ethyl lactate, methyl lactate, ε-hexyl-118-200806754 lactam, N-methylpyrrolidone and the like. The concentration of the organic solvent is preferably 〇·1 mass% to 30 mass%. Further, a general surfactant may be further added to the above developing solution. The concentration of the surfactant is preferably 0.01% by mass to 10% by mass. For the development method, a method such as squeezing development, spray development, spray and rotary development, immersion development, or the like can be used. Here, the above-described shower development will be described, and the uncured portion can be removed by spraying and blowing the developing liquid onto the exposed photosensitive resin layer. Further, Φ is preferably performed by spraying an alkaline liquid having a low solubility on the photosensitive resin layer before the development, and removing the thermoplastic resin layer, the intermediate layer, and the like. Further, it is preferable to spray the detergent or the like after the development, and to remove the development residue by wiping with a brush or the like. The liquid temperature of the developing liquid is preferably 20 ° C to 40 ° C, and the pH of the developing liquid is preferably 8 to 13. Further, in the case of producing the color filter of the present invention, as described in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei No. Hei. No. Hei. The object is formed by forming a pedestal, forming a transparent electrode thereon, and then overlapping and dividing the protrusions for alignment to form a spacer, thereby reducing the cost. In the case where the overlapping coloring photosensitive resin composition is applied in this order, the film thickness is finally thinned each time in order to flatten the coating liquid. For this reason, it is preferable to overlap the four colors of Κ(black)*R*G*B and to overlap the protrusions for the division and alignment. On the other hand, when a transfer material having a thermoplastic resin layer is used, in order to keep the thickness constant, the overlapping colors are preferably 3 or 2 colors. Further, the size of the susceptor is preferably from 119 to 200806754, and it is preferable that the photosensitive resin layer is deformed to maintain a constant thickness, and it is preferably 25 μm or more and 30 μm or more. [Liquid crystal display device] The color filter of the present invention which is excellent in contrast is used in the liquid crystal display device of the present invention, and the sharpness of black compactness or the like is excellent. A liquid crystal display device that is a large screen such as a display for a personal computer or a television screen can be suitably used. % [CCD device]

本發明的CCD裝置係具備使用上述顏料奈米粒子所製 作的彩色濾光片。以下,詳細說明本發明的CCD裝置。 鹼可溶性樹脂 , 用於CCD裝置之鹼可溶性樹脂係以線狀有機高分子聚 合物、可溶於有機溶劑、且可以弱鹼水溶液顯像者爲佳。 此等線狀有機高分子聚合物係側鎖具有羧酸之聚合物,例 如特開昭59-4461 5號、特公昭54-34327號、特公昭 58-1 2577號、特公昭54-25957號、特開昭59-53836號、特 φ開昭59-7 1 0 48號說明書中所記載的甲基丙烯酸共聚物、丙 烯酸共聚物、衣康酸共聚物、丁烯酸共聚物、順丁烯二酸 共聚物、部分酯化順丁烯二酸共聚物等,又同樣地於側鎖 具有羧酸之酸性纖維素衍生物。此外,於具有羥基之聚合 , · · 物加成酸酐者等亦爲有用。特別是此等之中,以(甲基)丙 烯酸苄酯/(甲基)丙烯酸共聚物、(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯/(甲基) 丙燒酸/及與其他單體之多元共聚物爲合適。此外,甲基丙 烯酸2-羥基乙酯、聚乙烯基吡咯啶酮或聚環氧乙烷、聚乙 烯醇等作爲水溶性聚合物亦爲有用。 •120- 200806754 又,舉例如特開平7-1 40 654號中記載之2-經基丙基( 甲基)丙烯酸酯/聚苯乙烯大分子單體/甲基丙烯酸苄酯7甲 基丙烯酸共聚物、丙烯酸2-羥基-3-苯氧基丙酯/聚甲基丙烯 酸甲酯大分子單體/甲基丙烯酸苄酯/甲基丙烯酸共聚物' 丙烯酸2-羥基乙基甲酯/聚苯乙烯大分子單體/甲基丙烯酸 甲酯/甲基丙烯酸共聚物、丙烯酸2-羥基乙基甲酯/聚苯乙烯 大分子單體/甲基丙烯酸苄酯/甲基丙烯酸共聚物等。上述 鹼可溶性樹脂於硬化性組成物中的添加量係相對於組成物 Φ全質量,以5〜90質量%爲佳、更隹係1〇~60質量%。 聚合性單體 聚合性單體係以具有至少1個可加成聚合之伸乙基、具 有於常壓下1 〇〇 °c以上沸點之乙烯性不飽和基的化合物爲 佳。 具有至少1個可加成聚合之乙烯性不飽和'基、沸點於常 壓下爲1 oo°c以上的化合物係可舉例如:聚乙二醇一(甲基) 丙烯酸酯、聚丙二醇一(甲基)丙烯酸酯、苯氧基(甲基)丙烯 Φ酸乙酯、等單官能的丙烯酸酯或甲基丙烯酸酯;聚乙二醇二 .(甲基)丙嫌酸酯、三羥甲基乙烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、新戊二 醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、季戊四 S享四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯、己二 醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷三(丙烯醯氧基丙基)醚、 三(丙烯醯氧基乙基)三聚異氰酸酯、於甘油或三羥甲基乙 烷等的多官能醇類加成環氧乙烷或環氧丙烷後經(甲基)丙 烯酸酯化者、特公昭48-41 708號、特公昭50-6034號、如 特開昭51 -371 93號各公報中所記載的胺甲酸酯丙烯酸酯類 -121- 200806754 、特開昭48-64183號、特公昭49-431 91號、特公昭52-30490 號各公報中所記載的聚酯丙烯酸酯類、環氧樹脂與(甲基) 丙烯酸的反應生成物之環氧丙烯酸酯類等的多官能丙烯酸 酯或甲基丙烯酸酯。再者,亦可使用日本接著協會誌Vo I· 20 、No.7、第300~308頁作爲光硬化性單體及低聚合物所介 紹者。 又,亦可使用下述通式(B-1)或是(B_2)所示之化合物 通式(B_1)The CCD device of the present invention comprises a color filter produced by using the above pigment nanoparticle. Hereinafter, the CCD device of the present invention will be described in detail. The alkali-soluble resin, the alkali-soluble resin used in the CCD device is preferably a linear organic polymer, a solvent soluble in an organic solvent, and a weak alkaline aqueous solution. These linear organic polymer polymers are side-locked with a polymer of a carboxylic acid, for example, JP-A-59-4461, JP-A-54-34327, JP-A-58-1 2577, and JP-A 54-25957 The methacrylic acid copolymer, the acrylic acid copolymer, the itaconic acid copolymer, the butenoic acid copolymer, and the butene group described in the specification of JP-A-59-53836, JP-A-59-7 1 0 48 The diacid copolymer, the partially esterified maleic acid copolymer, and the like are similarly locked to the acid cellulose derivative having a carboxylic acid. Further, it is also useful for the polymerization of a hydroxyl group, the addition of an acid anhydride, and the like. In particular, among these, a benzyl (meth)acrylate/(meth)acrylic acid copolymer, a benzyl (meth)acrylate/(meth)propanoic acid/and a multicomponent copolymer with other monomers are used. Suitable. Further, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, polyvinylpyrrolidone, polyethylene oxide, polyvinyl alcohol or the like is also useful as a water-soluble polymer. 120-200806754 Further, a 2-propyl propyl (meth) acrylate/polystyrene macromonomer/benzyl methacrylate 7 methacrylic acid copolymer described in JP-A-7-1-40654 , 2-hydroxy-3-phenoxypropyl acrylate/polymethyl methacrylate macromer/benzyl methacrylate/methacrylic acid copolymer' 2-hydroxyethyl methyl acrylate/polystyrene Macromonomer/methyl methacrylate/methacrylic acid copolymer, 2-hydroxyethyl methyl acrylate/polystyrene macromonomer/benzyl methacrylate/methacrylic acid copolymer, and the like. The amount of the alkali-soluble resin added to the curable composition is preferably from 5 to 90% by mass, more preferably from 1 to 60% by mass based on the total mass of the composition Φ. Polymerizable monomer The polymerizable single system is preferably a compound having at least one ethyl group which can be subjected to addition polymerization and an ethylenically unsaturated group having a boiling point of at most 1 〇〇 ° C under normal pressure. A compound having at least one addition-polymerizable ethylenically unsaturated ' group and a boiling point of 1 oo ° C or more at normal pressure may, for example, be polyethylene glycol mono(meth)acrylate or polypropylene glycol ( Methyl) acrylate, phenoxy (meth) propylene glycerate, monofunctional acrylate or methacrylate; polyethylene glycol II. (methyl) propyl acrylate, trimethylol Ethane tri(meth)acrylate, neopentyl glycol di(meth)acrylate, pentaerythritol tri(meth)acrylate, pentaerythritol tetras(tetra)(meth)acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa(methyl) Acrylate, hexanediol (meth) acrylate, trimethylolpropane tris(propylene methoxypropyl) ether, tris(propylene methoxyethyl) trimer isocyanate, in glycerol or trimethylol A polyfunctional alcohol such as ethane is added to ethylene oxide or propylene oxide, and then subjected to (meth)acrylic acid esterification, Japanese Patent Publication No. 48-41 708, Japanese Patent No. 50-6034, and Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 51- The urethane acrylates described in each of the publications No. 371, No. 93-200806754, JP-A-48-64183, A polyfunctional acrylic acid such as an epoxy acrylate such as a polyester acrylate or a reaction product of an epoxy resin and (meth)acrylic acid described in each of JP-A-49-431-91 and JP-A-52-30490 Ester or methacrylate. Further, it is also possible to use the Japanese Society of Associations Vo I. 20, No. 7, and pages 300 to 308 as photocurable monomers and low polymers. Further, a compound represented by the following formula (B-1) or (B_2) or a formula (B_1) can also be used.

CH2-〇-(B)n-X CH2-〇-(B)n-X X-⑼Π—OCH2,〒.CH:r Ο - CH2— CH2-〇- (H CH2-〇-{B)n—X CH2-〇-(B>n—X 通式 。-CH2-〇-(B)nX CH2-〇-(B)nX X-(9)Π—OCH2,〒.CH:r Ο - CH2—CH2-〇- (H CH2-〇-{B)n—X CH2-〇 -(B>n-X formula.-

X- (B)m_ C—CH2- O- (B)nr-X CH2-〇m {式(曰-1)、(B-2)中,B係各自獨立地表示_(CH2CH20)_X-(B)m_ C—CH2- O- (B)nr-X CH2-〇m {In the formulas (曰-1) and (B-2), the B series independently represent _(CH2CH20)_

&_(ch2ch(ch3)o)_中任一者;X各自獨立地表示丙烯醯基 、甲基丙烯醯基及氫原子中任一者,而且於式(B-1)中,丙 烯醯基及甲基丙烯醯基的合計爲5個或6個,於式(B-2)中的 彼等則爲3個或4個;η係各自獨立表示〇〜6之整數,且各η的 合計爲3~24;m係各自獨立表示〇〜6之整數,且各m的合計爲 2-16} 此等之聚合性單體只要能以放射線的照射,得到形成 具有接著性之塗膜的話,可以任意比例來使用。相對於組 成物的全固體成分,使用量係通常爲5~90質量%、較佳係 1 0— 5 0 質量 %。 著色劑 -122- 200806754 著色劑係可將以往眾所周知的各種染料、無機顏料或 有機顏料一種或二種以上混合使用。 染料係沒有特別地限制,可使用作爲以往彩色濾光片 用之眾所周知的染料。例如,可使用特開昭64-9040 3號公 報、特開昭64-911 02號公報、特開平1 -94301號公報、特 開平6-11614號公報、特登2592207號、美國專利4808501 號說明書、美國專利5667920號說明書、美國專利505950 號說明書、美國專利5667920號說明書、特開平5-333207 Φ號公報、特開平6-351 83號公報、特開平6-51 11 5號公報、 特開平6-1 9482 8號公報等中所揭示之色素。化學結構係可 使用吡唑偶氮系、苯胺基偶氮系、三苯基甲烷系、蒽醌系 、亞苄系、氧雜菁系.、吡唑啉酮并三唑偶氮系、吡啶爾偶 氮系、花青系、吩噻阱系、吡唑并吡唑甲亞胺系等的染料 。特別是由於硬化性組成物可在比較低溫下硬化之故,可 減輕相較於顏料耐熱性變差之染料、或在用以賦予硬化膜 耐久性的後烘烤之際、於高溫度下進一步分解等的問題。Any of &_(ch2ch(ch3)o)_; X each independently represents any one of an acryloyl group, a methacryloyl group, and a hydrogen atom, and in the formula (B-1), an acrylonitrile The total of the base and the methacryl fluorenyl group is 5 or 6, and in the formula (B-2), they are 3 or 4; the η series each independently represent an integer of 〇~6, and each η In total, it is 3 to 24; m is an integer of 〇~6, and the total of each m is 2-16}. If the polymerizable monomer can be irradiated with radiation, a coating film having adhesion can be obtained. Can be used in any ratio. The amount used is usually from 5 to 90% by mass, preferably from 10 to 50% by mass, based on the total solid content of the composition. Coloring agent -122- 200806754 The coloring agent may be used by mixing one or more of various dyes, inorganic pigments or organic pigments which have been conventionally known. The dye system is not particularly limited, and a well-known dye used as a conventional color filter can be used. For example, Japanese Patent Publication No. Sho 64-9040 No. 3, JP-A-64-911-02, JP-A No. Hei 1-94301, JP-A-6-11614 U.S. Patent No. 5,567,920, U.S. Patent No. 5,505,950, U.S. Patent No. 5,567, 920, U.S. Patent No. 5, 567, 207, pp. 5, 333, 207, pp. No. 6-351, No. 6-351, No. 6-51, No. 5, No. 6-51, No. 5, No. 6 -1 9482 A pigment disclosed in No. 8 and the like. As the chemical structure, a pyrazole azo system, an anilino azo system, a triphenylmethane system, an anthracene system, a benzylidene group, an oxaphthalocyanine system, a pyrazolone, a triazole azo system, or a pyridinium can be used. A dye such as an azo system, a cyanine system, a phenothiazine system, or a pyrazolopyrazole-based imine system. In particular, since the curable composition can be hardened at a relatively low temperature, it is possible to reduce the dye which is inferior to the heat resistance of the pigment or to further improve the durability of the cured film at a high temperature. Decomposition and other issues.

無機顏料係爲金屬氧化物、金屬錯鹽等所示之金屬化 合物,具體而言,可舉例如鐵、鈷、鋁、鎘、鉛、銅、鈦 、鎂、鉻、鋅、銻等的金屬氧化物、及上述金屬的複合氧 化物。 有機顏料係可舉例如C· L Pigment Yellow 11,24, 31, 53, 83,85,99,1 08, 1 09, 1 1 0, 1 38, 1 39, 1 50, 1 51, 1 54, 1 67,1 85、C· I. Pigment Orange 36,38,43,71、C· I. PigmentRed 1 0 5, 1 22, 1 49, 1 50, 1 55, 1 71, 1 75, 1 76, 1 77, 209, 224, 242, 254、C. I. Pigment Violet 19,23, -123- 200806754 ue 1,2,15,The inorganic pigment is a metal compound represented by a metal oxide or a metal salt, and specific examples thereof include metal oxidation of iron, cobalt, aluminum, cadmium, lead, copper, titanium, magnesium, chromium, zinc, ruthenium, and the like. And a composite oxide of the above metals. The organic pigment may, for example, be C·L Pigment Yellow 11, 24, 31, 53, 83, 85, 99, 1 08, 1 09, 1 1 0, 1 38, 1 39, 1 50, 1 51, 1 54, 1 67,1 85, C· I. Pigment Orange 36,38,43,71, C·I. PigmentRed 1 0 5, 1 22, 1 49, 1 50, 1 55, 1 71, 1 75, 1 76, 1 77, 209, 224, 242, 254, CI Pigment Violet 19, 23, -123- 200806754 ue 1,2,15,

32, 39 ' C. I. PigmentBlu igment Green 7,36,37、C· I. Pigment I· Pigment Black 1,7、碳黑等。 此等有機顏料係可單獨使用、或是使用能提昇色純度 之各種組合。具體例係表示如下。紅色顏料係可單獨使用 恩醌系顏料、北系顏料、或彼等之至少一種與二重氮系黃 色顏料或異吲哚啉系黃色顏料的混合。例如,蒽醌系顏料 係舉例如C _ I ·顏料紅彳7 7,茈系顏料係舉例如c _丨·顏料紅]5 5 Φ,從色再現性之點而言,以與C .T•顏料黃83或C丄顏料黃彳39 的混合爲良好。紅色顏料與黃色顏料的質量比係1〇〇:5〜 1〇〇:5〇爲良好。在該範圍內,可抑制4〇0nm〜5〇〇nm的光 透過率’且可提昇色純度而爲佳。 綠色顏料係單獨使用鹵素化酞菁系顏料,或與二重氮 系黃色顏料、嗤琳黃系黃色染料或異吲哚啉系黃色顏料混 合使用’例如以C」·顏料綠7、3 6、3 7與c _丨_顏料黃8 3、1 3 8 、1 3 9的混合爲佳。綠色顏料與黃色顏料的質量比係以 φ 100:5〜1 00:1 00爲佳。在該範圍内,可抑制4〇〇^〜45〇nm 的光透過率,且可得到良好的色純度。 監色顏料係可單獨使用酞菁系顏料,或與二噁哄系紫 色顏料混合使用’例如混合C ·丨_顏料藍1 5 : 6與c . L顏料紫2 3 爲佳。監色顏料與紫色顏料的質量比係以1 〇 〇 〜]〇 〇 : 5 〇爲 佳。在該範圍内,可抑制40〇n m〜420nm的光透過率,且 可提昇色純度。 再者’上述的顏料係可藉由使甩使丙烯酸系樹脂、順 丁烯二酸系樹脂、氯化乙烯-乙酸乙烯酯共聚物及乙基纖維 -124- 200806754 素樹脂等微分散之粉末狀加工顏料,而產生得到分散性及 分散安定性良好的含顏料感光樹脂。 又,黑色矩陣用的顏料係以碳、氧化鈦、氧化鐵單獨 、或混合使用的碳與氧化欽之情形爲佳。質量比係以100:5 〜100:40的範圍爲佳。在該範圍内的長波長光透過率小, 又分散安定性亦爲良好。 溶劑 溶劑係舉例如:酯類,例如乙酸乙酯、乙酸正丁酯、 β乙酸異丁酯、甲酸戊酯、乙酸異戊酯、乙酸異丁酯、丙酸 丁_、丁酸異丙酯、丁酸乙酯、丁酸丁酯、烷基酯類、乳 酸甲酯、乳酸乙酯、赛乙酸甲酯、羥乙酸乙酯、羥乙酸丁 酯、甲氧基乙酸甲酯、甲氧基乙酸乙酯、甲氧基乙酸丁酯 、乙氧基乙酸甲酯、乙氧基乙酸乙酯、3-羥丙酸甲酯、3-羥丙酸乙酯等的3-羥丙酸烷基酯類;3-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、3-甲氧基丙酸乙酯、3 _乙氧基丙酸甲酯、3 ·乙氧基丙酸乙酯 、2 -羥丙酸甲酯、2 -羥丙酸乙酯、2 -羥丙酸丙酯、2 -甲氧 @基丙酸甲酯、2-甲氧基丙酸乙酯、2-甲氧基丙酸丙酯、2- 乙氧基丙酸甲酯、2-乙氧基丙酸乙酯、2-氧基-2-甲基丙酸 - . —* . * 甲酯、2-氧基-2-甲基丙酸乙酯、2-甲氧基-2-甲基丙酸甲酯 、2-乙氧基-2·甲基丙酸乙酯、丙酮酸甲酯、丙酮酸乙酯、 丙酮酸丙酯、乙醯乙酸甲酯、乙醯乙酸乙酯、2-羥丁酸甲 酯、2·羥丁酸乙酯等:醚類,例如二甘醇二甲基醚、四氫呋 喃、乙二醇一甲基醚、乙二醇一乙基醚、甲基溶纖劑乙酸 酯、乙基溶纖劑乙酸酯、二甘醇一甲基醚、二甘醇一乙基 醚、二甘醇一丁基醚' 丙二醇甲基醚乙酸酯、丙二醇乙基 -125- 200806754 醚乙酸酯、丙二醇丙基醚乙酸酯等;酮類,例如甲基乙基酮 、環己酮、2-庚酮、3_庚酮等;芳香族烴類,例如甲苯、二 甲苯等。 此等之中,以使用3-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、3-乙氧基丙酸 乙酯、乙基溶纖劑乙酸酯、乳酸乙酯、二甘醇二甲基醚、 乙酸丁酯、3-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、2-庚酮、環己酮、乙基卡 必醇乙酸酯、丁基卡必醇乙酸酯、丙二醇甲基醚乙酸酯等 爲佳。溶劑的添加量係在組成物中通常爲60〜90質量。/。、較 •佳係70~90質量%。 此等溶劑可單獨使用、或是組合2種以上來使用。 可更倂用增感劑。其具體例係拿例如9-莽酮、2_氯基 -9-莽酮、2-甲基·9-莽酮、9-蒽酮、2-溴基-9-蒽酮、2-乙基 -9-蒽酮、9,10-蒽醌、2-乙基-9,10-蒽醌、2_第三丁基-9,10-蒽醌、2,6-二氯基-9,10-蒽醌、苯偶醯、二亞苄丙酮、ρ-( 二甲基胺基)苯基苯乙儲基酬、ρ-( —^甲基胺基)苯基甲基 苯乙烯基酮、苯并蒽酮等、或特公昭51 -48 51 6號公報記載 Φ的苯并噻唑系化合物。 , 上述主要成分、以及使需要應用之其他添加劑可藉由 使用各種的混合機、分散機加以混合分散’來進行調製。 製造用於CCD裝置之彩色濾光片的一般製造法係如後 所述。依序進行將本發明的組成物(彩色光阻液)塗布·乾燥 至基板上之步驟、利用丨線分節器(stepper)等使所得之乾燥 塗布膜進行圖案曝光之步驟 '於曝光後進行鹼顯像之步驟 、接著進行加熱處理之步驟’藉由依序對各色(3色或是4色 )重複上述步驟並製作硬化皮膜’以得到彩色濾光片。 -126- 200806754 更具體而言,利用旋轉器將上述的硬化性組成物塗布 於適當的基板上,使乾燥時的膜厚一般爲〇·1〜5 μηι、較佳 係塗布成0.2〜2μΓΠ,於85 °C的烘箱中放置2分鐘以得到平滑 的塗膜。 基板係沒有特別地限制,舉例如:玻璃板、塑膠板、 氧化鋁板、攝像元件用矽晶圓等的電子零件的基材、以及 透明樹脂板、樹脂薄膜、褐管顯示面、攝像感的受光面、 CCD、BBD、CID、BASIS等的固體攝像元件所形成之晶圓 # 、使用薄膜半導體之密著型影像感應器、液晶顯示器面、 彩色電子照相.用感光體、電致變色(EC)顯示裝置的基板等 。又,.爲了提昇基板與彩色濾光片層的接著性,施加高密 著處理爲佳。具體而言,可預先以矽烷偶合劑等薄薄地塗 布至基板上後形成硬化性組成物的圖案,或是可預先於硬 化性組成物中含有矽烷偶合劑。 此外,基板上有段差之情形,於基板上塗設爲了消除 -此段差而平滑塗設面用的平坦化膜之後,可塗布本發明的 @硬化性組成物。例如,.CCD等的影像感應器係由於矽基板 上根據受光量而產生電子之光電子變換部(光電二極管)、 與用於輸出其所產生之電子的讀出閘極部所構成的,當光 照射讀出閘極部時,形成雜訊的原因係沒有輸出正確的資 訊之故,所以讀出閘極部的上部係形成遮光膜層,而有在 與不具有遮光膜層的光電二極管部之間產生段差之情形。 .在此等之段差上塗布彩色光阻,直接形成彩色濾光片時, 由於光路長變長而畫像變暗,又集光性亦爲變差。爲了改 善彼等,其目的爲了塡補該段差,使透明的平坦化膜形成 -127- 200806754 在CCD與彩色濾光片之間爲佳。作爲該平坦化膜的材料係 舉例如本發明中的光硬化性光阻液、丙烯酸系、環氧系等 的熱硬化性樹脂等。 塗布光硬化性組成物之後,爲了得到溶媒蒸發的乾燥 塗布膜,通常係進行預烘烤。該預烘烤的方法係有減壓乾 燥、利用高溫空氣等的間接加熱乾燥、利用加熱板等的直 接加熱乾燥(約80~140°C、50〜200秒)等。又,爲了使顯像 後所得之圖案被充分硬化且形成機械強度提高之永久膜, #而進行後烘烤。例如,進行製造3色彩色濾光片之際,最初 形成之圖案係隨後塗布其他顏色的光阻液,然後接受2次的 曝光、顯像。此時,以不會與經塗布之光阻液混色、沒有 因曝光、顯像所致的圖案缺陷的方式,進行後烘烤。該後 烘烤係使用與預烘烤同樣的方法,且根據預烘烤的條件在 高溫下、以長時間來進行。例如,利用烘箱的間接加熱之 情形,約180~250°C、約0.5〜2小時,利用加熱板的直接加 熱之情形,約180〜250°C、約2〜10分鐘來進行。32, 39 ' C. I. PigmentBlu igment Green 7,36,37, C·I. Pigment I· Pigment Black 1,7, carbon black, etc. These organic pigments can be used singly or in various combinations which enhance color purity. The specific examples are as follows. The red pigment may be used alone or in combination with at least one of a diterpene yellow pigment or an isoporphyrin yellow pigment. For example, the lanthanoid pigments are, for example, C _ I · Pigment Red 彳 7 7 , 茈 颜料 pigments such as c 丨 颜料·Pigment Red 5 5 Φ, from the point of color reproducibility, with C.T • The mixture of Pigment Yellow 83 or C丄 Pigment Astragalus 39 is good. The mass ratio of the red pigment to the yellow pigment is 1 〇〇: 5 〜 1 〇〇: 5 〇 is good. Within this range, it is preferable to suppress the light transmittance of 4 〇 0 nm to 5 〇〇 nm and to improve the color purity. The green pigment is a halogenated phthalocyanine pigment alone or a mixture of a diazo yellow pigment, a phthalocyanine yellow dye or an isoporphyrin yellow pigment, for example, "C", Pigment Green 7, 3, 3 7 is preferably mixed with c _ 丨 _ pigment yellow 8 3, 1 3 8 , 1 3 9 . The mass ratio of the green pigment to the yellow pigment is preferably φ 100:5 to 1 00:1 00. Within this range, light transmittance of 4 〇〇 to 45 〇 nm can be suppressed, and good color purity can be obtained. The color-controlling pigment may be used alone or in combination with a dioxin-based violet pigment. For example, it is preferable to mix C·丨_pigment blue 1 5 : 6 and c. L pigment violet 2 3 . The mass ratio of the color-control pigment to the purple pigment is preferably 1 〇 〜 〜 〇 〇 : 5 〇. Within this range, light transmittance of 40 〇 n m to 420 nm can be suppressed, and color purity can be improved. Further, the above-mentioned pigments may be obtained by dispersing a finely dispersed powder such as an acrylic resin, a maleic acid resin, a vinyl chloride-vinyl acetate copolymer, and an ethyl cellulose-124-200806754 resin. The pigment is processed to produce a pigment-containing photosensitive resin which is excellent in dispersibility and dispersion stability. Further, the pigment for the black matrix is preferably carbon, titanium oxide or iron oxide alone or in combination with carbon and oxidized. The mass ratio is preferably in the range of 100:5 to 100:40. The long-wavelength light transmittance in this range is small, and the dispersion stability is also good. The solvent solvent is, for example, an ester such as ethyl acetate, n-butyl acetate, isobutyl β acetate, amyl formate, isoamyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, butyl propionate, isopropyl butyrate, Ethyl butyrate, butyl butyrate, alkyl esters, methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, methyl acetate, ethyl hydroxyacetate, butyl glycolate, methyl methoxyacetate, methoxyacetate a 3-hydroxypropionic acid alkyl ester such as ester, butyl methoxyacetate, methyl ethoxyacetate, ethyl ethoxyacetate, methyl 3-hydroxypropionate or ethyl 3-hydroxypropionate; Methyl 3-methoxypropionate, ethyl 3-methoxypropionate, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, methyl 2-hydroxypropionate, 2- Ethyl hydroxypropionate, propyl 2-hydroxypropionate, methyl 2-methoxy@propylpropionate, ethyl 2-methoxypropionate, propyl 2-methoxypropionate, 2-ethoxyl Methyl propionate, ethyl 2-ethoxypropionate, 2-oxy-2-methylpropionic acid - . -* . * Methyl ester, ethyl 2-oxy-2-methylpropionate, 2 Methyl methoxy-2-methylpropanoate, ethyl 2-ethoxy-2-methylpropanoate, methyl pyruvate, ethyl pyruvate, acetone Propyl ester, ethyl acetate methyl acetate, ethyl acetate ethyl acetate, methyl 2-hydroxybutyrate, ethyl 2-hydroxybutyrate, etc.: ethers, such as diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, ethylene glycol Methyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, methyl cellosolve acetate, ethyl cellosolve acetate, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol Butyl ether 'propylene glycol methyl ether acetate, propylene glycol ethyl-125-200806754 ether acetate, propylene glycol propyl ether acetate, etc.; ketones, such as methyl ethyl ketone, cyclohexanone, 2-glycol Ketone, 3-heptanone, etc.; aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene, xylene, and the like. Among these, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl cellosolve acetate, ethyl lactate, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, and butyl acetate are used. Preferably, the ester, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, 2-heptanone, cyclohexanone, ethyl carbitol acetate, butyl carbitol acetate, propylene glycol methyl ether acetate or the like is preferred. The amount of the solvent to be added is usually 60 to 90% by mass in the composition. /. More than 70% to 90% by mass. These solvents may be used singly or in combination of two or more. Sensitizers can be used more. Specific examples thereof include, for example, 9-fluorenone, 2-chloro-9-fluorenone, 2-methyl-9-fluorenone, 9-fluorenone, 2-bromo-9-fluorenone, 2-ethyl -9-fluorenone, 9,10-fluorene, 2-ethyl-9,10-fluorene, 2_t-butyl-9,10-fluorene, 2,6-dichloro-9,10 - hydrazine, benzoin, dibenzylideneacetone, ρ-(dimethylamino)phenyl phenylacetate, ρ-(-methylamino)phenylmethylstyrylone, benzene A benzothiazole-based compound of Φ is described in JP-A-51-48 51-6. The above-mentioned main components and other additives which are required to be applied can be prepared by mixing and dispersing using various mixers and dispersers. A general manufacturing method for manufacturing a color filter for a CCD device will be described later. The step of applying and drying the composition (color resist liquid) of the present invention onto the substrate, and the step of pattern-extracting the obtained dried coating film by a stepper or the like are sequentially performed. The step of developing, followed by the step of heat-treating, 'repeated the above steps sequentially for each color (3 colors or 4 colors) and produces a hardened film 'to obtain a color filter. More specifically, the above-mentioned curable composition is applied onto a suitable substrate by a rotator, and the film thickness during drying is generally 〇1 to 5 μηι, and preferably applied to 0.2 to 2 μΓΠ. It was placed in an oven at 85 ° C for 2 minutes to obtain a smooth coating film. The substrate system is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a substrate of an electronic component such as a glass plate, a plastic plate, an alumina plate, and a ruthenium wafer for an image sensor, and a transparent resin plate, a resin film, a brown tube display surface, and a light receiving image. Wafer formed by solid-state imaging device such as CCD, BBD, CID, BASIS, etc., compact image sensor using thin film semiconductor, liquid crystal display surface, color electrophotography, photoreceptor, electrochromic (EC) A substrate or the like of the display device. Further, in order to improve the adhesion between the substrate and the color filter layer, it is preferable to apply a high-density treatment. Specifically, a pattern of a curable composition may be formed by thinly coating a substrate with a decane coupling agent or the like, or a decane coupling agent may be contained in advance in the hardening composition. Further, in the case where there is a step on the substrate, the @curable composition of the present invention can be applied by coating a flattening film for smoothing the coating surface on the substrate. For example, an image sensor such as a CCD is composed of a photoelectron conversion unit (photodiode) that generates electrons based on the amount of received light on the substrate, and a read gate portion for outputting electrons generated therefrom. When the read gate portion is irradiated, the cause of the noise is that the correct information is not output. Therefore, the upper portion of the read gate portion is formed with a light shielding film layer, and the photodiode portion having and without the light shielding film layer is formed. A situation in which a step is generated. When a color resist is applied to the step, and the color filter is directly formed, the image becomes dark due to the length of the optical path, and the light collection property is also deteriorated. In order to improve them, the purpose is to compensate for the step and to form a transparent planarizing film -127-200806754 preferably between the CCD and the color filter. The material of the planarizing film is, for example, a photocurable photoresist liquid, an acrylic or epoxy resin, or the like. After the photocurable composition is applied, in order to obtain a dried coating film in which the solvent evaporates, prebaking is usually performed. The prebaking method is dry under reduced pressure, indirect heat drying using high-temperature air, or the like, and direct heating drying (about 80 to 140 ° C, 50 to 200 seconds) by a hot plate or the like. Further, in order to make the pattern obtained after development sufficiently cured and to form a permanent film having improved mechanical strength, post-baking was performed. For example, when a three-color color filter is manufactured, the initially formed pattern is subsequently coated with a photoresist of another color, and then subjected to exposure and development twice. At this time, post-baking was performed so as not to mix with the applied photoresist liquid and without pattern defects due to exposure or development. This post-baking is carried out in the same manner as in the prebaking, and is carried out at a high temperature for a long period of time according to the conditions of the prebaking. For example, in the case of indirect heating by an oven, about 180 to 250 ° C for about 0.5 to 2 hours, by direct heating of the hot plate, about 180 to 250 ° C for about 2 to 10 minutes.

曝光用的光源係沒有特別地限定,可舉例如與圖案形 成性有關、帶來顯著效果之光源水銀燈的i線。本發明的特 徴係在從步驟的適當面使用水銀燈的線光譜之一 i線的影 像感測器用彩色濾光片之製造中,其特徵係變得特別顯著 ,更不用說在LCD用之中亦可使用。 硬化性組成物的顯像中所使用的顯像液係沒有特別地 限制,可使用以往眾所周知的顯像液。其中,尤以氫氧化 四甲基銨(T ΜΑΗ)等的4級銨鹽類之有機鹼系顯像液可達成 本發明的目的而爲佳。 -128- 200806754 聚合啓發劑 ' 聚合啓發劑係可使用一般的光聚合啓發劑。具體而言 ,可舉例如:美國專利第2,367,660號說明書中記載之連位 多酮醇醛基化合物、美國專利第2,367,661號及第 2,367,670號說明書中記載之α-羰基化合物、美國專利第 2,448,828號說明書中記載之偶姻醚、美國專利第 2,72 2,51 2號說明書中記載之α-烴所取代之芳香族偶姻化 合物、美國專利第3,046,1 27號及第2,951,758號說明書中 #記載之多核醌化合物、美國專利第3,549,367號說明書中記 載之三烯丙基咪唑二聚物/P-胺基苯基酮的組合、特公昭 51-48516號公報中記載之苯并噻唑系化合物/三鹵甲基-s-三畊系化合物等。 光聚合啓發劑(包含上述一般的光聚合啓發劑)於含有 染料之負型硬化性組成物中的含量,相對於自由基聚合性 單體之固體成分(質量),以〇·〇1〜5 0質量%爲佳、1〜30質量 %爲較佳、1〜2 0質量%爲特佳。該含量在上述範圍時,沒有 φ進行充分的聚合硬化、且聚合難以繼續進行下去,聚合率 變大、分子量降低,且膜強度亦爲減弱。 又,上述的光聚合啓發劑中可倂用增感劑、光安定劑 〇 其具體例係舉例如苯偶姻、苯偶姻甲基醚、9-莽酮、 2-氯基-9-莠酮、2-甲基-9-苐酮、9-蒽酮、2-溴基-9-蒽酮、 2-乙基-9-蒽酮、9,10-蒽醌、2-乙基-9,10-蒽醌、2-第三丁 基-9,10-蒽醌、2,6-二氯基-9,10-蒽醌、咕噸酮、2-甲基咕 噸酮、2-甲氧基咕噸酮、2-乙氧基咕噸酮、噻噸酮、2,4- -129- 200806754 二乙基噻噸酮、吖啶酮、10-丁基-2 _氯基吖啶酮、苯偶醯 、二亞苄丙酮、P-(二甲基胺基)苯基苯乙烯基酮、p-(二甲 基胺基)苯基-p-甲基苯乙烯基酮、二苯甲酮、P-(二甲基胺 .基)二苯甲酮(或米其勒酮)、P-(二乙基胺基)二苯甲酮、苯 并蒽酮等、或特公昭51 -4851 6號公報中記載之苯并噻唑系 化合物等、廷努芬(Tin uvi n )1130、同40 0等。 【實施例】 以下,根據實施例進一步詳細說明本發明,惟本發明 係不受此等所限制。 (實施例1)The light source for exposure is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, an i-line of a light source mercury lamp which is associated with pattern formability and which has a remarkable effect. The feature of the present invention is particularly remarkable in the manufacture of color filters for image sensors using one of the line spectra of mercury lamps from the appropriate side of the step, not to mention the use of LCDs. be usable. The developing liquid used in the development of the curable composition is not particularly limited, and a conventionally known developing liquid can be used. Among them, an organic alkali-based developing liquid of a quaternary ammonium salt such as tetramethylammonium hydroxide (T oxime) can be preferably used for the purpose of the present invention. -128- 200806754 Polymeric Heuristics 'Polymer heuristics can use general photopolymerization heuristics. Specifically, for example, a vicinal polyketal aldehyde-based compound described in the specification of U.S. Patent No. 2,367,660, an α-carbonyl compound described in the specification of U.S. Patent Nos. 2,367,661 and 2,367,670, and a specification of U.S. Patent No. 2,448,828 The acylation ether described in the specification, the aromatic acylo compound substituted by the α-hydrocarbon described in the specification of U.S. Patent No. 2,72, 2, 521, and the description of the specification in U.S. Patent Nos. 3,046,1,27 and 2,951,758. The combination of a triallyl imidazole dimer/P-aminophenyl ketone described in the specification of U.S. Patent No. 3,549,367, and a benzothiazole compound/three described in Japanese Patent Publication No. Sho 51-48516 Halomethyl-s-three tillage compounds and the like. The content of the photopolymerization initiator (including the above-mentioned general photopolymerization initiator) in the negative-type curable composition containing the dye, and the solid content (mass) of the radical polymerizable monomer are 〇·〇1 to 5 0% by mass is preferable, and 1 to 30% by mass is preferable, and 1 to 20% by mass is particularly preferable. When the content is in the above range, φ does not undergo sufficient polymerization and hardening, and polymerization is difficult to proceed, the polymerization rate is increased, the molecular weight is lowered, and the film strength is also weakened. Further, in the above photopolymerization-inducing agent, a sensitizer and a photosensitizer can be used, and specific examples thereof include benzoin, benzoin methyl ether, 9-fluorenone, 2-chloro-9-oxime. Ketone, 2-methyl-9-fluorenone, 9-fluorenone, 2-bromo-9-fluorenone, 2-ethyl-9-fluorenone, 9,10-fluorene, 2-ethyl-9 , 10-蒽醌, 2-tert-butyl-9,10-fluorene, 2,6-dichloro-9,10-fluorene, xanthone, 2-methylxanthone, 2-methyl Oxyxanone, 2-ethoxyxanone, thioxanthone, 2,4-129-200806754 diethylthioxanthone, acridone, 10-butyl-2-chloroacridone , benzophenone, dibenzylideneacetone, P-(dimethylamino)phenylstyryl ketone, p-(dimethylamino)phenyl-p-methylstyrylone, diphenyl Ketone, P-(dimethylamine.yl)benzophenone (or mischrone), P-(diethylamino)benzophenone, benzofluorenone, etc., or special public 51-4851 The benzothiazole-based compound described in the publication No. 6, Tinuvi n 1130, the same 40 0, and the like. [Examples] Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in further detail based on examples, but the present invention is not limited thereto. (Example 1)

於二甲亞楓1 0 0 0 ml中,添加甲醇鈉2 8 %甲醇溶液 33.3m卜顏料 C.I·顏料紅 254(商品名 Irgaphor Red BT-CF 汽巴特殊化學(股)公司製)1 00g、聚乙烯基吡咯啶酮1 50g, 以調製顏料溶液A。此外,準備含有1mol/丨鹽酸16ml之水 1 0 0 0 m i,以作爲貧溶媒。 此處’將溫度控制在1 8°C,在藉由藤澤藥品工業公司 馨製GK-0222-1 0型拉莫多攪拌器以500rpm攪拌之·貧溶媒的 水1 000ml中,使用日本精密化學公司製np-kX-500型大容 量無脈流泵、以流速1〇〇ml/ min注入100ml的顏料溶液A, 形成有機顏料粒子,以調製顏料分散液A。 所得之顏料分散液A係藉由使用KOKU SAN(股)製 Η·1 12型離心過濾機及敷島CANVAS(股)製P89C型過濾布 、以4000rpm濃縮90分鐘,以得到分散物(作爲分散物A)。 於上述顏料奈米粒子調製糊16.0g中加入乳酸乙酯 50.0m卜以溶解器1 500rpm·攪拌60分鐘後,藉由使用住友 -130- 200806754 電工Fine Polymer公司製FP-010型過濾器來進行過濾,以 得到糊狀的濃縮顏料液A(奈米顏料濃度30質量%卜 [顏料分散組成物的調製】 使用上述糊以調製下述組成之顏料分散組成物A。 上述糊狀的濃縮顏料液A 21· 3g 顏料分散劑A(上述分散劑、例示化合物7.) 0.6g 本發明中所使用的高分子化合物C-16 3.2g 乙酸1-甲氧基-2-丙酯 45.3gIn dimethyl sulfoxide 1 0 0 0 ml, sodium methoxide 28% methanol solution 33.3 m pigment CI·Pigment Red 254 (trade name Irgaphor Red BT-CF Ciba Specialty Chemicals Co., Ltd.) 100 g, Polyvinylpyrrolidone 1 50g to prepare pigment solution A. Further, water containing 1 ml/min of hydrochloric acid 16 ml of water was prepared as a poor solvent. Here, 'the temperature is controlled at 18 ° C, and the precision chemical of Japan is used in 1 000 ml of water of a poor solvent which is stirred at 500 rpm by Fujisawa Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd., GK-0222-1 0 type Lamodo mixer. The company made np-kX-500 large-capacity pulseless pump, and injected 100 ml of pigment solution A at a flow rate of 1 〇〇 ml/min to form organic pigment particles to prepare pigment dispersion A. The obtained pigment dispersion liquid A was obtained by using a KOKU SAN (Function) Η12 type centrifugal filter and a P89C type filter cloth made of Kawana Co., Ltd., and concentrated at 4000 rpm for 90 minutes to obtain a dispersion (as a dispersion). A). After adding 50.0 m of ethyl lactate to 16.0 g of the above-mentioned pigment nanoparticle preparation paste, the dissolver was centrifuged at 1,500 rpm for 60 minutes, and then the FP-010 type filter manufactured by Sumitomo-130-200806754 Electric Fine Polymer Co., Ltd. was used. Filtration to obtain a paste-like concentrated pigment liquid A (nano pigment concentration: 30% by mass) [Preparation of pigment dispersion composition] The above paste was used to prepare a pigment dispersion composition A having the following composition. A 21· 3 g of pigment dispersant A (the above dispersant, exemplified compound 7.) 0.6 g of the polymer compound C-16 used in the present invention 3.2 g of 1-methoxy-2-propyl acetate 45.3 g

關於顏料分散劑A係按照特開2000-239554號公報來 進行合成。 上述組成的顏料分散組成物 A係利用電動硏磨機 M-50(Eiger日本公司製),使用直徑0.65mm的氧化鉻粒, 以周速9m/s分散1小時。 所得之顏料分散組成物A係使用日機裝公司製 Nanotrack UPA-EX150來測定粒徑時,其結果係平均粒徑 .3 1 n m,關於粒度分布其低於1 5 n m的粒子比例爲5 %,超過 0 6 On m的粒子比例爲7 %。 (實施例2) 除了將在實施例1所得之顏料分散液众以KOKUSA N (股 )製H-112型離心過濾機進行濃縮之際,改成50〇Orpm以外 ,與實施例1完全同樣地調製顏料分散組成物B。 (實施例3) 除了將在實施例1所得之顏料分散液A以KOKUS AN (股 )製H-112型離心過濾機進行濃縮之際,改成以5〇〇〇rpm、 3 0 0分鐘以外,與實施例1完全同樣地調製顏料分散組成物 -131- 200806754 C。 (比較例1) 除了將在實施例1所得之顏料分散液八以KOKUSAN (股 )製H-112型離心過濾機進行濃縮之際,改成以3400rpm、 10 0分鐘以外,與實施例1完全同樣地調製顏料分散組成物 D ° (比較例2) 如以下所述,調製下述組成之顏料分散組成物E。 顏料(顏料紅254) 6.4 g 氯化鈉 6 4.0 g 本發明中所得之化合物C -1 6 3.2gThe pigment dispersant A was synthesized in accordance with JP-A-2000-239554. The pigment dispersion composition A having the above composition was dispersed by a honing machine M-50 (manufactured by Eiger Japan Co., Ltd.) using chromium oxide particles having a diameter of 0.65 mm at a peripheral speed of 9 m/s for one hour. The obtained pigment dispersion composition A was measured by using Nanotrack UPA-EX150 manufactured by Nikkiso Co., Ltd., and the result was an average particle diameter of .31 nm, and the ratio of particles having a particle size distribution of less than 15 nm was 5%. The ratio of particles exceeding 0 6 On m is 7%. (Example 2) The same procedure as in Example 1 except that the pigment dispersion liquid obtained in Example 1 was concentrated by a H-112 centrifugal filter manufactured by KOKUSA N (manufacturing), and changed to 50 〇 O rpm. The pigment dispersion composition B was prepared. (Example 3) When the pigment dispersion liquid A obtained in Example 1 was concentrated by a H-112 type centrifugal filter manufactured by KOKUS AN, it was changed to 5 rpm and 300 minutes. The pigment dispersion composition -131-200806754 C was prepared in the same manner as in Example 1. (Comparative Example 1) In the case of concentrating the pigment dispersion liquid obtained in Example 1 with a H-112 centrifugal filter manufactured by KOKUSAN Co., Ltd., it was changed to 3400 rpm for 10 minutes, and completely the same as Example 1. Similarly, the pigment dispersion composition D was prepared (Comparative Example 2) The pigment dispersion composition E having the following composition was prepared as described below. Pigment (Pigment Red 254) 6.4 g Sodium chloride 6 4.0 g Compound C -1 6 3.2g obtained in the present invention

於乙酸1-甲氧基-2-丙酯溶液中氯化鈉、顏料(顏料紅 2 54)的粉體、用於本發明之上述化合物C-1 6進料至雙臂型 捏和機內,於8〇°C捏合1 0小時。捏合後抽出80°C的1 %鹽酸 水溶液500質量份,攪拌1小時後、過濾、湯洗,去除氯化 鈉與溶劑之後,於65°C下乾燥14小時後粉碎,相對於粉碎 φ物1g添加混合乙酸1-甲氧基-2-丙酯2.4g。 上述顏.料組成物係利用電動硏磨機M-50(Eiger日本公 司製),使用直徑0.65mm的氧化鉻粒,以周速9m/s分’散1小 時。得到顏料分散組成物E。進行與實施例1同樣地處理, 所測定的粒徑爲數量平均粒徑5 3 n m,關於粒度分布係低於 1 5nm的粒子比例爲1 8%,超過60nm的粒子比例爲24%。 (比較例3) 除了將比較例2中濾過、湯洗之後的乾燥條件改成80°C 、48小時以外,與比較例2完全同樣地製作顏料分散組成物 -132- 200806754 F、 [對比的測定] 將所得之顏料分散組成物A〜F分別塗布至玻璃基板上 使其厚度爲2 μ m,以製作試樣。使用在作爲背光單元之3波 長冷陰極管光源(東芝LITEC(股)製FWL18EX-N)中設有擴 散板者,在2片的偏光板(三立(Sanritsu)(股)公司製的偏光 板H LC2-2 5 18)之間設置該試樣,測定與偏光軸爲平行時、 垂直時的透過光量,使其比爲對比(參照「1 990年第7回色 Φ彩光學會議、512色顯示1〇.4”尺寸了下1-1^0用彩色濾光片 、植木、小關、福永、山中」等)。色度的測定係使用色彩 亮度計(TOPCON(股)公司製ΒΜ-5)。2片偏光板、試樣、色 彩亮度計的設置位置係在離背光13mm的位置設置偏光板 ,離4 0 m m〜6 0 m m的位置設置直徑11 m m、長度2 0 m m的圚 筒,透過其中的光係照射設置於65 mm位置之測定試樣,且 透過的光係通過設置於1〇〇 mm位置之偏光板,並以設置於 40 0mm位置之色彩亮度計加以測定。色彩亮度計的測定角 φ係設定爲2 °。背光的光量係在未設置試樣之狀態下,設定 成2片偏光板設置於平行尼科耳稜鏡時的亮度爲 1280cd/m2 〇 又,該試樣係以90mW/cm2的高壓水銀燈照射24小時, 設定照射前後的色差,以作爲耐光性的指標。此外,在本 發明的色度係利用顯微分光光度計(奧林帕斯光學公司製 ;OSP 100或200)進行測定,作爲F10光源視野2度的結果來 進行計算,以xyz表色系的xyY値來表示。又,色度之差係 以La#b#表色系的色差表示。其色差係越小越好。 -133- 200806754 從顏料分散組成物A〜F所得之試樣的對比及耐光性的 測疋結果係如表1所不。Powder of sodium chloride, pigment (pigment red 2 54) in a solution of 1-methoxy-2-propyl acetate, and the above-mentioned compound C-1 6 used in the present invention are fed into a two-arm type kneader , knead at 10 ° C for 10 hours. After kneading, 500 parts by mass of a 1% hydrochloric acid aqueous solution at 80 ° C was taken out, stirred for 1 hour, filtered, and washed with water to remove sodium chloride and a solvent, and then dried at 65 ° C for 14 hours, and then pulverized, and 1 g was pulverized with respect to the pulverized φ substance. 2.4 g of mixed 1-methoxy-2-propyl acetate was added. The above-mentioned pigment composition was dispersed by an electric honing machine M-50 (manufactured by Eiger Japan Co., Ltd.) using chromium oxide particles having a diameter of 0.65 mm at a peripheral speed of 9 m/s. A pigment dispersion composition E was obtained. The treatment was carried out in the same manner as in Example 1. The particle diameter measured was a number average particle diameter of 5 3 n m, the ratio of particles having a particle size distribution of less than 15 nm was 18.8%, and the ratio of particles exceeding 60 nm was 24%. (Comparative Example 3) A pigment dispersion composition-132-200806754 F was produced in the same manner as in Comparative Example 2 except that the drying conditions after filtration and washing in Comparative Example 2 were changed to 80 ° C for 48 hours. Measurement] The obtained pigment dispersion compositions A to F were each applied onto a glass substrate to have a thickness of 2 μm to prepare a sample. A polarizing plate made of a three-wavelength polarizing plate (a polarizing plate manufactured by Sanritsu Co., Ltd.) is used in a three-wavelength cold cathode tube light source (FWL18EX-N manufactured by Toshiba LITEC Co., Ltd.). This sample was placed between LC2-2 and 5), and the amount of transmitted light when it was parallel to the polarization axis was measured, and the ratio of the transmitted light was compared. (Refer to "The 7th color Φ color optical conference in 990, 512 color display" 1〇.4" size is 1-1^0 with color filters, Ueki, Xiaoguan, Fuyong, Shanzhong, etc.). The chromaticity was measured using a color luminance meter (ΒΜ-5 manufactured by TOPCON Co., Ltd.). Two polarizing plates, a sample, and a color brightness meter are disposed at a position of 13 mm from the backlight, and a cylinder having a diameter of 11 mm and a length of 20 mm is disposed from a position of 40 mm to 60 mm. The light system was irradiated with a measurement sample set at a position of 65 mm, and the transmitted light was measured by a polarizing plate set at a position of 1 mm, and measured by a color luminance meter set at a position of 40 mm. The measurement angle φ of the color luminance meter is set to 2 °. In the state where the sample is not provided, the brightness of the two polarizing plates is set to 1280 cd/m 2 when the polarizing plate is placed in parallel Nicols, and the sample is irradiated with a high-pressure mercury lamp of 90 mW/cm 2 . In hours, the color difference before and after the irradiation is set as an indicator of light resistance. Further, the chromaticity system of the present invention was measured by a microspectrophotometer (manufactured by Olympus Optical Co., Ltd.; OSP 100 or 200), and was calculated as a result of 2 degrees of field of view of the F10 light source, and was calculated by the xyz color system. xyY値 indicates. Further, the difference in chromaticity is expressed by the color difference of the La#b# color system. The smaller the color difference, the better. -133- 200806754 The comparison of the samples obtained from the pigment dispersion compositions A to F and the results of the light resistance were as shown in Table 1.

【表1】 含水率 (%) 粒度低於15nm的 比例(%) 粒度超過60nm 的比例(%) 對比 備註 顏料分散組成物A 4.5 5 7 12000 本發明 顏料分散組成物B 2.2 5 7 16500 本發明 顏料分散組成物C 0.6 5 7 17000 本發明 顏料分散組成物D 7.0 5 7 9500 比較例 顏料分散組成物E 6.8 18 24 6400 比較例 顏料分散組成物F 0.7 18 24 7200 比較例 如表1所示,本發明的顏料分散組成物與比較例者相較 ,呈現出非常優異的對比、耐光性。 (實施例4-1 ) 將顏料分散組成物A與如下述表2組成之其他成分進行 混合,以調製彩色濾光片用著色感光性樹脂組成物A ° 【表2】 組成成分 含量 (質量份) -g料分散組成物A__________ 44.5 丙一醇一甲基醚乙酸酯 .., 7.6 甲基乙基酮 37 黏結劑-1 ____——— 0.7 DPHA 液 ____ 3,8 2-二氯甲基-5-( p-苯乙烯基苯乙烯棊 0.12 2,4_雙(三氯甲基)-6-[4,-(N,N-雙乙氧基羰基甲基)0女基-3 -溴 苯基]-s·三阱 _____ 0.05 吩噻哄 —--- 0.01 界面活性劑1 _______ 0.06[Table 1] Water content (%) Ratio of particle size below 15 nm (%) Ratio of particle size exceeding 60 nm (%) Comparative Remarks Pigment Dispersion Composition A 4.5 5 7 12000 Pigment Dispersion Composition of the Invention B 2.2 5 7 16500 The present invention Pigment Dispersion Composition C 0.6 5 7 17000 Pigment Dispersion Composition of the Invention D 7.0 5 7 9500 Comparative Example Pigment Dispersion Composition E 6.8 18 24 6400 Comparative Example Pigment Dispersion Composition F 0.7 18 24 7200 Comparison As shown in Table 1, The pigment dispersion composition of the invention exhibited very excellent contrast and light resistance as compared with the comparative example. (Example 4-1) The pigment dispersion composition A was mixed with other components of the following Table 2 to prepare a coloring photosensitive resin composition for color filter A ° [Table 2] Component content (parts by mass) -g material dispersion composition A__________ 44.5 propanol monomethyl ether acetate.., 7.6 methyl ethyl ketone 37 binder-1 ____-- 0.7 DPHA liquid ____ 3,8 2-dichloro 5-(p-styrylstyrene oxime 0.12 2,4-bis(trichloromethyl)-6-[4,-(N,N-diethoxycarbonylmethyl)0-female-3 -Bromophenyl]-s·Triad _____ 0.05 phenothiaquinone---- 0.01 Surfactant 1 _______ 0.06

<黏結劑1> ^•聚合物(甲基丙烯酸苄酯/甲基丙燒酸/甲基丙燒酸甲 酯= 38/25/37莫耳比的無規共聚物、力子里4禺)27質里份 -134- 200806754 •丙二醇一甲基醚乙酸酯 7 3質量份 <DPHA1> " •二季戊四醇六丙烯酸酯(聚合抑制劑MEHQ5 00 ppm 含有、日本化藥(股)公司製、商品名:KAYARAD DPHA) 76質量份 •丙二醇一甲基醚乙酸酯 2 4質量份 <界面活性劑1> •下述化合物1 30質量份<Binder 1> ^•Polymer (benzyl methacrylate/methylpropanoic acid/methyl propyl acetonate = random copolymer of 38/25/37 molar ratio, 4 力 in Lizi ) 27-mass -134- 200806754 • Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate 7 3 parts by mass <DPHA1>" • Dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate (polymerization inhibitor MEHQ5 00 ppm, Japan Chemicals Co., Ltd.) System, trade name: KAYARAD DPHA) 76 parts by mass • Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate 2 4 parts by mass < surfactant 1> • The following compound 1 30 parts by mass

•甲基乙基酮 7 〇質量份 化合物1 —(CH2-CH)4〇— -iCH2-CH)x— —(CH2-CH)y--• Methyl ethyl ketone 7 〇 parts by mass Compound 1 —(CH2-CH)4〇— -iCH2-CH)x—(CH2-CH)y--

〇=C 〇=c 0=C〇=C 〇=c 0=C

OCH2CH2CnF2n+1 0(P0)7H 0(EO)7H fn = 6、x = 55、y = 5、OCH2CH2CnF2n+1 0(P0)7H 0(EO)7H fn = 6, x = 55, y = 5,

Mw=33940NMw/Mn=2. 55 P〇 :環氧丙烷、EO :環氧乙烷. 除了分,別使用顏料分散組成物B~F以取代顏料分散組 成物A以外,與上述同檨地,分別調製彩色濾光片用著色感 光性樹脂組成物 使用旋轉塗布機將上述彩色濾光片製作用的著色感光 性組成物塗布至玻璃基板上,使其於1 00 °C下乾燥2分鐘, 以形成約2 μ m的厚度的膜。接著,於氮氣流下、用超高壓 水銀燈進行曝光後,以1 %碳酸鈉水溶液使其顯像。所得各 膜之R成分的對比及耐光性與上述[對比的測定]進行同樣 測定之結果,係如下述表3所示。 135- 200806754 【表3】 對比 耐光性(色差) 備註 著色樹脂組成物A 10500 1.9 本發明 著色樹脂組成物B 15000 2.0 本發明 著色樹脂組成物C 16200 1.7 本發明 著色樹脂組成物D 9000 3.9 比較例 著色樹脂組成物E 5800 4.6 比較例 著色樹脂組成物F 6500 3.5 比較例 如表3所示,本發明的著色感光性樹脂組成物相較於比 較例者,呈現出非常優異的對比與耐光性。Mw=33940NMw/Mn=2. 55 P〇: propylene oxide, EO: ethylene oxide. In addition to the pigment dispersion composition B~F, in place of the pigment dispersion composition A, in the same manner as above, The coloring photosensitive resin composition for modulating the color filter is applied to the glass substrate by a spin coater using a coloring photosensitive composition for color filter production, and dried at 100 ° C for 2 minutes. A film having a thickness of about 2 μm is formed. Subsequently, the film was exposed to light under a nitrogen stream using an ultrahigh pressure mercury lamp, and then developed with a 1% aqueous sodium carbonate solution. The comparison of the R component of each of the obtained films and the light resistance were measured in the same manner as in the above [Comparative measurement], as shown in Table 3 below. 135-200806754 [Table 3] Comparative Light Resistance (Color Difference) Remarks Colored resin composition A 10500 1.9 Colored resin composition B 15000 2.0 of the present invention Colored resin composition C 16200 1.7 of the present invention Colored resin composition D 9000 of the present invention 3.9 Comparative Example Colored resin composition E 5800 4.6 Comparative Example Colored resin composition F 6500 3.5 Comparison As shown in Table 3, the colored photosensitive resin composition of the present invention exhibited very excellent contrast and light resistance as compared with the comparative example.

(實施例4-2) [彩色濾光片的製作(藉由使用狹縫狀噴嘴之塗布的製 作)] 〔黑色(K)畫像的形成〕 將無鹼玻璃基板利用UV洗淨裝置洗淨後,使用洗淨劑 進行刷子洗淨,再以超純水進行超音波洗淨。將該基板於 120°C熱處理3分鐘,以使其表、面狀態安定化。 冷卻該基板並調溫至23°C後,利用具有狹縫狀噴嘴的 φ玻璃基板用塗布機(FAS ·亞洲公司製、商品名:MH-1 600), 塗布由下述表4中記載之組成所構成的著色感光性樹脂組 成物K1。之後,繼續於VCD(真空乾燥裝置;東京應化工業( 股)公司製)3〇秒鐘,乾燥部分的溶媒使塗布層無流動性後 ,於120 °C預烘烤3分鐘,以得到膜厚2·4 μηίΐ的感光性樹脂層 Κ1 〇 -136· 200806754 【表4】 組成成分 κ (質量份) 25 丙一醇一甲基醚乙酸酯 8.0 甲基乙基酮 53 1占結劑-2 ' " 9.1 1醌一甲基醚~~ " 0.002 DPHA 液 2,4-二(三氯甲基)-6_[4,-(1\1,1\1-雙乙氧基羰基甲 基)胺基-3 ’ -溴苯基s -三畊 0.16 界面活性劑1 : 0.044(Example 4-2) [Production of Color Filter (Production by Application Using Slit Nozzle)] [Formation of Black (K) Image] After washing the alkali-free glass substrate with a UV cleaning device Wash the brush with a detergent and then wash it with ultrapure water. The substrate was heat-treated at 120 ° C for 3 minutes to stabilize the surface and surface conditions. After cooling the substrate and adjusting the temperature to 23 ° C, the φ glass substrate coating machine (manufactured by FAS, Inc., trade name: MH-1 600) having a slit nozzle was used to apply the coating described in Table 4 below. The colored photosensitive resin composition K1 composed of the composition is composed. Thereafter, the film was dried in a VCD (vacuum drying apparatus; manufactured by Tokyo Ohka Kogyo Co., Ltd.) for 3 seconds, and the solvent of the dried portion was made to have no fluidity of the coating layer, and then prebaked at 120 ° C for 3 minutes to obtain a film. Photosensitive resin layer having a thickness of 2·4 μηΐ Κ1 〇-136· 200806754 [Table 4] Composition κ (parts by mass) 25 Propyl alcohol monomethyl ether acetate 8.0 Methyl ethyl ketone 53 1 2 ' " 9.1 1醌 monomethyl ether ~~ " 0.002 DPHA liquid 2,4-di(trichloromethyl)-6_[4,-(1\1,1\1-diethoxycarbonyl Amino-3'-bromophenyls-three tillage 0.16 surfactant 1 : 0.044

利用具有超高壓水銀燈之鄰近型曝光機(日立高科技 電子工程(股)公司製),在基板與遮罩(具有畫像圖案之石英 曝光遮罩)成垂直豎立之狀態下,將曝光遮罩面與該感光性 樹脂層之間的距離設定爲200μπι,以曝光量300mJ/cm2進 行圖案曝光。 接著,以噴淋噴嘴噴霧純水,使該感光性樹脂層K1的 表面均勻濕潤後,於KOH系顯像液(含有KOH、非離子界面 活性劑,商品名:C D K-1、富士軟片電子材料公司製)2 3 °C下 胃8 0秒,以平口噴嘴壓力0.0 4 Μ P a進行噴淋顯像,以得到圖 案化畫像。之後,繼續以超高壓洗淨噴嘴9.8MPa的壓力噴 射超純水,進行殘渣除去,以得到黑色(K)的畫像K。之後 ,繼續於220°C下熱處理30分鐘。 〔紅色(R)像素的形成〕 在形成上述畫像K之基板上,利用由下述表5中記載之 組成所構成的著色感光性樹脂組成物R1,以與上述黑色(K) 畫像的形成相同的步驟,形成完成熱處理的像素R。 該感光性樹脂層R1的膜厚及顏料(C.LP_R.254及 -137- 200806754 CHR.177)的塗布量係表示如下。 感光性樹脂膜厚(μπι) 1.60 顏料塗布量(g/m2) 1.0 0 C_I_P.R.254塗布量(g/m2) 0.80 C.im77塗布量(g/m2) 0.20 【表5】 組成成分 含量 (質量份) R顏料分散物A 40 R顏料分散物2 (C.LP.R· 177) 4.5 丙二醇一甲基醚乙酸酯 7.6 甲暴乙基酮 37 黏結劑-1 0.7 DPHA 液 3.8 2-三氯甲基-5-(p-苯乙烯基苯乙烯基)-1,3,4-噁二唑 0.12 2,4-雙(三氯甲基)·6-[4’-(Ν,Ν-雙乙氧基羰基甲基)胺基-3’-溴 苯基]-s-三阱 0.05 吩噻畊 0.01 界面活性劑1 0.06Exposing the mask surface in a state where the substrate and the mask (the quartz exposure mask having the portrait pattern) are vertically erected by a proximity type exposure machine (manufactured by Hitachi High-Tech Electronics Co., Ltd.) having an ultrahigh pressure mercury lamp The distance from the photosensitive resin layer was set to 200 μm, and pattern exposure was performed at an exposure amount of 300 mJ/cm 2 . Then, pure water is sprayed by a shower nozzle to uniformly wet the surface of the photosensitive resin layer K1, and then the KOH-based developing solution (containing KOH, nonionic surfactant, trade name: CD K-1, Fujifilm Electronics) The company made a film at 80 ° C for 80 seconds, and sprayed the image with a flat nozzle pressure of 0.0 4 Μ P a to obtain a patterned image. Thereafter, the ultrapure water was continuously sprayed at a pressure of 9.8 MPa by the ultrahigh pressure washing nozzle, and the residue was removed to obtain a black (K) image K. Thereafter, heat treatment was continued at 220 ° C for 30 minutes. [Formation of Red (R) Pixels] The colored photosensitive resin composition R1 composed of the composition described in Table 5 below is formed on the substrate on which the image K is formed, and is formed in the same manner as the above-described black (K) image. The step of forming a pixel R that completes the heat treatment. The film thickness of the photosensitive resin layer R1 and the coating amount of the pigment (C.LP_R.254 and -137-200806754 CHR.177) are as follows. Photosensitive resin film thickness (μπι) 1.60 Pigment coating amount (g/m2) 1.0 0 C_I_P.R.254 coating amount (g/m2) 0.80 C.im77 coating amount (g/m2) 0.20 [Table 5] Composition content (Parts by mass) R Pigment Dispersion A 40 R Pigment Dispersion 2 (C.LP.R. 177) 4.5 Propylene Glycol Monomethyl Ether Acetate 7.6 Methio Ethyl Ketone 37 Adhesive Agent - 0.7 0.7 DPHA Solution 3.8 2- Trichloromethyl-5-(p-styrystyryl)-1,3,4-oxadiazole 0.12 2,4-bis(trichloromethyl)·6-[4'-(Ν,Ν -diethoxycarbonylmethyl)amino-3'-bromophenyl]-s-tripper 0.05 phenothimethicone 0.01 surfactant 1 0.06

〔綠色(G)像素的形成〕 於形成上述畫像K與像素R之基板上,使用由下述表6 中記載之組成所構成的著色感光性樹脂組成物G 1,以與上 述黑色(K)畫像的形成相同的步驟,形成完成熱處理的像素 G。該感光性樹脂層G1的膜厚及顏料(C·丨_P.G.36及 C.I.P.Y.150)的塗布量係表示如下。 感光性樹脂膜厚(pm) 1.60 顏料塗布量(g/m2) 1.9 2 C.I.P.G.36塗布量(g/m2) 1.34 C.I.P_Y_1 50塗布量(g/m2) 0.58 -138- 200806754 【表6】 組成成分 含量. (質量份) G顏料分散物1 (C_LP.G· 36) 28 丫顏料分散物1 (C.I.RY. 150) 15 丙二醇一甲基醚乙酸酯 29 甲基乙基酮 26 環己酮 1.3 黏結劑-2 2.5 DPHA 液 3.5 2-三氯甲基-5-(p-苯乙烯基苯乙烯基)-1,3,4·噁二唑 0.12 2,4-雙(三氯甲基)-6-[4’-(N,N-雙乙氧基羰基甲基)胺基-3’-溴 苯基]-s-三阱 0.05 吩噻阱 0.01 界面活性劑1 0.07 〔藍(B)像素的形成〕 於形成上述畫像K、像素R及像素G之基板上,使用由 下述表7中記載之組成所構成的著色感光性樹脂組成物B 1 ,以與上述黑色(K)畫像的形成相同的步驟,形成完成熱處 理的像素B,以得到目的之彩色濾光片A。[Formation of Green (G) Pixel] On the substrate on which the image K and the pixel R are formed, the colored photosensitive resin composition G1 composed of the composition described in Table 6 below is used to be black (K) The same steps are formed in the image to form the pixel G which is subjected to the heat treatment. The film thickness of the photosensitive resin layer G1 and the coating amount of the pigments (C·丨_P.G.36 and C.I.P.Y.150) are as follows. Photosensitive resin film thickness (pm) 1.60 Pigment coating amount (g/m2) 1.9 2 CIPG36 coating amount (g/m2) 1.34 CIP_Y_1 50 coating amount (g/m2) 0.58 -138- 200806754 [Table 6] Composition Content. (mass parts) G pigment dispersion 1 (C_LP.G· 36) 28 丫 pigment dispersion 1 (CIRY. 150) 15 propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate 29 methyl ethyl ketone 26 cyclohexanone 1.3 Adhesive-2 2.5 DPHA liquid 3.5 2-trichloromethyl-5-(p-styrystyryl)-1,3,4·oxadiazole 0.12 2,4-bis(trichloromethyl)- 6-[4'-(N,N-bisethoxycarbonylmethyl)amino-3'-bromophenyl]-s-tripper 0.05 phenothiazine trap 0.01 surfactant 1 0.07 [blue (B) pixel Formation of the coloring photosensitive resin composition B 1 composed of the composition described in the following Table 7 on the substrate on which the image K, the pixel R, and the pixel G are formed, and the formation of the black (K) image In the same step, the pixel B on which the heat treatment is completed is formed to obtain the color filter A of interest.

該感光性樹脂層B1的膜厚及顏料(C.I.P.B.15:6及 C.I.P.V.23)的塗布量係表示如下。 感光性樹脂膜厚(pm) 1 .60 顏料塗布量(g/m2) 0.7 5 0·Ι·Ρ_Β·1 5:6塗布量(g/m2) 0.705 C」.P_V.23塗布量(g/m2) 0.045 -13 9- 200806754 【表π 糸且成成分 含量 (質量份) B 顏料分散物 1 (C.I.P.B.15:6) 8.6 Β顏料分散物2 (σΐ·Ρ·Β·15:6 + C.I.P.V.23) 15 丙二醇一甲基醚乙酸酯 28 甲基乙基酮 26 黏結劑-3 17 DPHA 液 4.0 2-三氯甲基-5-(p-苯乙烯基苯乙烯基)-1,3,4-噁二唑 0.17 吩噻阱 0.02 界面活性劑1 0.06The film thickness of the photosensitive resin layer B1 and the coating amount of the pigment (C.I.P.B. 15:6 and C.I.P.V.23) are as follows. Photosensitive resin film thickness (pm) 1.60 Pigment coating amount (g/m2) 0.7 5 0·Ι·Ρ_Β·1 5:6 coating amount (g/m2) 0.705 C".P_V.23 coating amount (g/ M2) 0.045 -13 9- 200806754 [Table π 糸 and component content (parts by mass) B Pigment Dispersion 1 (CIPB15:6) 8.6 ΒPigment Dispersion 2 (σΐ·Ρ·Β·15:6 + CIPV23 15 propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate 28 methyl ethyl ketone 26 binder-3 17 DPHA liquid 4.0 2-trichloromethyl-5-(p-styrystyryl)-1,3,4 -oxadiazole 0.17 phenothiazine trap 0.02 surfactant 1 0.06

此處,進一步詳細說明上述表4〜7中記載之著色感光性 樹脂組成物Κ1、R1、G1、Β1的調製。 著色感光性樹脂組成物Κ1的製作,首先係秤取表4中記 載之量的Κ顏料分散物1、丙二醇一甲基醚乙酸酯,於溫度 24°C(±2°C)進行混合,並以150rpm攪拌10分鐘,接著,秤 取表4中記載之量的甲基乙基酮、黏結劑2、氫醌一甲基醚 、DPHA液、2,4-雙(三氯甲基)-6_[4’-(1\1,1\1-雙乙氧基羰基甲 基)胺基-3’-溴基苯基]-s-三阱、界面活性劑1,依序於溫度 2 5°C (±2°C )下添加,藉由於溫度40°C (±2°C )、以150rpm攪 拌30分鐘而可得到。 此外,表4中記載的組成物之中,關於下述成分其組成 係如以下所示。 顏料分散物1> •碳黑(商品名:Nipex 35、德固薩日本(股)公司製) 1 3.1質量份 •分散劑(下述化合物2J) 0.65質量份 •聚合物(甲基丙烯酸苄酯/甲基丙烯酸=72/28莫耳比 -140- 200806754 之無規共聚物、分子量3.7萬) 6_72質量份 •丙二醇一甲基醚乙酸酯 79_53質量份 ΗHere, the preparation of the colored photosensitive resin compositions Κ1, R1, G1, and Β1 described in the above Tables 4 to 7 will be described in further detail. For the production of the colored photosensitive resin composition Κ1, first, the bismuth pigment dispersion 1 and propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate in the amounts described in Table 4 were weighed and mixed at a temperature of 24 ° C (± 2 ° C). And stirring at 150 rpm for 10 minutes, and then weighing the amount of methyl ethyl ketone, binder 2, hydroquinone monomethyl ether, DPHA liquid, 2,4-bis(trichloromethyl)- 6_[4'-(1\1,1\1-bisethoxycarbonylmethyl)amino-3'-bromophenyl]-s-triad, surfactant 1, sequentially at temperature 2 5 It was added at °C (±2 °C) and was obtained by stirring at 150 rpm for 30 minutes at a temperature of 40 ° C (± 2 ° C). Further, among the compositions described in Table 4, the composition of the following components is as follows. Pigment Dispersion 1> • Carbon black (trade name: Nipex 35, manufactured by Degussa Japan Co., Ltd.) 1 3.1 parts by mass • Dispersant (Compound 2J below) 0.65 parts by mass • Polymer (benzyl methacrylate) / methacrylic acid = 72/28 molar ratio -140 - 200806754 random copolymer, molecular weight 37,000) 6_72 parts by mass • propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate 79_53 parts by mass

® <黏結劑2> •聚合物(甲基丙烯酸苄酯/甲基丙嫌酸=78/22莫耳比 之無規共聚物、分子量3.8萬) 27質量份 •丙二醇一 φ基醚乙酸酯 73質量份 著色感光性樹脂組成物R1之製作,首先係秤取表5中 記載之量的R顏料分散物A、R顏料分散物2、丙二醇一甲基 醚乙酸酯,於溫度24°C (±2°C )進行混合,並以1 50rpm攪拌 10分鐘,接著,砰取表5中記載之量的甲基乙基酮、黏結劑 • 1、〇?^^液、2-三氯甲基-5-0-苯乙烯基苯乙烯基)-1,3,4- 噁二唑、2,4-雙(三氯甲基)-6-[4’-(叱1^雙乙氧基羰基甲基) 胺基-3’-溴基苯基]-s-三畊、吩噻阱,於溫度24°C (±2°C )下 依序添加,並以150 rpm攪拌30分鐘,再者,秤取表5中記 載之量的界面活性劑1,於溫度24 °C (±2 °C )下添加並以 3 0 rpm攪拌5分鐘,藉由以尼龍網目#200進行濾過而可得到 〇 此外,表5中記載的組成物之中,R顏料分散物a係以 與實施例1之顏料分散組成物A同樣進行而得到,其組成係 -141- 200806754 如下述質量份而調製者。 <R顏料分散物A> •實施例1之糊狀濃縮顏料液A(CJ.P.R.254) 23質量份 •分散劑(上述化合物2J) 0.8質量份 •聚合物(甲基丙烯酸苄酯/甲基丙烯酸= 72/28莫耳比 之無規共聚物、分子量3萬) 8質量份 •丙二醇一甲基:醚乙酸酯 68:_ 2質量份 <R顏料分散物2>® <Binder 2> • Polymer (benzyl methacrylate/methyl propylene acid = 78/22 mole ratio random copolymer, molecular weight 38,000) 27 parts by mass • Propylene glycol mono- phthalate acetic acid 73 parts by mass of the colored photosensitive resin composition R1 was produced by first weighing the R pigment dispersion A, the R pigment dispersion 2, and the propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate in the amounts shown in Table 5 at a temperature of 24°. C (±2 ° C) was mixed and stirred at 150 rpm for 10 minutes. Then, the amount of methyl ethyl ketone, binder, 1, 〇?^^, 2-trichloro of the amount described in Table 5 was taken. Methyl-5-0-styrylstyryl-1,3,4-oxadiazole, 2,4-bis(trichloromethyl)-6-[4'-(叱1^双ethoxy Alkylcarbonyl)amino-3'-bromophenyl]-s-three tillage, phenothiazine trap, added sequentially at a temperature of 24 ° C (± 2 ° C), and stirred at 150 rpm for 30 minutes, Further, the amount of the surfactant 1 described in Table 5 was weighed and added at a temperature of 24 ° C (± 2 ° C) and stirred at 30 rpm for 5 minutes, and filtered by nylon mesh #200. Further, among the compositions described in Table 5, the R pigment dispersion a is Example 1 The pigment dispersion composition A similar embodiment is obtained for that composition as follows based -141-200806754 modulated parts by mass. <R Pigment Dispersion A> • Paste-like concentrated pigment liquid A (CJ.PR254) of Example 1 23 parts by mass • Dispersant (the above compound 2J) 0.8 parts by mass • Polymer (benzyl methacrylate/A) Acrylic acid = 72/28 molar ratio random copolymer, molecular weight 30,000) 8 parts by mass • Propylene glycol monomethyl: ether acetate 68: _ 2 parts by mass < R pigment dispersion 2 >

Red A2B、Ciba特 18質量份 • C.I.P_R.1 77(商品名:Cromophtal 殊化學(股)公司製) •聚合物(甲基丙烯酸苄酯/甲基丙烯酸= 72/28莫耳比 之無規共聚物、分子量3萬) 12質量份 •丙二醇一甲基醚乙酸酯 70質量份 著色感光性樹脂組成物G 1之製作,首先係秤取表6中 記載之量的G顏料分散物1、Y顏料分散物1、丙二醇一甲基 醚乙酸酯,於溫度24°C(±2°C)進行混合,並以150rpm攪拌 Φ 10分鐘,接著,评取表6中記載之量的甲基乙基酮、環己酮 、黏結劑2、DP Η A液、2-三氯甲基- 5·(ρ-苯乙烯基苯乙烯基 )-1,3,4-噁二唑、2,4-雙(三氯甲基)-6-[4’-(叱心雙乙氧基羰 基甲基)胺基溴基苯基卜s-三哄、吩噻阱’於溫度24°C (±2 °C)下依序添加,並以150rPm攪拌30分鐘,再者,秤取表6 中記載之量的界面活性劑1 ’於溫度24〇C (±2力)下添加並以 3 0rpm攪拌5分鐘,藉由以尼龍網目#200進行濾過而可得到 此外,表6中記載的組成物之中,G顏料分散物1係使 -142- 200806754 用富士軟片電子材料(股)公司製的「商品名:GT-2」。Y顏料 分散物1係使用御國色素(股)公司製的「商品名:CF YELLOW EX3393」。 著色感光性樹脂組成物B1的製作,首先係秤取表7中記 載之量的B顏料分散物1、B顏料分散物2、丙二醇一甲基醚 乙酸酯,於溫度24°C (±2°C )進行混合,並以1 50rpm攪拌1 0 .分鐘,接著,秤取表2-5中記載之量的甲基乙基酮、黏結劑 3、DPHA液、2-三氯甲基-5·(ρ-苯乙烯基苯乙烯基)-1,3,4-Φ噁二唑、吩噻哄,依序於溫度.25 °C (±2 °C )下添加,於溫度 40°C(±2°C)下、以150rpm攪拌30分鐘,再者,秤取表2-5 中記載之量的界面活性劑1,於溫度24°C (±2°C )下添加並以 30 rpm攪拌5分鐘,藉由以尼龍網目#2 00進行濾過而可得到 〇 此外,表7中記載的組成物之中,B顏料分散物1係使用 御國色素(股)公司製的「商品名:CF BULE EX3357」。B顏 料分散物2係使用御國色素(股)公司製的「商品名:CF BULE • EX3383」。 黏結劑3的組成係如以下所示。 <黏結劑3 > •聚合物(甲基丙烯酸苄酯/甲基丙燒酸/甲基丙烯酸甲 酯=36/22/42莫耳比的無規共聚物、分子量3.8萬)2 7質量份 •丙二醇一甲基醚乙酸酯 73質量份 分別使用實施例2、3及比較例1~3中所得之濃縮顏料 液(以下,僅稱爲「濃縮顏料液B〜F」),以取代使用R顏料 分散物A之濃縮顏料液A,調製R顏料分散物B〜F。而且相對 -143- 200806754 於上述的彩色濾光片A的製作方法’除了分別使用R顏料分 散物B〜F來取代R顏料分散物A以外,同樣地進行以製作彩 /色濾光片B〜F。 關於各彩色濾光片,與上述[對比的測定]同樣地測定 對比及耐光性之結果係如表8所示。 【表8】 .對比 耐光性(色差) 備註 彩色濾光片A 1 0000 1.9 本發明 彩色濾光片B 1 4500 2.0 本發明 彩色濾光片c 1 5 4 0 0 1.7 本發明 彩色濾光片D 1 8500 3.9 比較例 彩色濾光片E 5 3 0 0 4.6 比較例 彩色濾光片F 5 7 00 3.5 比較例 從上述的結果,已知本發明的彩色濾光片相較於比較 例者,呈現非常高的對比及耐光性。關於色差會爲2個以上 不同的觀者而有區別的程度。而且經由長期(例如1年以上) 的使用,其差別係爲擴大且於顯示畫面上形成顯著的差異 。本發明的彩色濾光片係全部對比都高,且爲良好的彩色 ®濾光片。另一方面,比較例的彩色濾光片係對比低,且爲 無法滿足實用上要求的等級者。 (實施例4-3) 【液晶顯示裝置的製作及評價] 使用彩色濾光片A〜F來製作液晶顯示裝置,並進行顯 示特性的評價。 (ITO電極的形成) 將彩色濾光片形成之玻璃基板放入濺鍍裝置,於100 它使1 300八厚度的ITO(氧化銦錫)被全面真空蒸鍍之後,於 -144- 200806754 240°C退火90分鐘來結晶化ITO,以形成丨丁0透明電極。 (間隔體的形成) 利用輿特開2004-240335號公報的[實施例1]中記載之 間隔體形成方法相同的方法,於上述所製作之丨το透明電極 上形成間隔體。 (液晶配向控制用突起的形成) 使用下述的正型感光性樹脂層用塗布液,在上述間隔 體形成之I ΤΌ透明電極上,形成液晶配向控制用突起。Red A2B, Ciba special 18 parts by mass • CIP_R.1 77 (trade name: Cromophtal special chemical (stock) company) • Polymer (benzyl methacrylate / methacrylic acid = 72/28 molar ratio of random) Copolymer, molecular weight 30,000) 12 parts by mass • Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate 70 parts by mass The coloring photosensitive resin composition G 1 was produced by first weighing the amount of the G pigment dispersion 1 described in Table 6. Y pigment dispersion 1, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, mixed at a temperature of 24 ° C (± 2 ° C), and stirred at 150 rpm for 10 minutes, and then, the amount of methyl groups described in Table 6 was evaluated. Ethyl ketone, cyclohexanone, binder 2, DP Η A solution, 2-trichloromethyl-5 (p-styrystyryl)-1,3,4-oxadiazole, 2,4 - bis(trichloromethyl)-6-[4'-(indenyl bisethoxycarbonylmethyl)aminobromophenyl s-triazine, phenothiazine trap at a temperature of 24 ° C (± 2 Add sequentially at °C) and stir at 150rPm for 30 minutes. Again, add the amount of surfactant 1' listed in Table 6 at a temperature of 24 °C (±2 force) and stir at 30 rpm. Minutes, filtered by nylon mesh #200 Also obtained, in the composition described in Table 6, G 1 based pigment dispersion so -142- "trade name: GT-2" 200806754 by Fujifilm Electronic Materials (Unit) manufactured by. Y pigment Dispersion 1 is "trade name: CF YELLOW EX3393" manufactured by Kosei Co., Ltd. In the preparation of the colored photosensitive resin composition B1, first, the amount of the B pigment dispersion 1, B pigment dispersion 2, and propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate in the amounts described in Table 7 were weighed at a temperature of 24 ° C (±2). °C), and stirred at 150 rpm for 10 minutes, then weighed the amount of methyl ethyl ketone, binder 3, DPHA solution, 2-trichloromethyl-5 as described in Table 2-5. · (ρ-styrylstyryl)-1,3,4-Φ oxadiazole, phenothiazine, added at a temperature of .25 °C (±2 °C) at a temperature of 40 ° C ( Stir at 150 rpm for 30 minutes at ±2 ° C), and then weigh the amount of surfactant 1 described in Table 2-5, add at a temperature of 24 ° C (± 2 ° C) and stir at 30 rpm. In the composition described in Table 7, among the compositions described in Table 7, the B pigment dispersion 1 was used under the trade name "CF" by the company. BULE EX3357". In the B pigment dispersion 2, "trade name: CF BULE • EX3383" manufactured by Yuki Co., Ltd. was used. The composition of the binder 3 is as follows. <Adhesive 3 > • Polymer (benzyl methacrylate/methylpropionic acid/methyl methacrylate = random copolymer of 36/22/42 molar ratio, molecular weight 38,000) 2 7 mass 73 parts by mass of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate were used instead of the concentrated pigment liquids obtained in Examples 2 and 3 and Comparative Examples 1 to 3 (hereinafter, simply referred to as "concentrated pigment liquids B to F"). The R pigment dispersions B to F were prepared by using the concentrated pigment liquid A of the R pigment dispersion A. Further, in contrast to -143-200806754, the method for producing the color filter A described above is performed in the same manner as the color pigment filter B except that the R pigment dispersions B to F are used instead of the R pigment dispersion A, respectively. F. The results of measurement of contrast and light resistance in the same manner as in the above [Comparative measurement] for each color filter are shown in Table 8. [Table 8]. Comparative Light Resistance (Color Difference) Remarks Color Filter A 1 0000 1.9 Color Filter B 1 4500 of the Invention 2.0 Color Filter of the Invention c 1 5 4 0 0 1.7 Color Filter D of the Present Invention 1 8500 3.9 Comparative Example Color Filter E 5 3 0 0 4.6 Comparative Example Color Filter F 5 7 00 3.5 Comparative Example From the above results, it is known that the color filter of the present invention is compared with the comparative example. Very high contrast and lightfastness. The degree to which the color difference will be different for two or more different viewers. Moreover, through long-term use (for example, one year or more), the difference is that the difference is large and a significant difference is formed on the display screen. The color filters of the present invention are all highly contrasted and are good color ® filters. On the other hand, the color filter of the comparative example has a low contrast ratio and is a grade which cannot satisfy the practically required level. (Example 4-3) [Production and evaluation of liquid crystal display device] A liquid crystal display device was produced using the color filters A to F, and the display characteristics were evaluated. (Formation of ITO electrode) The glass substrate formed by the color filter is placed in a sputtering apparatus, and at 100, ITO (indium tin oxide) having a thickness of 1,300 Å is completely vacuum-deposited, and then -144-200806754 240°. C was annealed for 90 minutes to crystallize the ITO to form a chitin 0 transparent electrode. (Formation of a spacer) A spacer is formed on the above-described 丨τ transparent electrode by the same method as the spacer formation method described in [Example 1] of JP-A-2004-240335. (Formation of Liquid Crystal Alignment Control Protrusion) The liquid crystal alignment control projection is formed on the I ΤΌ transparent electrode formed of the spacer described above by using the coating liquid for a positive photosensitive resin layer described below.

但是,曝光、顯像、及烘烤步驟係利用以下的方法。 在既定的光罩離感光性樹脂層的表面爲1〇〇 # m的距 離處配置鄰近型曝光機(日立高科技電子工程股份有限公 司製),透過該光罩藉由超高壓水銀燈利用照射能量 '15 0mJ/cm2使其鄰近曝光。 之後,繼續將2.38%氫氧化四甲基銨水溶液以噴淋式 顯像裝置在33 °C —邊對基板噴霧30秒鐘、一邊使其顯像。 如此的話,藉由將感光性樹脂層的不要部(曝光部)顯像去 φ除,能在彩色濾光片側基板上,得到由圖案化所要求形狀 之感光性樹脂層所構成的液晶配向控制用突起形成之液晶 顯示裝置用基板。 接著,藉由將該液晶配向控制用突起形成之液晶顯示 裝置用基板於230°C下、烘烤30分鐘,以使得硬化於液晶顯 示裝置用基板上之液晶配向控制用突起形成。 <正型感光性樹脂層用塗布液配方 •正型 FH-2413F) 光阻液(富士軟片電子材料(股)公司製 53_3質量份 145- 200806754 •甲基乙基酮: 46.7質量份 • M e g a f a G F · 7 8 0 F (大日本油墨化學工業(股)公司製): 〇.〇4質量份 (液晶顯示裝置的製作) 在上述所得之液晶顯示裝置用基板上更設置有由聚醯 亞胺所成之配向膜。 隨後,在圍繞彩色濾光片的像素群之周圍所設置、相. 當於黑色矩陣外框之位置,印刷環氧樹脂的密封劑,同時 φ滴下MVA模式用液晶,並與對向基板貼合之後,熱處理經 貼合的基板以使得密封劑硬化。在如此所得之液晶胞的兩 面上,貼附三立(Sanritsu)(股)公司製的偏光板HLC2-2 5 18 。接著,構成3波長冷陰極管光源(東芝UTEC(股)製 FWL1 8EX-N)的背光,將上述偏光板配置於經設計成在液晶 胞背面之側後,形成液晶顯示裝置。 相對於使用比較例之彩色濾光片的液晶顯示裝置,使 用本發明的彩色濾光片之液晶顯示裝置已確認其黑色的緊 φ實度及紅色的明晰度係爲優異,且呈現沒有顯示不均的良 好顯示特性。 (實施例5·1) t [彩色濾光片的製作(基於積層感光性樹脂轉印材料的 製作)] 〔感光性樹脂轉印材料的製作〕 利用狹縫狀噴嘴,將由下述配方H1所構成之熱可塑性 樹脂層用塗布液予以塗布、乾燥至厚度7 5μΓΤΐ的聚對苯二甲 酸乙二酯薄膜暫時支持體之上。接著,使由下述配方Ρ1所 -146- 200806754 構成之中間層用塗布液予以塗布、乾燥。再者,使上述著 色感光性樹脂組成物K1予以塗布、乾燥,於該暫時支持體 之上設置乾燥膜厚14·6μπι的熱可塑性樹脂層、乾燥膜厚 1 · 6 μ m的中間層、與乾燥膜厚2.4 μ m的感光性樹脂層,並壓 延保護薄膜(厚度12pm聚丙烯薄膜)。 如此以製作使暫時支持體、熱可塑性樹脂層、中間層( 氧遮斷膜)與黑色(K)的感光性樹脂層成一體之感光性樹脂However, the exposure, development, and baking steps utilize the following methods. A proximity exposure machine (manufactured by Hitachi High-Tech Electronics Co., Ltd.) is disposed at a distance of 1 〇〇 # m from the surface of the photosensitive resin layer, and the irradiation energy is utilized by the ultra-high pressure mercury lamp through the reticle. '15 0mJ/cm2 makes it adjacent to the exposure. Thereafter, the aqueous solution of 2.38% tetramethylammonium hydroxide was continuously sprayed on the substrate at 33 °C for 30 seconds while developing the image by a shower type developing device. In this case, the liquid crystal alignment of the photosensitive resin layer having the desired shape can be obtained on the color filter side substrate by removing the unnecessary portion (exposure portion) of the photosensitive resin layer by φ. The substrate for a liquid crystal display device formed by the protrusions is controlled. Then, the substrate for a liquid crystal display device formed by the projection of the liquid crystal alignment device was baked at 230 ° C for 30 minutes to form a liquid crystal alignment control projection which was cured on the substrate for a liquid crystal display device. <Formulation of a coating solution for a positive photosensitive resin layer • Positive type FH-2413F) Photoresist (53 parts by mass of Fujifilm Electronic Materials Co., Ltd.) 145-200806754 • Methyl ethyl ketone: 46.7 parts by mass • M Egafa GF · 7 8 0 F (manufactured by Dainippon Ink Chemicals Co., Ltd.): 质量.〇4 parts by mass (manufacture of liquid crystal display device) The substrate for liquid crystal display device obtained above is further provided with An alignment film formed of an amine. Subsequently, a phase is disposed around the pixel group surrounding the color filter. When the position of the black matrix frame is printed, the sealing agent of the epoxy resin is printed, and φ drops the liquid crystal for the MVA mode. After bonding to the opposite substrate, the bonded substrate is heat-treated to harden the sealant. On both sides of the thus obtained liquid crystal cell, a polarizing plate HLC2-2 5 18 manufactured by Sanritsu Co., Ltd. is attached. Next, a backlight of a three-wavelength cold cathode tube light source (FWL1 8EX-N manufactured by Toshiba UTEC Co., Ltd.) was formed, and the polarizing plate was placed on the side of the back surface of the liquid crystal cell to form a liquid crystal display device. Comparison In the liquid crystal display device using the color filter of the present invention, the liquid crystal display device using the color filter of the present invention has been confirmed to have excellent black compactness and redness, and exhibits excellent display characteristics without display unevenness. (Example 5·1) t [Production of Color Filter (Production of Multilayer Photosensitive Resin Transfer Material)] [Production of Photosensitive Resin Transfer Material] Using a slit nozzle, the following formula H1 The thermoplastic resin layer was coated with a coating liquid and dried to a polyethylene terephthalate film temporary support having a thickness of 75 μm. Then, it was made up of the following formula 所1 -146-200806754 The layer is coated with a coating liquid and dried. The colored photosensitive resin composition K1 is applied and dried, and a thermoplastic resin layer having a dry film thickness of 14.6 μm and a dry film thickness of 1 are provided on the temporary support. · 6 μ m of intermediate layer, a photosensitive resin layer with a dry film thickness of 2.4 μm, and a rolled protective film (thickness 12 pm polypropylene film). A thermoplastic resin layer, an intermediate layer (oxygen blocking film) and black (K) photosensitive resin layer of the photosensitive resin integrally

.轉印材料K1 〇 <熱可塑性樹脂層用塗布液:配方Η 1 > •甲醇 1 1 _ 1質量份 •丙二醇一甲基醚乙酸酯 6.36質量份 •甲基乙基酮 52.4質量份 •甲基丙烯酸甲酯/丙烯酸2-乙基己酯/甲基丙烯酸苄酯 /甲基丙烯酸共聚物(共聚合組成比(莫耳比)= 5 5/11_7/4_5/28.8、分子量:9 萬、Tg:約 70°C) 5_8 3質暈份 •苯乙烯/丙烯酸共聚物(共聚合組成比(莫耳比)= 63/37 分子量:1萬、Tg:約1 〇〇°C ) 13.6質量份 •使雙酚A與五乙二醇一甲基丙烯酸酯2當量脫水縮合 之化合物(新中村化學工業(股)公司製、商品名·· 2,2-雙[4-( 甲基丙烯醯氧基聚乙氧基)苯基]丙烷) 9·1質量份 •上述界面活性劑1 〇 _ 5 4質量份 <中間層用塗布液:配方Ρ 1 > •PVA2 05(聚乙嫌醇、可樂麗(股)公司製、巷化度=88% 、聚合度5 5 〇 ) 3 2 · 2質量份 •聚乙烯基吡咯啶酮(ISP ·日本(股)公司製、κ_30) -147- 200806754 14·9質量份 .蒸餾水 524質量份 .甲醇 429質量份 接著,將上述感光性樹脂轉印材料K 1的製作中所使用 的上述著色感光性樹脂組成物K1 ’變更爲由下述表9〜11中 記載之組成所構成的下述著色感光性樹脂組成物R1 〇 1、 G1 01及B1 01,除此之外,藉由以與上述同樣的方法,製作 感光性樹脂轉印材料R1 0 1、G 1 0 1及B 1 0 1。此外,著色感 β光性樹脂組成物R 1 〇 1、G 1 0 1及B 1 0 1的調製方法係分別按 照上述著色感光性樹脂組成物R1、G1及Β1的調製方法。 【表9】Transfer material K1 〇 <Coating liquid for thermoplastic resin layer: Formulation Η 1 > • Methanol 1 1 _ 1 part by mass • Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate 6.36 parts by mass • Methyl ethyl ketone 52.4 parts by mass • Methyl methacrylate/2-ethylhexyl acrylate/benzyl methacrylate/methacrylic acid copolymer (copolymerization composition ratio (mole ratio) = 5 5/11_7/4_5/28.8, molecular weight: 90,000 , Tg: about 70 ° C) 5_8 3 halo parts • styrene / acrylic acid copolymer (copolymerization composition ratio (mole ratio) = 63 / 37 molecular weight: 10,000, Tg: about 1 〇〇 ° C) 13.6 mass A compound obtained by dehydration condensation of bisphenol A and pentaethylene glycol monomethacrylate 2 equivalents (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name · 2,2-bis[4-(methacryl oxime) Oxypolyethoxy)phenyl]propane) 9.1 parts by mass • The above surfactant 1 〇 _ 5 4 parts by mass < coating solution for intermediate layer: formulation Ρ 1 > • PVA2 05 (polyethyl alcohol) , Kuraray Co., Ltd., Lane Degree = 88%, degree of polymerization 5 5 〇) 3 2 · 2 parts by mass • Polyvinylpyrrolidone (ISP · Japan Co., Ltd., κ_30) -147-200806754 14.9 parts by mass. 5.2 parts by mass of distilled water. 429 parts by mass of methanol. Next, the colored photosensitive resin composition K1' used for the production of the photosensitive resin transfer material K1 is changed to In the same manner as described above, a photosensitive resin transfer was carried out in the same manner as described above except for the following colored photosensitive resin compositions R1 〇1, G1 01 and B1 01 which are composed of the compositions described in Tables 9 to 11. Materials R1 0 1 , G 1 0 1 and B 1 0 1 . Further, the preparation methods of the colored photosensitive resin compositions R 1 〇 1 , G 1 0 1 and B 1 0 1 are respectively prepared according to the above-described methods of preparing the colored photosensitive resin compositions R1, G1 and Β1. [Table 9]

R1 01 組成成分 含景 (質量份) R顏料分散物A _—— 40 R顔料分散物2 (CIRR· 177) 4.5 丙一醇一甲基醚乙酸酯 7.6 甲基乙基酮 37 黏結劑-1 _—— 0.8 DPHA 液 —- 4.4 氯甲基-5-(p-苯乙烯基苯乙烯基)-1,3,4-噁二唑 0.14 2,4-雙(三氯甲'基)-6-[4’ -(N,N-雙乙氧基羰基甲基)胺基_3 - 溴苯基]_s·二阱 0.06 吩噻阱 0.01 添加劑1 0.52 界面活性劑1 0.06 -148- 200806754 【表1 ο】R1 01 Composition (parts by mass) R Pigment Dispersion A _—— 40 R Pigment Dispersion 2 (CIRR· 177) 4.5 Propyl Alcohol Monomethyl Ether Acetate 7.6 Methyl Ethyl Ketone 37 Adhesive - 1 _—— 0.8 DPHA liquid — 4.4 chloromethyl-5-(p-styrystyryl)-1,3,4-oxadiazole 0.14 2,4-bis(trichloromethyl')- 6-[4' -(N,N-bisethoxycarbonylmethyl)amino-3-3-bromophenyl]_s·two-well 0.06 phenothiazine trap 0.01 additive 1 0.52 surfactant 1 0.06 -148- 200806754 Table 1 ο]

G1 01 Ϊ成成分 --- 含量 (暫量份) 5 顏料分散物 1 (C.I.P.Gr36) ^ ^ — 28 "Ϋ齒料分散物 1 (C.I.P.Y厂150)~’ ^ ^ 15 +丙一醇一甲基醚乙酸酯 - ^ ^ — 29 "¥基乙基酮 : ^~^ — 26 1己酮 — -~^ — 1.3 ^結劑-2 ' 3.0 Tpha液 ' ^ —--— 4.3 ^二氯甲基-5-(p-苯乙烯基苯乙烯~' 0.15 ^4-雙(二氯甲基)-6-[4’^(Ν,Ν-^Γ氧基 溴苯基】-s-三阱 0.06 ~mmm ~-- 〇 〇1 面活性劑1 ' ~~~— 〇 〇7 【表11】 B1 0 1 組成成分 含量 (質量份) 8 6 ~^顏料分散物 1 (C.I.RB· 15 : 6) ' -— B顏料分散物2 (C.I.RB· 15 : 6 + C.I.P.V· 23) ^ ~— 15 丙一醇一甲基醚乙酸酯 ~~ 28 甲基乙基酮 ^ — 26 黏結劑-3 ' - 18 5 DPHA 液 - 4.3 2-二氯甲基-5·(ρ-苯乙烯基苯乙烯基)-1,3,4-噁—~--- 0.17 吩噻阱 --- 〇 〇2 界面活性劑1 ''一 0 06 此外,表9中記載的組成物之中,添加劑1彳 ί系使用磷酸 酯系特殊活性劑(楠本化成(股)公司製、商品名:HI PLAAD E D 1 5 2)。 〔黑色(K)畫像的形成〕 藉由已調整至25°C之玻璃洗淨劑液噴淋無鹼玻璃基板 ,一邊吹拂20秒鐘、一邊用具有尼龍毛之旋轉刷子洗淨, -149- 200806754 並以純水噴淋洗淨後,藉由噴淋矽烷偶合液(N - β (胺基乙基 )r -胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷〇 ·3質量%水溶液、商品名 •·ΚΒ Μ 603、信越化學工業(股)公司製)且吹拂20秒鐘,並進 行純水噴淋洗淨。將該基板以基板預加熱裝置於1 〇〇°C加熱 2分鐘,接著送至層壓機。 剝離上述感光性樹脂轉印材料K 1的保護薄膜之後,利 用層壓機(日立工業(股)公司製(Lamicll型)),於上述100t 經加熱之基板上,以膠輥溫度130°C、線壓100N/cm2、搬 #送速度2.2m/分加以層積。 於與熱可塑性樹脂層的界面剝離暫時支持體之後,利 用具有超高壓水銀燈之鄰近型曝光機(日立高科技電子工 程(股)公司製),在基板與遮罩(具有畫像圖案之石英曝光遮 罩)成垂直豎立之狀態下,將曝光遮罩面與該熱可塑性樹脂 層之間的距離設定爲200μηη,曝光量70mJ/cm2進行圖案曝 光。 接著,於三乙醇胺系顯像液(含有2.5%的三乙醇胺、含 @有非離子界面活性劑、含有聚丙烯系消泡劑,商品名:T- P D 1 ’、富士照相軟片公司製)30°C50秒,且以平口噴嘴壓力 〇_ 04 M Pa進行噴淋顯像,以去除熱可塑性樹脂層與中間層 〇 之後,繼續使用碳酸鈉系顯像液(含有0.06莫耳/升的 碳酸氫鈉、相同濃度的碳酸鈉、1 %的二丁基萘磺酸鈉、陰 離子界面活性劑、消泡劑、安定劑,商品名:T-CD1、富士 照相軟片公司製),於2 9 °C 3 0秒,以錐型噴嘴壓力〇 . 1 5 Μ P a 進行噴淋顯像,顯像感光性樹脂層以得到圖案化畫像。 -150- 200806754 之後,繼續使用洗淨劑(含有磷酸鹽·矽酸鹽.非離子界 面活性劑·消泡劑·安定劑,商品名「T- s D 1 (富士照相軟片 公司製)」,或是含有碳酸鈉·苯氧基氧乙烯系界面活性劑, 商品名「T-SD2(富士照相軟片公司製)」),於33〇c 2〇秒、 以錐型噴嘴壓力(K02MPa噴淋時,藉由具有尼龍毛之旋轉 刷子進行殘渣去除,以得到黑色(K)的畫像。隨後,再對該 基板從該樹脂層之側’利用超高壓水銀燈以5 0 0 m J / c m 2的 光進行後曝光後,於220°C、熱處理1 5分鐘。 形成畫像K之基板係再如上述以刷子洗淨、純水噴淋洗 淨後,於不使用矽烷偶合液下,送至基板預加熱裝置。 〔紅色(R)像素的形成〕 使用上述感光性樹脂轉印材料R 1 0 1,以與上述感光性 樹脂轉印材料K 1同樣的步驟,得到完成熱處理的紅(R)的像 素R。其中,曝光量設爲40mJ/cm2,由碳酸鈉系顯像液所 致的顯像係設爲35 °C、35秒。該感光性樹脂層R1 〇1的膜厚 及顏料(C.I.P.R_254及C.丨.P.R.177)的塗布量係表示如下。 感光性樹脂膜厚(μηη) 2.00 顏料塗布量(g / m2) 1.0 0 C_ 丨.P.R.254塗布量(g/m2) 0.8 0 C.I.P.R.1 77塗布量(g/m2) 0.20G1 01 Composition --- Content (temporary portion) 5 Pigment Dispersion 1 (CIPGr36) ^ ^ — 28 "Caries Dispersion 1 (CIPY Factory 150)~' ^ ^ 15 + Propyl Alcohol Methyl Ether Acetate - ^ ^ - 29 " ¥ Ketyl Ethyl Ketone: ^~^ — 26 1 Hexanone — -~^ — 1.3 ^Centrant-2 ' 3.0 Tpha Liquid ' ^ —-- — 4.3 ^ Dichloromethyl-5-(p-styrylstyrene~' 0.15 ^4-bis(dichloromethyl)-6-[4'^(Ν,Ν-^Γoxybromophenyl)-s -Three wells 0.06 ~mmm ~-- 〇〇1 Surfactant 1 ' ~~~— 〇〇7 [Table 11] B1 0 1 Composition content (parts by mass) 8 6 ~^Pigment dispersion 1 (CIRB· 15 : 6) '-- B pigment dispersion 2 (CIRB· 15 : 6 + CIPV· 23) ^ ~— 15 Propyl alcohol monomethyl ether acetate ~~ 28 methyl ethyl ketone ^ — 26 Bonding Agent-3 ' - 18 5 DPHA liquid - 4.3 2-dichloromethyl-5·(ρ-styrystyryl)-1,3,4-oxo-~--- 0.17 phenothiazine trap--- 〇〇2 Surfactant 1 ''-0 06 In addition, among the compositions described in Table 9, the additive 1彳 is a phosphate-based special active agent (manufactured by Nanben Chemical Co., Ltd.) Product name: HI PLAAD ED 1 5 2). [Formation of black (K) image] The alkali-free glass substrate is sprayed with a glass detergent liquid adjusted to 25 ° C, and it is blown for 20 seconds. Nylon hair rotating brush, -149- 200806754 and washed with pure water spray, by spraying decane coupling solution (N - β (aminoethyl) r - aminopropyl trimethoxy decane 〇 - 3 mass % aqueous solution, trade name: ΚΒ 603 603, manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) and blown for 20 seconds, and washed with pure water. The substrate was preheated at 1 基板. After heating at ° C for 2 minutes, it was sent to a laminator. After the protective film of the photosensitive resin transfer material K 1 was peeled off, it was passed through a laminator (manufactured by Hitachi Industrial Co., Ltd. (Lamicll type)) at the above 100 t The heated substrate was laminated at a rubber roll temperature of 130 ° C, a linear pressure of 100 N/cm 2 , and a transfer speed of 2.2 m/min. After the temporary support was peeled off from the interface with the thermoplastic resin layer, the ultrahigh pressure mercury lamp was used. Proximity exposure machine (Hitachi Hi-Tech Electronic Engineering Co., Ltd.) In the state in which the substrate and the mask (the quartz exposure mask having the portrait pattern) are vertically erected, the distance between the exposure mask surface and the thermoplastic resin layer is set to 200 μηη, and the exposure amount is 70 mJ/cm 2 . Pattern exposure. Next, a triethanolamine-based developing solution (containing 2.5% of triethanolamine, containing a nonionic surfactant, containing a polypropylene-based antifoaming agent, trade name: T-PD 1 ', manufactured by Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd.) 30 °C50 seconds, and spray imaging with a flat nozzle pressure 〇 _ 04 M Pa to remove the thermoplastic resin layer and the intermediate layer, continue to use sodium carbonate imaging solution (containing 0.06 mol / liter of hydrogen carbonate) Sodium, the same concentration of sodium carbonate, 1% sodium dibutylnaphthalene sulfonate, an anionic surfactant, antifoaming agent, stabilizer, trade name: T-CD1, manufactured by Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd., at 29 ° C For 30 seconds, spray development was performed with a cone nozzle pressure 〇 1 5 Μ P a , and a photosensitive resin layer was developed to obtain a patterned image. -150-200806754 After that, continue to use a detergent (containing phosphate, citrate, nonionic surfactant, antifoaming agent, stabilizer, trade name "T-s D 1 (made by Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd.)", Or a sodium carbonate/phenoxy oxyethylene surfactant, trade name "T-SD2 (made by Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd.)), at 33 ° C 2 sec., with cone nozzle pressure (K02 MPa spray) Residue removal by a rotating brush with nylon hair to obtain a black (K) image. Subsequently, the substrate is further lighted from the side of the resin layer by using an ultrahigh pressure mercury lamp at 5000 m J / cm 2 After the post-exposure, the film was heat-treated at 220 ° C for 15 minutes. The substrate forming the image K was washed with a brush and washed with pure water as described above, and then sent to the substrate for preheating without using a decane coupling solution. [Formation of Red (R) Pixel] Using the above-described photosensitive resin transfer material R 1 0 1 , a red (R) pixel R which is subjected to heat treatment is obtained in the same procedure as the above-described photosensitive resin transfer material K 1 . Among them, the exposure amount is set to 40mJ/cm2, which is displayed by sodium carbonate. The film thickness of the photosensitive resin layer R1 〇1 and the coating amount of the pigments (CIPR_254 and C.丨.PR177) are as follows. Photosensitive resin Film thickness (μηη) 2.00 Pigment coating amount (g / m2) 1.0 0 C_ 丨.PR254 coating amount (g/m2) 0.8 0 CIPR1 77 coating amount (g/m2) 0.20

形成該畫像K、及像素R之基板係再如上述以刷子洗淨 、純水噴淋洗淨後,於不使用矽烷偶合液下,送至基板預 加熱裝置。 〔綠色(G)像素的形成〕 使用上述感光性樹脂轉印材料G 1 〇1,以與上述感光性 -151- 200806754 樹脂轉印材料R101同樣的步驟,得到完成熱處理的綠(G) 的像素其中’曝光量設爲40mJ/cm2,由碳酸鈉系顯像 液所致的顯像係設爲34 °C、45秒。該感光性樹脂層GH 01的 膜厚及顏料(C」_P.G.36 & C KP Y·〗5〇)的塗布量係如以下 所示^ 感光性樹脂膜厚(μηη) 2.00 顏料塗布量(g/m2) 1 .92 C_I.P.G.36塗布量(g/m2) 134 C,LP_Y.i5〇塗布量(g/m2) 0.5 8The substrate on which the image K and the pixel R are formed is washed by a brush or a pure water spray as described above, and then sent to a substrate preheating apparatus without using a decane coupling liquid. [Formation of Green (G) Pixels] Using the photosensitive resin transfer material G 1 〇1 described above, a green (G) pixel which is subjected to heat treatment is obtained in the same procedure as the above-described photosensitive -151 - 200806754 resin transfer material R101. Among them, the exposure amount was set to 40 mJ/cm 2 , and the development system by the sodium carbonate-based developing solution was set to 34 ° C for 45 seconds. The coating thickness of the photosensitive resin layer GH 01 and the coating amount of the pigment (C"_P.G.36 & C KP Y·5 〇) are as follows: photosensitive resin film thickness (μηη) 2.00 Pigment coating Amount (g/m2) 1.92 C_I.PG36 coating amount (g/m2) 134 C, LP_Y.i5〇 coating amount (g/m2) 0.5 8

形成該畫像K、像素R、及像素G之基板係再如上述以 刷子冼淨、純水噴淋洗淨後,於不使用矽烷偶合液下,送 至基板預加熱裝置。 〔藍(B)像素的形成〕 使用上述感光性樹脂轉印材料B 1 0 1,以與上述感光性 樹脂轉印材料R 1 0 1同檨的步驟,得到完成熱處理的藍(B) 的像素B。其中,曝光量設爲30mJ/cm2,由碳酸鈉系顯像 φ液所致的顯像係設爲36 °C、40秒。該感光性樹脂層B1 01的 膜厚及顏料(C.丨·Ρ·Β·15:6及C.LP.V.23)的塗布量係表示如· 下。 感光性樹脂膜厚(μητ〇 2.00 顏料塗布量(g/m2) 0.75 C」.P.B_1 5:6塗布量(g/m2) 0.7 05 C.I.P.V.23塗布量(g/m2) 0.045 將形成該像素R、像素G '像素B、 及畫像K之基板於 24 0°C下烘烤50分鐘,以得到彩色濾光片Α1。 -152- 200806754 相對於上述的彩色濾光片A1的製作方法,將R顏料分 散物A分別變更爲R顏料分散物B〜F,以製作彩色濾光片 B1 -F1 〇 就所得彩色濾光片A 1 ~F 1的對比、色差,進行與實施 例4-2同樣的評價時,同樣發現本發明的效果。 (實施例5-2) [液晶顯示裝置的製作及評價] 使用彩色濾光片A1 ~F1、以與實施例4-3同樣的方法製 Φ作液晶顯示裝置,並進行顯示特性的評價時,同樣發現本 發明的效果。 (實施例6) [顯示方式不同之液晶顯示裝置的製作] 於上述實施例4-3及5-2中以MVA方式製作液晶顯示裝 置,使用相同的彩色濾光片且在以下的方式,製作液晶顯 示裝置。 • PVA模式用液晶顯示裝置的製作The substrate on which the image K, the pixel R, and the pixel G are formed is washed by a brush and pure water as described above, and then sent to the substrate preheating apparatus without using a decane coupling liquid. [Formation of Blue (B) Pixel] The above-described photosensitive resin transfer material B 1 0 1 is used in the same manner as the above-described photosensitive resin transfer material R 1 0 1 to obtain a blue (B) pixel which is subjected to heat treatment. B. The exposure amount was set to 30 mJ/cm2, and the development system by the sodium carbonate-based development φ liquid was set to 36 ° C for 40 seconds. The film thickness of the photosensitive resin layer B1 01 and the coating amount of the pigments (C. 丨·Ρ·15:6 and C.LP.V.23) are as follows. Photosensitive resin film thickness (μητ〇2.00 pigment coating amount (g/m2) 0.75 C". P.B_1 5:6 coating amount (g/m2) 0.7 05 CIPV23 coating amount (g/m2) 0.045 This pixel will be formed R, the substrate of the pixel G' pixel B, and the image K are baked at 240 ° C for 50 minutes to obtain a color filter Α 1. -152- 200806754 With respect to the above-described method of manufacturing the color filter A1, The R pigment dispersion A was changed to the R pigment dispersions B to F, and the color filters B1 to F1 were prepared to obtain contrast and chromatic aberration of the obtained color filters A 1 to F 1 , and the same procedure as in Example 4-2 was carried out. (Embodiment 5-2) [Production and Evaluation of Liquid Crystal Display Device] Using the color filters A1 to F1, Φ was used as a liquid crystal in the same manner as in Example 4-3. When the display device was evaluated and the display characteristics were evaluated, the effects of the present invention were similarly found. (Example 6) [Production of liquid crystal display device having different display modes] MVA method was used in the above Examples 4-3 and 5-2. In the liquid crystal display device, a liquid crystal display device was produced using the same color filter and in the following manner. Making device PVA mode liquid crystal display

在由上述所得彩色濾光片基板之R像素、G像素、及B 像素以及黑色矩陣之上,再藉由濺鍍來形成丨TO (Indium Tin Oxide,氧化銦錫)的透明電極。接著,按照特開 2 006-64921號公報的實施例1,在上述所形成之ITO膜上、 相對於黑色矩陣上部的部分,形成間隔體。 另外,準備作爲對向基板的玻璃基板,分別對彩色濾 光片基板之透明電極上及對向基板上施加PVA模式用之圖 案化,更於其上設置由聚醯亞胺所構成之配向膜。 隨後,在圍繞彩色濾光片的像素群之周圍所設置、相 -153- 200806754 當於黑色矩陣外框之位置,藉由分散劑方式塗布紫外線硬 化樹脂的密封劑,滴下PVA模式用液晶,使其與對向基板 貼合後,讓所貼合的基板經UV照射之後,進行熱處理使密 封劑硬化。在如此所得液晶胞的兩面,貼附三立(San ritsu)( 股)製的偏光板HLC2-2518。接著,使用作爲紅色(R)LED之 FR1112H(史塔雷(股)製的晶片型LED)、作爲綠色(G)LED 之DG1112H(史塔雷(股)製的晶片型LED)、作爲藍色(B)LED 之DB 1112 H(史塔雷(股)製的晶片型LED),以構成側光方式 # Λ时背光,將上述偏光板配置於經設計成在液晶胞.背面之側 後,形成液晶顯示裝置。使用該顯示裝置進行與實施例4-3 .及5-2同樣的評價時,同樣發現本發明的效果。 • IPS模式用液晶顯示裝置的製作 在由上述所得彩色濾光片基板之R像素、G像素、及B 像素以及黑色矩陣之上,再藉由濺鍍來形成IT0(lndium Tin Oxide,氧化銦錫)的透明電極。接著,按照特開 2006_64921號公報的實施例1,在上述所形成之ITO膜上、 φ相對於黑色矩陣上部的部分,形成間隔體。 於上述所得附有間隔體之彩色濾光片基板上,塗布聚 醯亞胺、進行摩擦處理以形成配向膜。 再者,相對於由上述所得之彩色濾光片基板,藉由使 驅動側基板及液晶材料組合以製作液晶顯示元件。亦即, 準備使TFT與梳型的像素電極(導電層)配列形成之丨Ps用 TFT基板以作爲驅動側基板,使該TFT基板之像素電極等所 設置之側的表面、與由上述所得、彩色濾光片基板之著色 像素層所形成之側的表面兩者成對向而配置,具有因上述 -154- 200806754 形成之間隔體的間隙且係爲固定。在該間隙封入液晶材料 ,設置具有畫像顯示之液晶層。在如此所得液晶胞的兩面 ,貼附三立(3 3^以1〇(股)製的偏光板^11^2_2518。接著, 構成冷陰極管的背光,將上述偏光板配置於經設計成在液 晶胞背面之側後,形成液晶顯示裝置。使用該顯示裝置並 進行與實施例4-3及5-2同樣的評價時,雖然比上述之程度 要小,但是相較於比較例,同樣發現本發明的效果。 (實施例7)On the R pixel, the G pixel, the B pixel, and the black matrix of the color filter substrate obtained above, a transparent electrode of ITO (Indium Tin Oxide) is formed by sputtering. Next, according to Example 1 of JP-A-2000-64921, a spacer is formed on the ITO film formed as described above with respect to the upper portion of the black matrix. Further, a glass substrate as a counter substrate is prepared, and a pattern for PVA mode is applied to the transparent electrode of the color filter substrate and the counter substrate, and an alignment film made of polyimine is further provided thereon. . Subsequently, the liquid crystal curing liquid is applied to the periphery of the pixel group surrounding the color filter, and the liquid crystal curing liquid is applied to the black matrix outer frame by a dispersing agent, and the PVA mode liquid crystal is dropped. After bonding to the counter substrate, the bonded substrate is subjected to UV irradiation, and then heat-treated to cure the sealant. On both sides of the liquid crystal cell thus obtained, a polarizing plate HLC2-2518 manufactured by San Ritsu Co., Ltd. was attached. Next, FR1112H (a wafer-type LED manufactured by Stall) and a DG1112H (a wafer-type LED manufactured by Stella) of a green (G) LED are used as blue. (B) LED 1111 H (wafer type LED manufactured by Stall), which is configured to form a side light mode backlight, and the polarizing plate is disposed on the side of the back surface of the liquid crystal cell. A liquid crystal display device is formed. When the same evaluations as in Examples 4-3 and 5-2 were carried out using this display device, the effects of the present invention were similarly found. • Manufacture of liquid crystal display device for IPS mode On the R pixel, G pixel, and B pixel and black matrix of the color filter substrate obtained above, IOT (Indium Tin Oxide, indium tin oxide) is formed by sputtering. Transparent electrode. Next, according to Example 1 of JP-A-2006-64921, a spacer is formed on the ITO film formed as described above and φ with respect to the upper portion of the black matrix. On the color filter substrate to which the spacer was attached, the polyimide was coated and rubbed to form an alignment film. Further, a liquid crystal display element is produced by combining a driving side substrate and a liquid crystal material with respect to the color filter substrate obtained as described above. In other words, the TFT substrate for 丨Ps in which the TFT and the comb-type pixel electrode (conductive layer) are arranged is used as the driving side substrate, and the surface on the side where the pixel electrode or the like of the TFT substrate is provided is obtained from The surface on the side on which the colored pixel layer of the color filter substrate is formed is disposed to face each other, and has a gap formed by the spacer formed by the above -154-200806754 and is fixed. A liquid crystal material is sealed in the gap, and a liquid crystal layer having an image display is provided. On both sides of the liquid crystal cell thus obtained, a polarizing plate (1 3 2 2 2 518 made of 3 3 ^ 1 Å) was attached. Next, a backlight of the cold cathode tube was formed, and the polarizing plate was disposed in the liquid crystal. A liquid crystal display device was formed on the side of the back surface of the cell. When the same evaluation as in Examples 4-3 and 5-2 was carried out using the display device, the degree was smaller than the above, but the same was found in comparison with the comparative example. Effects of the Invention (Embodiment 7)

[CCD裝置的製作] . (CCD用顏料分散液的製作) 根據以下所述之配方,使用在實施例1中所得之濃縮顏 料液A ’以製作顏料分散液(1 ) · · •綠色G、(2) · · ·藍色b、(3) • ••紅色R 〇 顏料分散液(1),C.I.P.G.36 90質量份 25質量份 • C.I.P.G.7[Production of CCD Device] (Production of Pigment Dispersion Liquid for CCD) According to the formulation described below, the concentrated pigment liquid A' obtained in Example 1 was used to prepare a pigment dispersion liquid (1) · · Green G, (2) · · · Blue b, (3) • •• Red R 〇 pigment dispersion (1), CIPG36 90 parts by mass 25 parts by mass • CIPG7

• C.I.P.Y.1 39 40質量份 • PLAAD ED1 51 20質量份 (楠本化成(股)製) •甲基丙烯酸苄酯/甲基丙烯酸共聚物 25質量份 (共聚合莫耳比70: 30、重量平均分子量3萬) •丙二醇一甲基醚乙酸酯 6 2 5質量份 (2)·Ο.Ι.Ρ.Β.15:6 125 質量份 • C.I.P.V.2 3 2 5質量份 -155- 200806754 • PLAAD ED1 51 40質量份 (楠本化成(股)製) •甲基丙烯酸苄酯/甲基丙烯酸共聚物 25質量份 (共聚合莫耳比70:30、重量平均分子量3萬) •丙二醇一甲基醚乙酸酯 785質量份 (3)·濃縮顏料分散液A 235質量份• CIPY1 39 40 parts by mass • PLAAD ED1 51 20 parts by mass (made by Nanben Chemical Co., Ltd.) • 25 parts by mass of benzyl methacrylate/methacrylic acid copolymer (copolymerized molar ratio 70: 30, weight average molecular weight) 30,000) • Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate 6 2 5 parts by mass (2)·Ο.Ι.Ρ.Β.15:6 125 parts by mass • CIPV2 3 2 5 parts by mass -155- 200806754 • PLAAD ED1 51 40 parts by mass (manufactured by Nanben Chemical Co., Ltd.) • 25 parts by mass of benzyl methacrylate/methacrylic acid copolymer (copolymerized molar ratio 70:30, weight average molecular weight 30,000) • Propylene glycol monomethyl ether B 785 parts by mass of ester (3)·concentrated pigment dispersion A 235 parts by mass

•用於本發明之化合物C -1 6. 4 0質量份 •甲基丙烯酸苄酯/甲基丙烯酸共聚物 25質量份 (共聚合莫耳比70:30、重量平均分子量3萬) •丙二醇一甲基醚乙酸酯 750質量份 (著色樹脂組成物的調製)• Compound C -1 used in the present invention 6. 60 parts by mass • 25 parts by mass of benzyl methacrylate/methacrylic acid copolymer (copolymerized molar ratio 70:30, weight average molecular weight 30,000) • Propylene glycol 750 parts by mass of methyl ether acetate (modulation of colored resin composition)

將由上述所得之各色顏料分散液各自每200質量份,分 別於攪拌機中與下述組成物均一混合,以調整各色用的彩 色濾光片用著色樹脂組成物。 <組成> •丙烯酸节酯/甲基丙烯酸共聚物 35質量份 (共聚合莫耳比=70/30、重量平均分子量3萬) •二季戊四醇五丙烯酸酯 38質量份 •丙二醇一甲基醚乙酸酯 1 2 0質量份 •丙酸乙基-3-乙氧基酯 40質量份 •鹵代甲基三阱系啓發劑 4質量份 (光聚合啓發劑製品名 TAZ1 07綠化學(股)製) -156- 200806754 (彩色濾光片及CCD裝置的製作) 利用攪拌機混合下述組成,以調整平坦化膜用光阻液 〔組成〕 •丙烯酸节酯/甲基丙烯酸共聚物 165質量份 (共聚合莫耳比=70/30、重量平均分子量3萬) •二季戊四醇五丙烯酸酯 65質量份 •丙二醇一甲基醚乙酸酯 138質量份Each of the pigment dispersion liquids obtained as described above was uniformly mixed with the following composition in an amount of 200 parts by mass in each of the mixers to adjust the coloring resin composition for color filters for each color. <Composition> • 35 parts by mass of acrylic acid ester/methacrylic acid copolymer (copolymerized molar ratio = 70/30, weight average molecular weight: 30,000) • Dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate 38 parts by mass • Propylene glycol monomethyl ether Acetic acid ester 120 parts by mass • Propionate ethyl-3-ethoxy ester 40 parts by mass • Halogenated methyl triad system heuristic agent 4 parts by mass (photopolymerization heuristic product name TAZ1 07 Green Chemical Co., Ltd.) -156- 200806754 (Production of color filter and CCD device) The following composition was mixed with a stirrer to adjust the photoresist for flattening film [composition] • 165 parts by mass of acrylate/methacrylic acid copolymer ( Copolymerized molar ratio = 70/30, weight average molecular weight 30,000) • Dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate 65 parts by mass • Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate 138 parts by mass

•丙酸乙基·3-乙氧基酯. 123質量份 •鹵代甲基三阱系啓發劑 3質量份 (光聚合啓發劑製品名 ΤΑΖ1 07綠化學(股)製) 利用旋轉塗布將所得之平坦化用光阻液均勻塗布至形 成光電二極管之6英吋矽晶圓上。此外,旋轉塗布係在塗布 後塗布膜的表面溫度在100 °C X 120秒之條件下,使用加熱 扳予以加熱處理之際,調節塗布旋轉數以使其膜厚爲約 1.5 μ m 〇 隨後,以22 0 °C放置於烘箱中1小時使塗布膜硬化,以 使形成之光電二極管表面同樣地被覆於矽晶圚上的方式形 成平坦化膜。 接著,就各色G、R、B之順序,相對於上述平坦化膜 用光阻液調整配方,塗布100質量份的上述彩色濾光片用著 色樹脂組成物於平坦化膜上,且進行乾燥(預烘烤)、圖案 曝光、鹼顯像、漂洗、硬化乾燥(後烘烤),以形成著色樹 脂被膜,在附有光電二極管之矽晶圓上製作彩色濾光片。 此外,圖案曝光係透過2μηι遮罩圖案、使用i線分節器 •157- 200806754 (stepper)(商品名:FPA-3000i5+、佳能(股)製)、以 500mJ/cm2來進行。 又,鹼顯像係使用有機鹼性顯像液(商品名:C D · 2 0 0 0 、富士軟片電子材料(股)製)的40質量%水溶液,於室溫進 行6 0秒鐘攪煉顯像後,旋轉噴淋2 0秒鐘且以純水進行漂洗 ,然後再以純水進行水洗。隨後,利用高溫的空氣吹飛水 滴,且使基板自然乾燥以得到圖案後,於加熱板上、以表 面溫度200 °C · 5分鐘的條件施加後烘烤處理。• Ethyl 3-ethyl ethoxylate. 123 parts by mass • 3 parts by weight of a halogenated methyl triad system heuristic agent (photopolymerization infusion product name: 071 07 Green Chemical Co., Ltd.) The planarization is uniformly applied to the 6-inch wafer on which the photodiode is formed with a photoresist. Further, in the spin coating, the surface of the coating film after coating is applied at a temperature of 100 ° C for 120 seconds, and the number of coating rotations is adjusted so as to have a film thickness of about 1.5 μm. The coating film was cured by placing it in an oven at 22 ° C for 1 hour to form a planarizing film in such a manner that the surface of the formed photodiode was similarly coated on the twin crucible. Then, in the order of the respective colors G, R, and B, 100 parts by mass of the coloring resin composition for a color filter is applied onto the planarizing film with respect to the photoresist liquid adjusting formulation for the planarizing film, and dried ( Prebaking, pattern exposure, alkali development, rinsing, hardening and drying (post-baking) to form a colored resin film, and a color filter is formed on a wafer with a photodiode. Further, the pattern exposure was carried out by using a 2 μηι mask pattern, using an i-line segmenter, 157-200806754 (stepper) (trade name: FPA-3000i5+, manufactured by Canon), at 500 mJ/cm2. In addition, the alkali imaging system uses a 40% by mass aqueous solution of an organic alkaline developing solution (trade name: CD·200, manufactured by Fujifilm Electronic Materials Co., Ltd.), and is stirred at room temperature for 60 seconds. After the image, the spray was spun for 20 seconds and rinsed with pure water, and then washed with pure water. Subsequently, the water droplets were blown off with high-temperature air, and the substrate was naturally dried to obtain a pattern, and then post-baking treatment was applied to the hot plate at a surface temperature of 200 ° C for 5 minutes.

如以上的方式所得之CCD裝置搭載於數位相機上,於 同一光源下,將攝影KODAK製附有灰色標度之標準色卡 (color chart)之畫像於螢幕上進行觀察時,於發明發現更 鮮豔的再現畫像。 (實施例8) [噴墨印墨的製作] 參考特開2002-201 387號公報的實施例1根據以下的 配方,使甩顏料分散組成物A來調製R印墨1,同樣地調製G φ印墨1、B印墨1。 然後,相對於R印墨1的製作方法,除了分別使用顏料 分散組成物B ~ F取代R印墨1的顏料分散組成物A以外,同檨 地進行以製作R印墨2〜6。 -158- 200806754 【表12】 組成成分含量(質量份) R印 墨1 R印 墨2 R印 墨3 R印 墨4 R印 墨5 R印 墨6 G印 墨1 B印 墨1 顏料分散組成物A 54 顏料分散組成物B 54 顏料分散組成物C 54 顏料分散組成物D 54 顏料分散組成物E 54 顏料分散組成物F 54 G顏料(C.IP.G· 36) 5.0 B顏料(C.I P.B· 15:6) 5.0 高分子分散劑(AVECIA公 司製索羅斯帕斯24000) 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 黏結劑(甲基丙烯酸苄酯-甲基丙烯酸共聚物) 3.0 3,0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 二季戊四醇五丙烯酸酯 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 三丙二醇二丙烯酸酯 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 2-甲基小[4-(甲硫基)苯 基]-2-味啉代丙斗酮 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 二甘醇一丁基醚乙酸酯、 29.9 dyn/cm 46 46 46 46 46 46 81 81 關於上述表1 2中各成分的混合,首先將顏料及高分子 分散劑投入至溶劑的一部份中、進行混合,使用3根輥與珠 磨機進行攪拌,以得到顏料分散液。另一方面,將其他的 φ配合成分投入至溶劑的殘留部分,並進行攪拌使其溶解分 散,以得到黏結劑溶液。然後,一邊將顏料分散液反覆少 量地添加至黏結劑溶液中、一邊以溶解器進行充分地攪拌 ,以調製噴墨印墨。 〔像素形成〕 上述所得之軀1、G印墨1、B印墨1係使用壓電方式 的噴頭,首先如以下所述般對於圍繞遮光性隔壁之凹部打 滴印墨。如下所遞般進行,以得到本發明的彩色濾光片巧 -159- 200806754 噴頭係以每25_4mm、150個的噴嘴密度,具有318個的 噴嘴,其係藉由在2個噴嘴列方向,以錯開噴嘴間隔的1 /2 方式來進fj固定,在基板上於噴嘴配列方向每25.4mm打滴 300 滴。 噴頭及印墨係藉由使溫水於噴頭内循環,以控制其吐 出部分附近爲5 0 ± 0.5 °C。 從噴頭吐出的印墨係藉由賦予噴頭之壓電驅動信號所 控制,可使得每一滴吐出6〜42 pi,本實施例係在噴頭下方 春1 m m的位置,一邊搬送玻璃_基板、一邊自噴頭.進.行打滴。 搬送速度可設定在50〜200mm/s的範圍。又,壓電驅動頻率 係最大可至4.6 KHz,藉由此等設定可控制打滴量。 本實施例係控制R、G、B各自顏料的塗設量爲1 .1、1 .8 、0.75g/m2、搬送速度、驅動頻率,以將R、g、B的印墨 打滴至對應於所期望之R、G、B的凹部。 使經打滴的印墨搬送至曝光部,利用紫外發光二極體 (UV-LED)進行曝光。本實施例中UV-LED係使用日亞化學公 φ司製NCCU033。本LED係從1晶片輸出波長365nm的紫外光 者,藉由通電約50 0mA的電流.,從晶片發光出約1 〇〇 mw的 光。其係複數個配列成7mm的間隔,於表面能得到〇.3W/cm2 的功率。打滴後至曝光的時間、及曝光時間係可能根據介 質的搬送速度及噴頭、與LED搬送方向的距離而變更。本 實施例係在著彈後,使其於100度乾燥10分鐘,隨後進行曝 :光 視其距離及搬送速度的設定,可將介質上的曝光能量 調整在〇·〇1〜15J/cm2之間。本實施例係根據搬送速度來調 -160- 200806754 整曝光能量。 此等曝光功率、曝光能量的測定係利用海潮電機製輻 射分光計URS-40D,使用將波長220nm〜400nm之間數値 積分之値。 藉由將打滴後的玻璃基板於230 °C烘箱中烘烤30分鐘 ,使遮光性隔壁、各像素一同完全硬化。 然後,相對於R印墨1的製作方法,除了分別使用R印 墨2~6以取代R印墨1以外,同樣地進行,以製作彩色濾光 •片2〜6。 各彩色濾光片的對比係與上述[對比的測定]同樣地進 行,所測定之結果係如下表1 3所示。 【表1 3】 對比 色差(△ E) 備註 印墨1 4 7 0 0 0.2 本發明 印墨2 5100 0.1 本發明 印墨3 5800 0.2 本發明 印墨4 3900 0.8 比較例 印墨5 3100 0.7 比較例 印墨6 3 40 0 0.9 比較例The CCD device obtained as described above is mounted on a digital camera, and the image of a standard color chart with a gray scale attached to the KODAK is observed on the screen under the same light source. Reproduction portrait. (Example 8) [Production of ink-jet ink] Example 1 of JP-A-2002-201 387, according to the following formulation, the ruthenium pigment was dispersed in composition A to prepare R ink 1, and G φ was similarly modulated. Ink 1, B ink 1. Then, with respect to the method of producing the R ink 1, except that the pigment dispersion composition B to F is used instead of the pigment dispersion composition A of the R ink 1, the R inks 2 to 6 are produced in the same manner. -158- 200806754 [Table 12] Composition content (parts by mass) R ink 1 R ink 2 R ink 3 R ink 4 R ink 5 R ink 6 G ink 1 B ink 1 pigment dispersion composition A A pigment dispersion composition B 54 pigment dispersion composition C 54 pigment dispersion composition D 54 pigment dispersion composition E 54 pigment dispersion composition F 54 G pigment (C.IP.G·36) 5.0 B pigment (CI PB · 15:6) 5.0 Polymer dispersant (Soros Pass 24000 by AVECIA) 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 Adhesive (benzyl methacrylate-methacrylic acid copolymer) 3.0 3,0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 Dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 Tripropylene glycol diacrylate 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 2-Methyl small [4-(methylthio)phenyl]-2-carboline Detoxene 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 Diethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, 29.9 dyn/cm 46 46 46 46 46 46 81 81 81 For the mixing of the components in Table 12 above, the pigment and The polymer dispersant is put into a part of the solvent and enters Mixing, using a three-roll mill and a bead stirred to obtain a pigment dispersion. On the other hand, the other φ compounding component is supplied to the residual portion of the solvent, and stirred to be dissolved and dispersed to obtain a binder solution. Then, the pigment dispersion liquid was added to the binder solution in a small amount, and the mixture was sufficiently stirred by a dissolver to prepare an inkjet ink. [Pixel formation] The above-described body 1, G ink 1, and B ink 1 are made of a piezoelectric type head, and first, ink is dripped around the concave portion of the light-shielding partition wall as described below. The color filter of the present invention is obtained as follows, with a nozzle density of 25 to 4 mm and 150 nozzles per nozzle, which has 318 nozzles in the direction of 2 nozzle rows. The 1 /2 mode of the nozzle spacing was staggered to be fixed by fj, and 300 drops were dropped on the substrate every 25.4 mm in the nozzle arrangement direction. The nozzle and the ink are controlled by circulating warm water in the nozzle to control the vicinity of the discharge portion to be 50 ± 0.5 °C. The ink discharged from the nozzle is controlled by the piezoelectric driving signal applied to the head, so that each droplet can be discharged 6 to 42 pi. In this embodiment, the glass substrate is conveyed at a position 1 mm below the head. Nozzle. In. The transport speed can be set in the range of 50 to 200 mm/s. Moreover, the piezoelectric driving frequency can be up to 4.6 KHz, and the amount of dripping can be controlled by such a setting. In this embodiment, the coating amounts of the respective pigments of R, G, and B are controlled to be 1.1, 1.8, 0.75 g/m2, the conveying speed, and the driving frequency, so that the inks of R, g, and B are dripped to correspond. The recesses of the desired R, G, B. The dripped ink is transferred to the exposure portion, and exposure is performed by an ultraviolet light emitting diode (UV-LED). In the present embodiment, the UV-LED system uses NCCU033 manufactured by Nichia Chemical Co., Ltd. This LED emits ultraviolet light having a wavelength of 365 nm from a single chip, and emits light of about 1 〇〇 mw from the wafer by energizing a current of about 50 mA. A plurality of them are arranged at intervals of 7 mm, and a power of 〇3 W/cm 2 is obtained on the surface. The time from the drip to the exposure and the exposure time may be changed depending on the transport speed of the medium and the distance between the head and the LED transport direction. In this embodiment, after being shot, it is dried at 100 degrees for 10 minutes, and then exposed: the distance between the light and the conveying speed is set, and the exposure energy on the medium can be adjusted to 〇·〇1 to 15 J/cm2. between. In the present embodiment, the entire exposure energy is adjusted according to the transport speed of -160-200806754. These exposure powers and exposure energies were measured using a tidal current mechanism radiation spectrometer URS-40D using a 値 integral of a number between 220220 nm and 400 nm. The light-shielding partition walls and the respective pixels were completely cured together by baking the dripped glass substrate in an oven at 230 ° C for 30 minutes. Then, with respect to the method of manufacturing the R ink 1, the color filter sheets 2 to 6 are produced in the same manner except that the R inks 2 to 6 are used instead of the R ink 1 respectively. The contrast of the respective color filters was carried out in the same manner as in the above [Comparative Measurement], and the results of the measurements are shown in Table 13 below. [Table 1 3] Contrast color difference (ΔE) Remark ink 1 4 7 0 0 0.2 Ink 2 2100 0.1 Inventor 3 5800 0.2 Ink 4 4900 0.8 Inventive ink 5 3100 0.7 Comparative example Ink 6 3 40 0 0.9 Comparative Example

[液晶顯示裝置的製作】 使用上述所製作之彩色濾光片來製作液晶顯示裝 置,並進行顯示特性的評價。 (ΙΤΌ電極的形成) 將彩色濾光片形成之玻璃基板放入濺鍍裝置,於1〇〇 1使1 300人厚度的ITO(氧化銦錫)被全面真空蒸鍍之後,於 2 40 °C退火9 0分鐘來結晶化ITO,以形成丨TO透明電極。 (間隔體的形成) 利用與特開2004-240335號公報的[實施例1】中記載之 -161- 200806754 間隔體形成方法相同的方法,於上述所製作之ιτο透明電極 上形成間隔體。 (液晶配向控制用突起的形成) 使用下述的正型感光性樹脂層用塗布液,在上述間隔 體形成之丨TO透明電極上,形成液晶配向控制用突起。 但是,曝光、顯像、及烘烤步驟係利用以下的方法。 在既定的光罩離感光性樹脂層的表面爲1 0 0 // m的距 離處配置鄰近型曝光機(日立高科技電子工程股份有限公 Φ =司製),透過該光罩藉由超高壓水銀燈利用照射能量 1 50、mJ/cm2使其鄰近曝光。 之後,繼續將2_38%氬氧化四甲基銨水溶液以噴淋式 顯像裝置在33°C —邊對基板噴霧30秒鐘、一邊使其顯像。 如此的話,藉由將感光性樹脂層的不要部(曝光部)顯像去 除.,能在彩色濾光片側基板上,得到由圖案化所要求形狀 之感光性樹脂層所構成的液晶配向控制用突起形成之液晶 顯示裝置用基板。[Production of Liquid Crystal Display Device] A liquid crystal display device was produced using the color filter produced as described above, and the display characteristics were evaluated. (Formation of a ruthenium electrode) A glass substrate formed of a color filter is placed in a sputtering apparatus, and ITO (indium tin oxide) having a thickness of 1,300 Å is vacuum-deposited at 1 〇〇1 at 2 40 ° C. Annealing was performed for 90 minutes to crystallize the ITO to form a 丨TO transparent electrode. (Formation of a spacer) A spacer is formed on the above-mentioned ιτ transparent electrode by the same method as the spacer formation method of -161 to 200806754 described in [Example 1] of JP-A-2004-240335. (Formation of Liquid Crystal Alignment Control Protrusion) The liquid crystal alignment control projection is formed on the 丨TO transparent electrode formed of the spacer described above by using the coating liquid for a positive photosensitive resin layer described below. However, the exposure, development, and baking steps utilize the following methods. A proximity exposure machine (Hitachi Hi-Tech Engineering Co., Ltd.) is disposed at a distance of 100 Å / m from the surface of the photosensitive resin layer, and the photomask is passed through the ultra-high voltage. The mercury lamp is exposed to the vicinity by using an irradiation energy of 150, mJ/cm2. Thereafter, the aqueous solution of 2 to 38% of tetramethylammonium argon was continuously sprayed on the substrate at 33 ° C for 30 seconds while developing the image by a shower type developing device. In this case, by removing the unnecessary portion (exposure portion) of the photosensitive resin layer, the liquid crystal alignment control of the photosensitive resin layer having the desired shape can be obtained on the color filter side substrate. A substrate for a liquid crystal display device formed by protrusions.

接著,藉由將該液晶配向控制用突起形成之液晶顯示 裝置用基板於230°C下、烘烤30分鐘,以使得硬化於液晶顯 示裝置用基板上之液晶配向控制用突起形成。 <正型感光性樹脂層用塗布液配方> •正型光阻液(富士軟片電子材料(股)公司製 FH-241 3F): 53·3 質量份 \ . •甲基乙基酮: 46.7質量份 _ Megafac F-780F(大日本油墨化學工業(股)公司製): 0.04質量份 -162- 200806754 (液晶顯示裝置的製作) . . .. .. . . 在上述所得之液晶顯示裝盧用基板上更設置有由聚醯 . · * . . .亞胺所成之配向膜。 隨後,在圍繞彩色濾光片的像素群之周圍所設置、相 當於黑色矩陣外框之位置,印刷環氧樹脂的密封劑,同時 滴下MVA模式用液晶,使其與對向基板貼合之後,熱處理 經貼合之基板,以使得密封劑硬化。在如此所得之液晶胞 的兩面上,貼附三立(Sanritsu)(股)公司製的偏光板 # HLC2-2518。接著,構成3波長冷陰極管光源(東芝LITEC( 股)製FWL18EX-N)的背光,將上述偏光板配置於經設計成 .在.液晶胞背面之側後,形成液晶顯示裝置。 使用本發明的過濾器之液晶顯示裝置已確認相對於比 較例,其黑色的緊實度與紅色的明晰度係爲優異。 根據以上,可知本發明效果係不僅顯著,而且以製造 步驟中的離心分離條件、或以所謂強化乾燥比較簡單的手 段,即可得到更大的效果。Then, the substrate for a liquid crystal display device formed by the projection of the liquid crystal alignment device was baked at 230 ° C for 30 minutes to form a liquid crystal alignment control projection which was cured on the substrate for a liquid crystal display device. <Forming liquid formulation for positive photosensitive resin layer> • Positive photoresist (FH-241 3F manufactured by Fujifilm Electronic Materials Co., Ltd.): 53·3 parts by mass. • Methyl ethyl ketone: 46.7 parts by mass _ Megafac F-780F (manufactured by Dainippon Ink Chemicals Co., Ltd.): 0.04 parts by mass - 162 - 200806754 (Production of liquid crystal display device) . . . . . . . . . An aligning film made of polyfluorene. Subsequently, after sealing the epoxy resin sealant at a position corresponding to the black matrix outer frame provided around the pixel group surrounding the color filter, and simultaneously dropping the MVA mode liquid crystal to the opposite substrate, The bonded substrate is heat treated to harden the sealant. On both sides of the liquid crystal cell thus obtained, a polarizing plate #HLC2-2518 manufactured by Sanritsu Co., Ltd. was attached. Next, a backlight of a three-wavelength cold cathode tube light source (FWL18EX-N manufactured by Toshiba LITEC Co., Ltd.) was formed, and the polarizing plate was placed on the side of the back surface of the liquid crystal cell to form a liquid crystal display device. The liquid crystal display device using the filter of the present invention has confirmed that the black compactness and the redness of the redness are excellent with respect to the comparative example. From the above, it is understood that the effects of the present invention are not only remarkable, but also a larger effect can be obtained by the centrifugal separation conditions in the production step or by the relatively simple means of strengthening drying.

第1圖係槪略性表示用於製造本發明的顏料分散組成 物之製造裝置的較佳實施態樣之剖面圖。 第2圖係槪略性表示用於製造本發明的顏料分散組成 物之製造裝置的另一較佳實施態樣之剖面圖。 第3圖係藉由部分剖面來槪略性表示作爲第2圖製造 裝置之一實施態樣的混合室之擴大部分剖面圖。 第4圖係藉由部分剖面來槪略性表示作爲第2圖製造 裝置之另一實施態樣的混合室之擴大部分剖面圖。 -163- 200806754 第5圖係槪略性表示用於製造本發朋的顏料分散組成 物之製造裝置的另一較佳實施態樣之剖面圖。 第6圖係槪略性表示用於製造本發明的顏料分散組成 - · ' . , · 物之製造裝置的又另一較佳實施態檨之剖面圖。 第7圖係槪略性表示用於製造本發明的有機奈米粒子 之溶解器攪拌葉片之1例的正面圖。 第8圖係表示第7圖的溶解器攪拌葉片之圖式代用照 片。Fig. 1 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing a preferred embodiment of a manufacturing apparatus for producing a pigment dispersion composition of the present invention. Fig. 2 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing another preferred embodiment of a manufacturing apparatus for producing a pigment dispersion composition of the present invention. Fig. 3 is a partially enlarged cross-sectional view showing a mixing chamber as an embodiment of the manufacturing apparatus of Fig. 2, partially by section. Fig. 4 is a partially enlarged cross-sectional view showing a mixing chamber as another embodiment of the manufacturing apparatus of Fig. 2, partially in section. -163- 200806754 Fig. 5 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing another preferred embodiment of a manufacturing apparatus for producing a pigment dispersion composition of the present invention. Fig. 6 is a cross-sectional view showing still another preferred embodiment of a manufacturing apparatus for producing a pigment dispersion composition of the present invention. Fig. 7 is a front elevational view schematically showing an example of a dissolver stirring blade for producing the organic nanoparticles of the present invention. Fig. 8 is a pictorial representation of the dissolver agitating blade of Fig. 7.

第9圖係槪略性表示甩於製造本發明的有機奈米粒子 中由能夠旋轉之渦輪機部,與位於其周圔設有一點點間隙 經固定化之擋板部所構成的攪拌部之1例的剖面圖。 第1〇圖係表示用於製造本發明的有機奈米粒子的超 過濾裝置之一構成例的説明.圖。 【主要元件符號說明】 11容器 11a液槽(溶媒) 12攪拌葉片 13混合室 14供給管 14a供給管開口部 1 5旋轉軸 1 6馬達 17殼體(混合室壁) 18孔(圓形孔) -164- 200806754 19a,19b攪拌葉片 2Ί 容器(攪拌槽外壁) 21a攪拌槽 22攪拌葉片 23排出管 24a、24b供給管.Fig. 9 is a schematic view showing an example of a stirring portion formed by a turbine portion that can be rotated and a baffle portion that is fixed by a small gap in the periphery of the organic nanoparticle of the present invention. Sectional view. Fig. 1 is a view showing an example of the configuration of one of the ultrafiltration devices for producing the organic nanoparticles of the present invention. [Description of main component symbols] 11 container 11a liquid tank (solvent) 12 stirring blade 13 mixing chamber 14 supply pipe 14a supply pipe opening portion 1 rotating shaft 1 6 motor 17 housing (mixing chamber wall) 18 holes (circular hole) -164- 200806754 19a, 19b mixing blade 2Ί container (stirring tank outer wall) 21a stirring tank 22 stirring blade 23 discharge tube 24a, 24b supply tube.

25旋轉軸 50攪拌裝置 32,33供給口 36 .排出口 40 密封板 41,42攪拌葉片 46外部磁石 48,49 馬達 61 圓盤部 62葉片 63旋轉軸 74能夠旋轉之渦輪機部 75經固定化之擋板部 81收納分散物之容器 82循環用泵 8 3超過濾模II. 84補充純水計測用流量計 8 5透過水計測用流量計 86逆方向洗淨用泵 -165-25 rotating shaft 50 agitating device 32, 33 supply port 36. discharge port 40 sealing plate 41, 42 agitating blade 46 outer magnet 48, 49 motor 61 disk portion 62 blade 63 rotating shaft 74 rotatable turbine portion 75 is fixed The baffle portion 81 accommodates the container of the dispersion 82 the circulation pump 8 3 ultrafiltration mode II. 84 the supplementary pure water measurement flow meter 8 5 the permeate water measurement flow meter 86 reverse direction cleaning pump-165-

Claims (1)

200806754 十、申請專利範圍: 1·一種顏料分散組成物,其特徵在於其係含有有機顏料奈「 > - 米粒子及有機溶劑之顏料分散組成物,其中在上述有機顏 料奈米粒子中的一次粒度低於1 5nm的粒子比例爲低於 10 %(個數%),且其超過60n m之粒子比例爲低於10% (個數 %),上述組成物的含水率爲0.01質量%〜5質量%。 2·如申請專利範圍第1項之顏料分散組成物,其中上述有機 顏料奈米粒子係藉由將溶解有機顏料於良溶媒之溶液,及 ^ 與該溶媒相溶之上述有機顏料的貧溶媒進行混合,而形成 的奈米粒子。 3 ·如申請專利範圍第1或2項之顏料分散組成物,其中含水 率爲3質量%以下。 4_如申請專利範圔第1或2項之顏料分散組成物,其中含水 率爲1質量%以下。 ' 5.如申請專利範圍第1或2項,之顏料分散組成物,其係含有 '…. ·,,: · 下述通式(1)所示之化合物’200806754 X. Patent application scope: 1. A pigment dispersion composition characterized in that it contains a pigment dispersion composition of an organic pigment and a rice particle and an organic solvent, wherein the organic pigment nanoparticle is once The proportion of particles having a particle size of less than 15 nm is less than 10% (number%), and the proportion of particles exceeding 60 nm is less than 10% (number%), and the water content of the above composition is 0.01% by mass to 5 The pigment dispersion composition of claim 1, wherein the organic pigment nanoparticle is obtained by dissolving an organic pigment in a solution of a good solvent, and the above organic pigment compatible with the solvent. The pigment dispersion composition of the first or second aspect of the invention, wherein the water content is 3% by mass or less. 4_If the patent application is the first or the second item The pigment dispersion composition, wherein the water content is 1% by mass or less. ' 5. The pigment dispersion composition according to claim 1 or 2, which contains '.... ·,:: · 1) the combination shown ' 通式(1) 〔式中,R1表示(m + n)價的連結基’ R2表不單鍵或是2價的 連結基,A1係表示具有選自於由酸性基、具有鹼性氮原子 之基、脲基、胺甲酸酯基、具有配位性氧原子之基、碳數 4以上的烴基、院氧基砂院基、環氧基、異氰酸酯基、及 羥基所構成群組之基的1價有機基,或含有可具有取代基 之有機色素結構或是雜環之1價有機基,式中’ n個的A1 -166- 200806754 係可互相相同、或不同,m表示1 ~8之數,η表示2〜9之數 ’ m + n係滿足3~1〇,Ρ1表示高分子化合物殘基〕。 6 · —種著色感光性樹脂組成物,其特徵係包含如申請專利 範圍第1項之顏料分散組成物、具有2個以上乙烯性不飽和 雙鍵之多官能單體、與光聚合啓發劑或光聚合啓發劑系。 7 · —種感光性樹脂轉印材料,其特徵係在暫時支持體上, 至少設置含有如申請專利範圍第6項之著色感光性樹脂組 成物的感光性樹脂層。 Φ 8.如申請專利範圍第1或2項之顏料分散組成物,其中上述 顏料分散組' 成物爲、噴墨印墨。 9·一種彩色濾光片,其特徵係使用如申請專利範圍第6項之 著色感光性樹脂組成物及/或如申請專利範圍第7項之感 光性樹脂轉印材料。 1 〇 _ —種液晶顯示裝置,其特徵係具備如申請專利範圍第9 項之彩色濾光片。 1 1 如申請專利範圔第1 0項之液晶顯示裝置,其中上述液晶 顯不裝置爲VA方式。 1 2 —種C C D裝置,其特徵係具備如申請專利範圍第9項 之彩色濾光片。 -167-In the formula, R1 represents a (m + n)-valent linking group 'R2 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, and A1 represents a group selected from an acidic group having a basic nitrogen atom. a group consisting of a group consisting of a ureido group, a urethane group, a group having a coordinating oxygen atom, a hydrocarbon group having 4 or more carbon atoms, an alkoxy group, an epoxy group, an isocyanate group, and a hydroxyl group a monovalent organic group, or a monovalent organic group containing an organic dye structure which may have a substituent or a heterocyclic ring, wherein 'n' of A1 -166-200806754 may be the same or different from each other, and m means 1 to 8 The number η represents a number of 2 to 9 'm + n is 3 to 1 满足, and Ρ 1 is a polymer compound residue>. 6 - a colored photosensitive resin composition characterized by comprising a pigment dispersion composition according to claim 1 of the patent application, a polyfunctional monomer having two or more ethylenically unsaturated double bonds, and a photopolymerization heuristic or Photopolymerization heuristic system. A photosensitive resin transfer material characterized in that at least a photosensitive resin layer containing the colored photosensitive resin composition of claim 6 is provided on a temporary support. Φ 8. The pigment dispersion composition of claim 1 or 2, wherein the pigment dispersion group is an inkjet ink. A color filter characterized by using the colored photosensitive resin composition of claim 6 and/or the photosensitive resin transfer material of claim 7 of the patent application. 1 〇 _ A liquid crystal display device characterized by having a color filter as in the ninth application of the patent application. 1 1 The liquid crystal display device of claim 10, wherein the liquid crystal display device is a VA mode. A C C D device characterized by having a color filter as in claim 9 of the patent application. -167-
TW096119649A 2006-06-02 2007-06-01 Pigment dispersion composition, and colored photosensitive resin composition, photosensitive resin transcription material using it, and color filter, liquid crystal device , CCD device using them TW200806754A (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2006155391 2006-06-02

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW200806754A true TW200806754A (en) 2008-02-01

Family

ID=38911735

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW096119649A TW200806754A (en) 2006-06-02 2007-06-01 Pigment dispersion composition, and colored photosensitive resin composition, photosensitive resin transcription material using it, and color filter, liquid crystal device , CCD device using them

Country Status (3)

Country Link
KR (1) KR101390760B1 (en)
CN (1) CN101081943A (en)
TW (1) TW200806754A (en)

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI448743B (en) * 2007-01-25 2014-08-11 Fujifilm Corp Color filter, liquid crystal display device using the same, organic pigment dispersions used in them, jet ink for color filter, coloring photosensitive resin composition and photosensitive transfer material
TWI500709B (en) * 2008-05-28 2015-09-21 Ciba Holding Inc Improved, red colour filter composition

Families Citing this family (14)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR100930668B1 (en) * 2007-12-31 2009-12-09 제일모직주식회사 Photosensitive resin composition for color filters and color filter using same
JP2011526642A (en) * 2008-07-03 2011-10-13 データレース リミテッド Multicolor materials and their use
JP2010209160A (en) * 2009-03-06 2010-09-24 Fujifilm Corp Pigment dispersion composition
JP5535699B2 (en) * 2010-03-12 2014-07-02 富士フイルム株式会社 Pigment dispersion, ink composition using the same, and printed matter
CN102146229A (en) * 2011-01-11 2011-08-10 上海驰怀新材料科技有限公司 UV (Ultra Voilet) light curing transfer printing coating sizing agent and transfer printing coating
KR101240200B1 (en) * 2011-01-26 2013-03-06 주식회사 나노신소재 Binder composition for forming light scattering layer and planarization layer for an organic LED and composition for forming light scattering layer comprising the same and composition for forming planarization layer comprising the same
KR101985564B1 (en) * 2012-01-31 2019-06-03 미쯔비시 케미컬 주식회사 Colored photosensitive composition, black photo spacer, and color filter
CN103319713B (en) * 2013-06-06 2015-11-25 北京京东方光电科技有限公司 A kind of cured resin, black light resist, spectral filter and their preparation method, display device
CN106313889B (en) * 2016-08-22 2018-07-13 厦门通利彩印有限公司 A kind of printing machine automatically supplying ink system
JP6864341B2 (en) * 2016-11-14 2021-04-28 山陽色素株式会社 Pigment dispersion and coloring composition using phthalimide and its derivatives
JP6892118B2 (en) * 2017-12-05 2021-06-18 株式会社日立産機システム Inkjet recording device
WO2019230415A1 (en) * 2018-05-28 2019-12-05 Dic株式会社 Method for producing pigment-kneaded product and aqueous pigment dispersion
CN109702844B (en) * 2018-12-14 2021-11-12 林燕 Processing equipment for automatically wrapping resin on wood product
CN112033913B (en) * 2020-08-25 2024-03-22 中国科学院合肥物质科学研究院 Device and method for measuring water content of nano single particles based on surface plasmon resonance imaging

Family Cites Families (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP3931649B2 (en) * 2001-12-19 2007-06-20 東洋インキ製造株式会社 Pigment composition and pigment dispersion using the same
JP4326197B2 (en) * 2002-08-30 2009-09-02 独立行政法人科学技術振興機構 Novel process for producing pigment nanoparticles
JP4469600B2 (en) 2003-12-26 2010-05-26 東洋インキ製造株式会社 Coloring composition for color filter and color filter

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI448743B (en) * 2007-01-25 2014-08-11 Fujifilm Corp Color filter, liquid crystal display device using the same, organic pigment dispersions used in them, jet ink for color filter, coloring photosensitive resin composition and photosensitive transfer material
TWI500709B (en) * 2008-05-28 2015-09-21 Ciba Holding Inc Improved, red colour filter composition

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
KR20070115802A (en) 2007-12-06
CN101081943A (en) 2007-12-05
KR101390760B1 (en) 2014-05-02

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TW200806754A (en) Pigment dispersion composition, and colored photosensitive resin composition, photosensitive resin transcription material using it, and color filter, liquid crystal device , CCD device using them
TWI428174B (en) Method for preparing organic nanoparitcles, organic nanoparticles obtained by it, ink-jet ink for color filter containing them, coloring photo-sensitive resin composition, photo-sensitive resin transcription material, color filter using it, liquid crysta
KR101376637B1 (en) Organic nanoparticle, dispersion composition thereof, colored photosensitive resin composition and photosensitive resin transfer material containing the same, color filter, liquid crystal display and ccd device using the same
JP5192734B2 (en) Organic pigment particle dispersion composition, colored photosensitive resin composition containing them, inkjet ink, photosensitive resin transfer material, color filter using them, liquid crystal display device, and CCD device
TWI399409B (en) Method for producing colourated pigment dispersion composition containing pigment microparticle having anthraquinone structure, colourated pigment dispersion composition , colourated photosensitive resin composition and photosensitive resin transcription
JP5325373B2 (en) Method for producing organic pigment dispersion, organic pigment dispersion obtained thereby, colored photosensitive resin composition and photosensitive resin transfer material using the same, color filter and liquid crystal display device
JPWO2007013475A1 (en) Method for producing organic particle dispersion composition
TW200829965A (en) Color filter, liquid crystal display device and CCD device
TW200811249A (en) Organic pigment nano-particle dispersion, its producing method, and ink-jet ink, colored photosensitive resin composition, photosensitive resin transcription material containing it, and color filter, liquid crystal display device, CCD device using it
JP2007231247A (en) Method for producing phthalocyanine compound pigment fine particles, phthalocyanine compound pigment fine particles obtained thereby, inkjet ink for color filter containing the same, colored photosensitive resin composition, photosensitive resin transfer material, color filter using them, and liquid crystal Display device and CCD device
JP2008007775A (en) Pigment dispersion composition, colored photosensitive resin composition using the same, photosensitive resin transfer material, inkjet ink, and color filter, liquid crystal display device, and CCD device using the same
JP4668075B2 (en) Method for producing azo pigment fine particles, dispersion of azo pigment fine particles obtained thereby, colored photosensitive resin composition and photosensitive resin transfer material containing the pigment fine particles, and color filter and liquid crystal display using the same
JP5224785B2 (en) Method for producing organic pigment nanoparticles
JP2008007774A (en) Organic pigment nanoparticle dispersion and method for producing the same, inkjet ink containing the same, colored photosensitive resin composition, and photosensitive resin transfer material, and color filter, liquid crystal display device, and CCD device using the same
JP2007321110A (en) Method for producing pigment nanoparticle dispersion, colored photosensitive resin composition and photosensitive transfer material containing pigment nanoparticles, color filter, liquid crystal display device and CCD device using the same, and method for producing inkjet ink for color filter
TWI448743B (en) Color filter, liquid crystal display device using the same, organic pigment dispersions used in them, jet ink for color filter, coloring photosensitive resin composition and photosensitive transfer material
JP4668077B2 (en) Process for producing pigment fine particles having isoindoline structure, dispersion of pigment fine particles having isoindoline structure obtained thereby, colored photosensitive resin composition containing the pigment fine particles, photosensitive resin transfer material, and Color filter and liquid crystal display device used
JP2008081601A (en) Method for producing pigment nanoparticle dispersion, colored photosensitive resin composition and photosensitive transfer material containing pigment nanoparticles, color filter, liquid crystal display device and CCD device using the same, and method for producing inkjet ink for color filter
JP2007321107A (en) Method for producing nano pigment dispersion, nano pigment dispersion obtained thereby, colored photosensitive resin composition and photosensitive resin transfer material containing the same, and color filter and liquid crystal display device using the same
JP2008007772A (en) Pigment dispersion composition, colored photosensitive resin composition using the same, inkjet ink, and photosensitive resin transfer material, color filter using them, liquid crystal display device, and CCD device
JP2007321111A (en) Pigment nanoparticle production method, pigment nanoparticle dispersion production method, pigment nanoparticle dispersion containing pigment nanoparticles, colored photosensitive resin composition, photosensitive transfer material, color filter using them, and liquid crystal display device And CCD devices
JP4668082B2 (en) Method for producing quinophthalone pigment fine particles, dispersion of quinophthalone pigment fine particles obtained thereby, colored resin composition and resin transfer material containing the fine particles, color filter for liquid crystal display device using the same, and liquid crystal display device
JP4668084B2 (en) Method for producing indantron pigment fine particles, dispersion of indantron pigment fine particles obtained thereby, colored photosensitive resin composition and photosensitive resin transfer material containing the pigment fine particles, and color filter and liquid crystal display using the same apparatus
CN101535849B (en) Color filter and liquid crystal display device and CCD device respectively using the color filter
JP2007219449A (en) Color filter, manufacturing method thereof, and display device including the same